Alison Smith Claire Moore


![]()
Alison Smith Claire Moore



METODO COMUNICATIVO
PRONUNCIA E VARIETÀ LINGUISTICHE
CITTADINANZA GLOBALE
COMPETENZE TRASVERSALI
SEL & ORIENTAMENTO
CLIL & STEM
ATTIVITÀ CON

IA
L'INGLESE AUTENTICO CON


In apertura di unità un video-dialogo accompagnato da una grande foto ti farà entrare nella vita di un gruppo di ragazzi inglesi. Il box BE REAL ti insegnerà tanti modi di dire, mentre a chiusura della sezione troverai una riflessione personale.


Nelle pagine di grammatica troverai tabelle complete, video-animazioni con esempi pratici, esercizi graduati. A fine libro troverai le mappe riepilogative con esercizi di consolidamento, e una ricca sezione di giochi nel GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY FUN.
Un video di cultura introduce la sezione finale dello Student’s Book. Insieme al brano da leggere su aspetti della cultura anglosassone, ti eserciterai nell’abilità di scrittura che ti servirà per l’Esame di Stato.

I percorsi integrati nelle unità presentano attività e rubriche identificate dalle 6C in diverso colore a seconda della competenza coinvolta:
Scopri come funziona il tuo libro di inglese

Una sezione in cui le parole nuove, accompagnate da un video, si inseriscono in contesti comunicativi che ti insegneranno a esprimerti e a comprendere con facilità. La doppia pronuncia britannica-americana ti sarà utile per la comprensione globale.
I video di JoEnglish ti aiuteranno ad apprendere l'inglese autentico e i modi di dire.
Un’intera pagina dedicata all’abilità di ascolto e alla produzione orale con lavori a coppie e presentazioni alla classe, per metterti alla prova e misurare i tuoi progressi.



Una pagina finale dedicata alla riflessione sui tuoi progressi, con un momento di verifica personale e di confronto con il resto della classe.

Scoprirai il mondo anglosassone con le sue tradizioni in questa sezione che chiude ogni unità. Un video di civiltà ti guiderà verso la produzione di un elaborato che presenterai alla classe.
Lezioni di Educazione civica con quiz e compiti di realtà, video e progetti da sviluppare insieme. Le rubriche CLIL ti aiuteranno ad affrontare temi di altre materie in lingua inglese.

In tutti i volumi, pagine di allenamento alla prova INVALSI del terzo anno con tutte le tipologie di attività e utilissimi consigli e strategie di studio.


Potrai consolidare e arricchire il tuo vocabolario in questa sezione con immagini, audio e attività divertenti di catalogazione e memorizzazione.
Un’intera unità dedicata all’ORIENTAMENTO e alle scelte che farai in futuro con attività e quiz per conoscere meglio te stesso/a, riconoscere i tuoi talenti e le tue ambizioni.





Per concludere, ti eserciterai con le prove scritte e orali dell’Esame di Stato nella sezione EXAM TRAINING. Una vasta offerta di argomenti cross-curriculari con attività che rispecchiano quelle dell’esame e tanti consigli ti aiuteranno a prepararti nel miglior modo possibile.


STARTER UNIT
Quiz Time! p. 8
Vocabulary
The alphabet • Cardinal numbers • Classroom objects • Colours • School subjects and places
Classroom language • Days of the week • Months and seasons • Ordinal numbers and dates
Body and face • Pets • Adjectives of personality
Grammar
Plural nouns (1) • Articles a/an, the • Imperatives • Prepositions on, in
1 Think global p. 20
WORKBOOK p. 32 Who’s that girl?
2 Love your family p. 44
SEL Be kind
SEL Be proud
WORKBOOK p. 56 I’ve got an idea!
3 Enjoy your home p. 70
& MEDIAZIONE 1-2 p. 68
WORKBOOK p. 82 There’s a small room
SEL Be persistent
Greetings and goodbyes
Greeting and introducing people
Countries and nationalities
Talking about nationality
PRONUNCIATION
The /w/ sound
Family
Talking about families
Physical appearance
Describing people
PRONUNCIATION
The /θ/ and /ð/ sounds


ORIENTAMENTO – SOFT-SKILL: Emotional intelligence
Preparare un photo collage
Rooms and furniture
Describing places
Prepositions of place
Saying where things are
PRONUNCIATION
The /h/ sound

4 Show your talents p. 94
WORKBOOK p. 106 Can I ride it?
Personal possessions
SEL Be confident
Talking about personal possessions
Free-time activities (1)
Talking about abilities
PRONUNCIATION
can / can’t

ORIENTAMENTO – SOFT-SKILL: Self-management
Organizzare il proprio spazio: Decluttering
Communication
Fare lo spelling • Identificare oggetti • Riconoscere gli oggetti scolastici • Capire le indicazioni durante la lezione
Chiedere e dire l’età
Exit test
GRAMMAR
VIDEO MAP Subject pronouns
VIDEO MAP Present simple of be
Questions words
Possessive adjectives
Ascoltare la presentazione di una ragazza e un ragazzo
Intervistare un/una compagno/a
Presentare il lavoro alla classe
THINKING ROUTINE
The English-speaking world
Leggere un brano sull’inglese nel mondo
Scrivere il profilo di una città o di un paese
Self-evaluation Test 1
Assessment for Learning: Meeting new people
Culture: Out and about in the UK
VIDEO MAP Present simple of have got this, that, these, those
Possessive ’s
Ascoltare una ragazza parlare della sua famiglia
Intervistare un/una compagno/a sulla sua famiglia
Presentare una famiglia alla classe
MEDIAZIONE – MEDIATING TEXTS
Descrivere una persona famosa partendo da un fact-file
VIDEO MAP there is / there are
VIDEO MAP some / any (1)
Plural nouns (2)
Ascoltare un ragazzo parlare della sua classe
Descrivere e presentare la propria classe
THINKING ROUTINE
Animal lovers
Leggere un brano sugli animali da compagnia
Scrivere un’e-mail
THINKING ROUTINE
Our special homes
Leggere un brano sui tipi di abitazione
Scrivere la descrizione di una casa ideale
Self-evaluation Test 2
Assessment for Learning: Describing people and families
Culture: This is my royal family
Self-evaluation Test 3
Assessment for Learning: Describing places and things
Culture: English homes
VIDEO MAP can / can’t for abilities and permissions
Degrees of ability
Adverbs of manner
Ascoltare dei ragazzi parlare dei loro hobby
Intervistare un/una compagno/a sui suoi hobby
Presentare il lavoro alla classe
MEDIAZIONE – MEDIATING TEXTS
Presentare i propri oggetti preferiti
THINKING ROUTINE
What’s your hobby?
Leggere un brano sui passatempi degli adolescenti
Scrivere un’e-mail a un/una amico/a
Self-evaluation Test 4
Assessment for Learning: Organising a talent show
Culture: Animations and games


5 Have a routine p. 120
WORKBOOK p. 132
6 Enjoy free time p. 144
WORKBOOK p. 156
What time is it?
SEL Be organised
The time
Asking and telling the time
Daily routine
Talking about school routine

She never washes her car!
SEL Be green
ORIENTAMENTO & MEDIAZIONE 5-6 p. 168
7 Eat well p. 170
WORKBOOK p. 182 I’m starving!
SEL Be a team player
8 Follow your style p. 194
WORKBOOK p. 206
What are you wearing?
SEL Be satisfied
ORIENTAMENTO & MEDIAZIONE 7-8 p. 218
INVALSI TRAINING p. 220
CITIZENSHIP & CLIL p. 228
VOCABULARY BOOSTER p. 240
GRAMMAR MAPS and PRACTICE p. 256
GRAMMAR and VOCABULARY FUN p. 272
GRAMMAR TABLES p. 280
WORDLIST p. 283
Free-time activities (2)
Making suggestions
Sports
Talking about habits
PRONUNCIATION
The /ŋ/ and /n/ sounds

ORIENTAMENTO – SOFT-SKILL: Time management
Organizzare il proprio tempo: Journalling
Food and drink
Talking about likes and dislikes
Adjectives for food
Describing food
PRONUNCIATION
The /ı -/ and /i:/ sounds
Clothes and accessories
Adjectives for clothes
Buying clothes – talking to a shop assistant
Buying clothes – talking to a friend
ORIENTAMENTO – SOFT-SKILL: Creativity
Riutilizzare gli abiti: Upcycling


VIDEO MAP Present simple affirmative form
Spelling variations
Prepositions of time
PRONUNCIATION
The /s/, /z/ and /ı -z/ sounds
VIDEO MAP Present simple negative form
VIDEO MAP Present simple interrogative form and short answers
Present simple – Questions words
Adverbs of frequency
How often…? and expressions of frequency
Ascoltare un ragazzo e una ragazza parlare della propria routine
Intervistare un/una compagno/a
Presentare il lavoro alla classe
Ascoltare un ragazzo e una ragazza parlare del weekend
Prendere accordi sul weekend con il/la proprio/a compagno/a
MEDIAZIONE – MEDIATING CONCEPTS
Condividere un piano di studio
like, love, hate, can’t stand, don’t mind + -ing
Countable and uncountable nouns
VIDEO MAP a lot of, some / any (2)
VIDEO MAP Object pronouns
VIDEO MAP Present continuous
Present continuous – Questions words
Ascoltare presentazioni di cibo
Intervistarsi a vicenda sulle abitudini alimentari
Preparare una presentazione sul cibo quotidiano
THINKING ROUTINE
Boarding schools
Leggere un brano sui tipi di scuola del Regno Unito
Scrivere una presentazione
THINKING ROUTINE
How adventurous are you?
Rispondere a un quiz attitudinale
Scrivere un’intervista
THINKING ROUTINE
Popular English foods
Leggere un brano sul cibo inglese
Scrivere un riassunto
Ascoltare due cugini parlare di vestiario
Intervistarsi a vicenda sul vestiario
Presentare il lavoro alla classe
MEDIAZIONE – MEDIATING TEXTS
Spiegare i rischi degli acquisti online
SONGS p. 236
FESTIVALS p. 238
THINKING ROUTINE
Teens’ top shops
Leggere un brano sullo shopping in città
Descrivere immagini
Self-evaluation Test 5
Assessment for Learning: Talking about after-school activities
Culture: The English school system
Self-evaluation Test 6
Assessment for Learning: Talking about your habits
Culture: What’s your sport?
Self-evaluation Test 7
Assessment for Learning: Explaining your favourite recipe
Culture: Celebration food
Self-evaluation Test 8
Assessment for Learning: Sending text messages
Culture: London street markets






A Buckingham House
B Buckingham Castle
C Buckingham Palace
1
A Edinburgh
B London
C Cardiff

4
A red, white and blue
B red, green and yellow
C red, blue and black
5
Cosa sai del mondo inglese? Fai il quiz e scoprilo.
3
A Charles Dickens
B Roald Dahl
C J.K. Rowling
A Chelsea F.C.
B Arsenal F.C.
C Hannover 96
A Hello!
B Good night! C Goodbye!
A the Tube B Youtube
Metro

CHECK YOUR SCORE! Da 8 a 10: Well done! Sai già tantissime cose del mondo inglese!


chips
cheddar
curry

A England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland
B England, Wales and Scotland
C England, Wales, Scotland and Ireland




BE CAREFUL
Per fare lo spelling di una parola che contiene una doppia, si dice double umbrella: U – M – B –R – E – double L


1 Quante lettere compongono l’alfabeto inglese? Guarda il video o ascolta, e controlla la tua risposta.
2 Ascolta e ripeti.

3 Ascolta e sottolinea la lettera che senti.
IT!
Mr = signor
Mrs = signora (sposata)
Miss = signorina
Ms = signora o signorina (senza specificare se sposata o meno)
4 Ascolta e completa i nomi delle persone.






5 PAIRWORK A turno, fate lo spelling del vostro nome e cognome.
6 GAME A turno, scegliete una parola nel riquadro e fate lo spelling al/alla vostro/a compagno/a che deve scriverla correttamente. Vince la coppia che ne scrive di più in soli 2 minuti!

1 Abbina le parole nel riquadro ai numeri in cifra. Poi guarda il video o ascolta, e controlla le tue risposte.
twelve • two • eighteen • four • ten • six • sixteen • seven • zero / oh five • one • twenty-two • eight • nine • twenty • eleven • thirteen fifteen • seventeen • nineteen • three • fourteen • twenty-one • twenty-three
zero / oh
2 Ascolta di nuovo e ripeti.
3
Ascolta e scrivi il numero, prima in cifra e poi in lettere.
18 eighteen 1 2 3
4 PAIRWORK Quanti anni hai? Fatevi la domanda e rispondete.
How old are you?
5



BE CAREFUL I numeri composti sono sempre separati da un trattino.
28 twenty-eight 45 forty-five I’m … years old.
Abbina le parole al numero corrispondente. Poi ascolta e ripeti. thirty forty fifty sixty seventy eighty ninety a hundred
6 PAIRWORK A turno, contate gli elementi nell’immagine e dite quanti sono.
child • chair • rubber dog • woman • person
five children A /eI/


LEARN IT!
Il plurale dei sostantivi si forma aggiungendo una -s. pen pens Alcune parole hanno il plurale irregolare.
man men
woman women child children person people


A/An corrisponde all’articolo indeterminativo “un, uno, una”. a davanti a consonante an davanti a vocale (a, e, i, o, u) a book an orange book
1 Scrivi le parole del riquadro nell’immagine. Poi guarda il video o ascolta, e controlla le tue risposte.
chair • desk • lockers • bin • computer • tablet • teacher’s desk map • IWB (interactive whiteboard) • clock

2 Ascolta di nuovo e ripeti.
3 Guarda le immagini e abbinale alle parole nel riquadro. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti.












5
A

1 Abbina le parole nel riquadro ai colori. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti.
2 PAIRWORK Guardate di nuovo gli oggetti dell’esercizio 3 di p. 12 e, a turno, dite di che colore sono.
Brown! Pencil.
3 Guarda le immagini e scegli l’alternativa corretta. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti.
RS (religious studies) / maths D&T (design & technology) / IT
4 Cosa o chi c’è negli ambienti scolastici? Completa la tabella con le parole nel riquadro.



1 Completa le istruzioni con le parole nel riquadro. Poi guarda il video o ascolta, e controlla le tue risposte.
up • open • turn • board • door • hands • talk • sit • switch • write

A Switch off your phone!

F Put your up!
LEARN IT!
Per esprimere un comando si usa l’imperativo: Come here!
Per esprimere un divieto si usano le espressioni con don’t: Don’t talk in class!
Quando fai una richiesta non dimenticare mai la parola please LEARN IT!

B Look at the !

G to page 5.

C Don’t in class, please.

H your book.

D Stand .

I Close the , please.

E down.

J the answer.
2
GAME A coppie e a turno, mimate un comando dell’es. 1 e indovinate qual è. Avete solo 2 minuti. Vince la coppia che ne mima di più.
Stand up! No!
Sit down! Yes!
3 Abbina le richieste alla loro traduzione.
b
Can I go to the toilet, please?
1 Can you repeat, please?
2 Can you help me, please?
3 Can I open the window?
4 Can I close the door?
a Può/Puoi aiutarmi, per favore?
b Posso andare al bagno, per favore?
c Posso chiudere la porta?
d Posso aprire la finestra?
e Può/Puoi ripetere, per favore?
Days of the week, months and seasons
1 Completa le parole. Poi ascolta e controlla.




2 Metti in ordine i giorni della settimana dell’es. 1. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti.
3 Abbina le due parti dei mesi. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti. 4 Guarda le immagini e completa i nomi delle stagioni.




BE CAREFUL
In inglese, i giorni della settimana e i mesi si scrivono sempre con l’iniziale maiuscola. Monday, Tuesday, … January, February, …



Davanti ai numeri ordinali si mette sempre l’articolo determinativo the. the ninth

1 Completa la tabella con i numeri ordinali nel riquadro. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti.
the twenty-third • the eleventh • the twenty-eighth • the thirty-first the twenty-second • the fourteenth • the sixth • the fifteenth • the twenty-sixth
the first the second the third the fourth the fifth* the seventh the eighth the ninth* the
st the twelfth* the thirteenth the sixteenth the seventeenth the eighteenth the nineteenth the twentieth* the twenty-first 22nd 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st the twenty-fourth the twenty-fifth* the twenty-seventh the twenty-ninth* the thirtieth*
*Fai attenzione alle variazioni ortografiche dei numeri con l’asterisco.
2 Ascolta e sottolinea i numeri ordinali che senti.
Si scrive: 10th February LEARN IT!
‘When’s your birthday?’ ‘It’s the tenth of February.’
Si legge: the tenth of February
15th / 5th 1 19th / 9th
2 23rd / 29
3 Abbina le date in cifra a quelle in parole. Poi ascolta e controlla.
08/12
1 13/10
2 29/04
3 12/01
4 16/07
5 23/06
4 Ascolta e scrivi le date. 12th June 1966
a 16th July
b 8th December
c 23rd June
d 13th October
e 29th April
f 12th January
5 GAME A coppie, chiedete la data dei vostri compleanni. Poi, chiedete al resto della classe. Qual è il mese con più compleanni?
When’s your birthday?
It’s on the fifth of June.

1 Guarda l’immagine e abbina le parole nel riquadro alle parti del corpo. Poi guarda il video o ascolta, e controlla le tue risposte.



2 GAME Giocate a Simon says… Simon says: Touch your nose.
3 PAIRWORK A turno, descrivete uno dei mostri nelle immagini e indovinate qual è.




1 Abbina le parole nel riquadro alle immagini. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti.



tortoise


parrot


2 Abbina gli aggettivi nel riquadro alle immagini. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti.


3



Ascolta i dialoghi e abbinali alle immagini. Poi completa le informazioni.




















Chloe Hey Noah, who’s that girl?
Noah No idea! She isn’t at Park Hill School…
Simon Hello! Welcome! Is it your first time here at the youth club?
Lexi Yes, it is.
Simon My name’s Simon. I’m a volunteer here at the club. What’s your name?
Lexi I’m Lexi.
Simon Nice to meet you, Lexi. Are you American?
Lexi No, I’m English, and my mum’s German.
Simon Cool! Guys, this is Lexi. Don’t worry! They’re very friendly!
Chloe Hi Lexi. I’m Chloe. You aren’t at Park Hill…
Lexi No, I’m not. I’m at Montagu Academy. Are you at school together?
Ben Yes, we’re in the same class.
Lexi Awesome! It isn’t very nice here… It’s very old... and… boring!
Chloe Hey! It isn’t perfect but it’s our youth club! time volta volunteer volontario same stessa



1 Guarda le foto e rispondi alle domande.
1 Chi sono le persone?
2 Dove si trovano?


3 Che cosa stanno facendo?
2 Guarda il video o ascolta. Scegli (4) la risposta corretta.
Who is new at the youth club?
Chloe Ben Lexi Noah
3 Ora ascolta, leggi e ripeti.
4 Rileggi il dialogo. Indica se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F). Poi correggi quelle false.
Ben is a volunteer at the youth club. F Simon is a volunteer at the youth club.
1 Lexi is English.
2 Lexi is at Park Hill school.
3 Chloe, Ben and Noah are in the same class.
4 For Lexi, the youth club is old and boring.


Trova e sottolinea le espressioni 1-3 nel dialogo. Abbinale alle traduzioni a-c.
1 No idea.
2 Don’t worry!
3 Awesome!
a Fantastico!
b Non preoccuparti!
c Non ne ho idea!
5 Abbina le domande alle risposte. Poi controlla con l’aiuto del dialogo.
b
Is it your first time here?
1 What’s your name?
2 Are you American?
3 Are you at school together?
a Yes, we’re in the same class.
b Yes, it is.
c No, I’m not.
d I’m Lexi.
SEL Leggi la domanda e discutine in coppia.
Lexi esprime con franchezza la sua opinione sul centro giovanile. È sempre una buona idea dire quello che pensi? Che effetto potrebbe avere sugli altri?


BE AMERICAN
Ascolta le espressioni dell’es. 1 lette con accento americano.


1 Abbina le immagini A-F alle espressioni nel riquadro. Poi guarda il video o ascolta, e controlla.
Good morning. • Bye. Have a nice weekend! • Hi. / Hello. See you later. • Goodbye • Welcome!







BE POLITE
Con insegnanti e persone adulte che non conosciamo si usano espressioni più formali come
Good morning, Good afternoon, Good evening e Goodbye

2 Ascolta di nuovo e ripeti.
3 Completa la mappa con le espressioni dell’es. 1.
INFORMALE
Quando ci si incontra
Quando ci si saluta
GREETINGS and GOODBYES
4 Aggiungi le espressioni nel riquadro alla mappa dell’es. 3.
FORMALE
Quando ci si incontra
Good morning.
Quando ci si saluta
Good afternoon. • Hiya. • Good evening. • See you.


5 Guarda il video o ascolta. Che tipo di situazione è? formale informale
6 Ora leggi il dialogo e completalo con le parole nel riquadro. Poi ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
Not bad • How are • meet you • Nice to • This is
Chloe Hello Ms Harris. How are you?
Ms Harris Oh Chloe! Hi! (1) , thanks. Ben Mum! Mum! (2) Lexi. Lexi, this is my mum.


Lexi, this is my mum.



Lexi Hello. (3) meet you Ms Harris. Ms Harris Nice to (4) too, Lexi. See you later!
Greetings
Hello. / Hi. How are you? Hi. / Hiya. I’m fine thanks. You? / Not bad.
Introductions
I’m Ben. What’s your name? This is Lexi.
My name is Chloe. Nice/Good to meet you.
7 Quale risposta NON è corretta?
1 Lexi, this is my mum.
A Hiya Ms Harris.
B Nice to meet you.
C Hello Ms Harris.



2 How are you?
A Not bad.
B See you later.
C Fine, thank you.
3 What’s your name?
A I’m Emily.
B I’m fine.
C My name’s Harry.
8 PAIRWORK Guardate le immagini e create dei mini-dialoghi per le situazioni rappresentate. Usate le espressioni nella tabella Be Fluent come aiuto.



12 Guarda il video o ascolta.
Di che nazionalità sono i genitori di Lexi?
1 Her mum is .
2 Her dad is .
13 Ora leggi e ascolta di nuovo il dialogo e controlla.
Ms Harris Where are you from, Lexi?
Lexi I’m from London, but my mum’s German. She’s from Berlin.
Ms Harris And your dad?
Lexi My dad is from York.
Ms Harris Oh, so he’s American!! New York, New…

Ben Mum! He’s from York, not New York! He’s English.
Are you American? Where are you from? Yes, I am. / No, I’m not. I’m from New York.

Where are you from?

14 Ora completa il dialogo con le espressioni nel riquadro. Poi ascolta e controlla.
she’s from • are you from • where is she • I am
Emma Are you from London?
Lucy Yes, . My dad is English and my mum is French.
Emma from?
Lucy Paris.

15 YOUR TURN A turno, chiedete ai vostri compagni e alle vostre compagne di classe da dove vengono.
Siete tutti della stessa nazionalità?
16 PAIRWORK Usate le informazioni delle carte d’identità per creare dei mini-dialoghi. I’m Yasmin. Hello. What’s your name? St Mary’s High School Madrid, Spain

Yasmin Ansari 13 Class F




I’m Lexi.
You aren’t at Park Hill. She isn’t at Park Hill School.
It isn’t very nice here. We’re in the same class. They’re very friendly.
I io Si scrive sempre con la lettera maiuscola
you tu Corrisponde a tu, voi e alla forma di cortesia Lei. he egli / lui she ella / lei it esso / essa Si usa per le cose e gli animali, ad eccezione degli animali domestici, per i quali si usa he o she. we noi you voi they essi / esse / loro
Rules p. 36
LEARN IT!
In inglese i pronomi personali soggetto devono essere sempre espressi, non possono mai essere sottintesi.
Present simple of be VIDEO MAP
I’m Chloe.
You aren’t at Park Hill.
Forma affermativa
Forma negativa
1 Abbina le parole ai pronomi personali soggetto.
Charlie
1 Tim and Luisa 2 the book
3 you and Jane
4 Ms Swift
5 my sister and I a you b he c she d it e we f they
2 Completa le frasi con il pronome personale soggetto corretto. You are in class 7C. (you and Simon)
1 is from Spain. (Anita)
2 is new. (my mobile phone)
3 are friends. (Emma and I)
4 are on Tuesday morning. (English and science)
5 is in my class. (Luke)
6 is my puppy. (Oliver)
Are you American? No, I’m English.
I am I’m I am not I’m not you are you’re you are not you aren’t he / she / it is he / she / it’s he / she / it is not he / she / it isn’t we / you / they are we / you / they’re we / you / they are not we / you / they aren’t
Forma interrogativa Risposte brevi
Am I? Yes, you are No, you aren’t
Are you? Yes, I am. No, I’m not. Is he / she / it? Yes, he / she / it is. No, he / she / it isn’t. Are we / you / they? Yes, you / we / they are. No, you / we / they aren’t.
Rules pp. 36-37 b

LEARN IT!
• Alla forma interrogativa il verbo be precede il soggetto.
• A differenza dell’italiano, in inglese non si risponde a una domanda solo con yes o no, ma si usano le risposte brevi (yes / no + pronome personale soggetto + verbo be).

3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Sam are / is Canadian.
1 Hannah and Matthew am / are happy.
2 Rome is / am the capital of Italy.
3 I are / am from France.
4 My dad and mum is / are British.
5 It are / is a new mobile phone.
6 Giulia are / is in the classroom.
4 Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa contratta del verbo be.
I’m a student.
1 Clara Italian.
2 We at school.
3 They from Istanbul.
4 Thirteen my favourite number!
5 You in the football team.
6 My twin sister eleven.
5 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa contratta.
We are Albanian.
We aren’t Albanian.
1 My mum is from Egypt.
2 The children are from Russia.
3 My twin brother is in class 7A.
4 You are a good friend.
5 I am Italian.
6 The youth centre is open.
6 Completa le frasi con la forma interrogativa del verbo be. Poi rispondi con le risposte brevi.
‘Is Demis from Greece?’ (4)
‘Yes, he is.’
1 ‘ Benedita and Camila Portuguese names?’ (4) ‘ ’
2 ‘ Ms Evans a teacher at Greenwich school?’ (4)
3 ‘ you from Venice?’ (8)
4 ‘ you and Dan in class 7B?’ (8)
5 ‘ I in your science class?’ (4)
6 ‘ your email address sally79@gkmail.com?’ (8) ‘ ’
Who’s that girl?
What’s your name?
Who Chi
What Che cosa / Quale/i
Which Quale/i Si usa quando il numero di opzioni è limitato.
When Quando
Where Dove
How Come
How old Quanti anni
Why Perché Si usa why solo nelle domande, nelle risposte si usa because
7 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. Poi ascolta e controlla.
‘Why / How are you at home now?’ ‘Because it’s Sunday!’
1 ‘Where / Which is Tom?’ ‘At school.’
2 ‘How / Where are you?’ ‘Good, thanks.’
3 ‘Where / What nationality are they?’ ‘American.’
4 ‘How / How old is Freddie?’ ‘Eleven.’
5 ‘Why / Who is the girl in the photo?’ ‘My friend Molly.’
6 ‘When / Where is your birthday?’ ‘In May.’


SOUNDS GOOD
8 Ascolta e ripeti le parole con il suono /w/.
what weekend where Wednesday we
9 Ora ascolta e indica (4) le parole che contengono il suono /w/. window who write when wrong white



10 Abbina le domande nel riquadro alle risposte.
What’s your favourite subject? • Who are you? Which flag is blue and white?
How’s your grandmother? • Why are you here? When is your birthday?
‘When is your birthday?’ ‘In April.’
1 ‘ ’ ‘She’s fine, thanks.’
2 ‘ ’ ‘Maths.’
3 ‘ ’ ‘I’m Sophie.’
4 ‘ ’ ‘The Greek flag.’
5 ‘ ’ ‘For a music lesson.’
Is it your first time here?
It’s our youth club.
my il mio, la mia, i miei, le mie your il tuo, la tua, i tuoi, le tue his il suo, la sua, i suoi, le sue (di lui) her il suo, la sua, i suoi, le sue (di lei) its il suo, la sua, i suoi, le sue (di un oggetto o animale)
our il nostro, la nostra, i nostri, le nostre your il vostro, la vostra, i vostri, le vostre their il loro, la loro, i loro, le loro
Rules p. 38
IT!
• In inglese, gli aggettivi possessivi concordano sempre con il possessore, non con la cosa posseduta. Thomas is with his sister Hannah. Jane is in Italy with her friend Robbie.
11 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
I love football. It’s my / his favourite sport.
1 What’s your / her email address, Katie?
2 My brother and I love our / their new dog Rex.
3 Liam’s brother is 15 and her / his sister is 10.
4 My parents are Japanese. His / Their names are Akira and Akemi.
5 My house is number eight. Its / Her front door is green.
6 She is my new friend. Her / Its house is very big.
12 Completa le frasi con l’aggettivo possessivo corretto.
Where’s my phone? (I)
1 What’s phone number? (you)
2 That’s new school. (we)
3 Is school bag red and black? (Joe)
4 This is friend, Rebecca. (I)
5 Is she mum? (you and Jack)
6 Is the phone in bag? (Rosie)
13 Completa il blog di Angus con le parole nel riquadro. Poi ascolta e controlla.
Our • ’m • she • Where • his • he How • my • isn’t • What • her
Hello! My name’s Angus and I’m from Edinburgh in Scotland. I’m thirteen years old. In (1) family there is my mum, (2) name is Christine, my dad, (3) name’s Robert, my sister Fiona and me. My mum (4) Scottish, (5) from Toronto in Canada. My dad is Scottish, (6) ’s from Glasgow. (7) family name is MacDonald – it’s a very Scottish name! What about you?
(8) are you from?
(9) old are you?
(10) ’s your family name?

14 Completa domande e risposte con le parole mancanti.
A What’s your name?
B My name is Olivia.
A (1) are you from?
B I (2) from Belgium.
A How old are you? 13?
B No, I’m (3) . I’m 12
A (4) ’s your favourite singer?
B My favourite singer’s Adele.
A (5) is your favourite TV show?

B My favourite TV show is Scooby-Doo!

1 Ascolta le presentazioni di Emma e Raj. Abbina ciascuna persona alla nazionalità corretta.

2 Ascolta di nuovo e scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare i profili.



Name Emma
Surname Müller
Languages English and French / German
City Vancouver
Age 12 / 13
Birthday 13th / 30th September
Favourite subject Art
SPEAKING
When’s... • Is his/her favourite subject... What’s... • How old... • Where... • What’s...
What’s her name?
Her name’s Emma.


Name Raj Surname Kumar
Languages English City Brighton
Age 13 / 14
Birthday 23rd June / July
Favourite subject Maths and PE / IT
3 PAIRWORK Usa le espressioni nei due riquadri per formulare domande e risposte su Emma e Raj. her/his name? • is he/she? • his/her birthday? is he/she from? • Art? • his/her nationality?
5 YOUR TURN Presentati alla classe seguendo la traccia.
• Greet your class
• Say your name and surname
• Say your nationality
Hi. My name is Lucia. My surname is… a German b English c Indian d Canadian

4 PAIRWORK Usa le domande dell’es. 3 per intervistare il/la tuo/a compagno/a. Ricordati di usare you e your.
• Say what your languages are
• Say how old you are
• Say when your birthday is
• Say your favourite subjects


THINK Leggi il titolo del testo. In quali paesi del mondo si parla inglese?
PUZZLE Che domande hai sull'inglese nel mondo?
EXPLORE Cosa vorresti esplorare e conoscere su questo argomento?
Ora guarda il video. Hai mai visitato uno dei paesi nominati?
Quale ti piacerebbe visitare?


We know that English is the language of the ‘English-speaking World’ – the United Kingdom, the USA, Australia and New Zealand.
In Canada, English is one of the two official languages, together with French, and in Ireland the two official languages are English and Irish. But English is the first language in many other countries, too. For example, in Africa, English is the official language in Liberia, Kenya and South Africa. In South America, it’s the official language in Guyana.


English is also a lingua franca, for example in Nigeria, Ghana and India. In India there are over one hundred local languages so English is a common language for communication in government, business and schools.
Just think, English is an official language or lingua franca somewhere on every continent in the world! And there are millions of students, like you, that study English every day!
official languages lingue ufficiali there are ci sono over più di somewhere da qualche parte



READING
1 Leggi e ascolta il testo. Sottolinea tutti i paesi.
2 Rispondi alle domande.
1 Which are the two official languages in Canada?
2 Which are the two official languages in Ireland?
3 In which South American country is English the official language?
4 In which places is English common in India?
5 In which continents is English a lingua franca?
WRITING A country profile
3 Leggi velocemente il testo. Di dov’è Joshua?
Hi! My name is Joshua and I’m from Auckland in New Zealand. The population of New Zealand is 5.2 million and the (1) city is Wellington. It is a (2) city. The official (2) are English and Maori. This is Kawarau Bridge in Queenstown. It is (3) for bungee jumping.


WRITING TIPS

4 Completa il testo dell’es. 3 con le parole nel riquadro. capital • population • famous • languages • modern
5 Scegli una foto che rappresenta il tuo paese e scrivi un breve testo come quello dell’es. 3.
Ricorda di usare sempre la lettera maiuscola per il pronome personale I, le nazionalità e i nomi di paesi e città
Hi! My name is and I’m from . The population of is The capital city is . It’s a/an city. The official language(s) . This is



1 Completa l’estratto dal dialogo di pagina 21 con le parole nel riquadro. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
is • I’m • English • Are you • Welcome What • Hello
Simon Hello! (1) ! Is it your first time here?
Lexi Yes, it (2) .
Simon My name’s Simon. I’m a volunteer here at the club. (3) ’s your name?
Lexi (4) Lexi.
Simon Nice to meet you, Lexi. (5) American?
Lexi No, I’m (6) . And my mum's German.
Simon Cool! Guys, this is Lexi. Don’t worry! They’re very friendly!
2 Riordina le frasi dell’estratto del dialogo. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
Ben Yes, we’re in the same class.
1
Chloe Hi Lexi. I’m Chloe. You aren’t at Park Hill...
Chloe Hey! It isn’t perfect but it’s our youth club!
Lexi No, I’m not. I’m at Montagu Academy. Are you at school together?
Lexi Awesome! It isn’t very nice here… It’s very old... and… boring!
3 BE REAL Scegli l’opzione corretta.
Carl This is my friend, Alek. He’s Polish.
Niko Where are you from in Poland, Alek?
Alek Warsaw, the capital.
Niko (1) Awesome! / No idea! / Don’t worry!
Gail Where’s the new student from?
Mike He’s from Seattle.
Gail Is that in California?
Mike (2) Don’t worry! / Awesome! / No idea!
1
Ascolta e ripeti. Poi scrivi la traduzione. Greetings and goodbyes Bye.
Good afternoon. Good evening. Good morning. Goodbye. Have a nice weekend! Hi. / Hello. / Hiya. See you later. / See you. Welcome!
Countries and nationalities
Brazil / Brazilian Canada / Canadian China / Chinese Egypt / Egyptian France / French Germany / German Ireland / Irish Italy / Italian Poland / Polish Spain / Spanish the United Kingdom / British the United States / American
Argentina / Argentinian Australia / Australian Chile / Chilean England / English Greece / Greek India / Indian Japan / Japanese Mexico / Mexican Morocco / Moroccan New Zealand / New Zealander Nigeria / Nigerian Northern Ireland / Northern Irish Peru / Peruvian Portugal / Portuguese Russia / Russian Scotland / Scottish South Africa / South African Switzerland / Swiss The Netherlands / Dutch Tunisia / Tunisian Turkey / Turkish
Wales / Welsh
VOCABULARY MAPS
2 Completa la mappa con le espressioni di saluto che conosci.
Quando ci si incontra
Hi,
INFORMAL
Quando ci si saluta
3 Completa la mappa con le nazionalità corrispondenti ai paesi nel riquadro.
COUNTRIES and NATIONALITIES
Quando ci si incontra


4 Aggiungi un’altra nazionalità che conosci a ciascun gruppo.
Quando ci si saluta


5 Completa il dialogo con una parola per ogni spazio.



1 Hi Paul! How are you?
2 Nice to meet you, Mr Smith!
3 Bye! See you.
2 Scegli le risposte appropriate per rispondere alle frasi dell’es. 1. C’è una frase in più.
Bye. • Good afternoon. Nice to meet you too, Jordan. I’m fine thanks, you? 1 2 3
3 Completa le risposte con una o due parole.
1 ‘How are you?’ ‘Not . You?’
2 ‘What’s your name?’ ‘ Lucy.’
3 ‘This is Harry.’ ‘Nice to .’
4 Riordina le frasi per creare un dialogo.
Harry Nice to meet you too, Noah.
Emilia Fine, thanks. Oh, this is Harry.
Noah Nice to meet you, Harry.
1 Abbina le frasi alle immagini. 1
Emilia Hi Noah. How are you?
Noah Hi Emilia. Not bad. You?
A Hello, I’m Susie.
B (1) , my (2) ’s Luis and I’m 15 years (3) . And you?
A I’m 14.
B (4) to London!
A Thank you. See (5) later. Bye!
B Yes. (6) !
6 Completa la tabella con le nazionalità corrette. Country
1
2
3
4
7 Completa le frasi con i paesi o le nazionalità corretti.
My English teacher is from Dublin. She is Irish
1 Sofia is from . She is Spanish.
2 James Bond is from Britain. He is .
3 Måneskin is from Italy. The musicians are
4 Ahmed is from . He is Egyptian.
5 Christian is from Berlin. He is .
6 Lady Gaga is from She is American.
8 Sottolinea la sillaba accentata. Poi ascolta e controlla.
Poland • Canada • American • Good morning Egypt • British • Italian • Welcome Germany • Good afternoon • Brazil


9 Leggi la presentazione di Lucien e completala con le parole nel riquadro.
English • Irish • Italian • France Germany • Ireland • French
Hi, I’m Lucien and I’m eleven. I’m French. I’m from Bordeaux in (1) .
My dad is from Paris but my mum is from Dublin in (2) , so I’m half (3)
My favourite subject at school is (4) of course!
My best friend, Constantine, is from Berlin in (5) but he is half (6) because his dad is from Rome!

10 Abbina le domande alle risposte.
1 Where are you from?
2 Where’s Rupert from?
3 Are you Australian?
4 Is Suzanne from Switzerland?
a No, I’m from New Zealand.
b Yes, she is.
c He’s from Scotland.
d I’m from Trieste, in Italy.
11 Completa il dialogo in modo personale.
Jennie Hello.
You Hi.
Jennie I’m Jennie. What’s your name?
You
Jennie Are you French? You .
Jennie Where are you from? You
Jennie Cool! I’m from the UK.
COMMUNICATION ROUND-UP
12 Traduci le espressioni in italiano.
1 I’m fine, thanks.
2 This is Paola.
3 Good evening.
4 Not bad.
5 Are you German?
6 Nice to meet you.
13 Ascolta le domande e scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C).
A Yes, you are.
B No, I’m not.
C I’m from the USA.
1 A I’m fine. You?
B Yes, I am.
C I’m Silvia.
2 A Hi!
B Good morning, Mr Smith.
C Fine.
3 A Hello!
B Bye!
C Thanks.
4 A Fine, thanks.
B Yes, she is.
C Nice to meet you.
5 A No, they aren’t.
B Yes, they’re from Italy.
C They’re from China.
14 Ascolta e completa i profili con le informazioni mancanti.

Name: Tom
Surname: Curtis
Age: 13
Nationality: (1)



Name: Irena
















Surname: (2)












Age: 12














Nationality: (3)






LEARN IT!
I pronomi personali soggetto si usano sempre davanti al verbo e non sono mai sottintesi.
I’m English.
1 Sostituisci le parole sottolineate con i pronomi personali soggetto corretti e riscrivi le frasi.
Mark is from Ireland. He is from Ireland.
1 Alice and Jack are Australian.
2 Hannah is from America.
3 Izabella and I are from Poland.
4 Tower Bridge is in London.
5 José is Spanish.
6 You and Marcella are from Venice.
2 Completa il testo con i pronomi personali soggetto corretti.
Here is a photo of me with Liam and Grace. I’m Luke and (1) ’m from Spain. Liam is British and (2) ’s 14. Grace is from the USA. (3) ’s American. (4) are my friends. In the photo, (5) are in Barcelona – (6) is a beautiful city!

LEARN IT!
Il verbo be si usa per:
• presentarsi.
Hi, I’m Alice.
• domandare e dire la provenienza.
I’m from Wales.
• domandare e dire l’età.
She’s 11
• esprimere una condizione o uno stato d’animo.
He’s happy.
• descrivere cose o persone.
The pens are red.
La forma affermativa ha tre forme: am, is, are
La forma contratta ’re si usa solo con i pronomi personali soggetto, mai con i nomi propri e comuni.
We’re Italian.
Luca and Francesco are Italian.
(Non: Luca and Francesco’re Italian.)
3 Completa le frasi. Usa la forma contratta quando possibile.
Ben’s English.
1 Alice and I from Liverpool.
2 Tom and Emma at school.
3 I Spanish.
4 Lucille from Switzerland.
5 You and Harry eleven.
6 The pyramids very famous.
4 Completa le frasi con la forma corretta di be e le parole nel riquadro.
from Egypt • years old • in Brazil
blue and orange • American • funny • at home
Kerry is from Boston. She is American.
1 My sister 16
2 Rio de Janeiro .
3 My brother and friendly.
4 I’m not at school. I .
5 His bike .
6 My friend Samir

Present simple of be Negative and interrogative forms
Alla forma negativa, si mette sempre not dopo il verbo be.
Ci sono due forme negative contratte: isn’t e ’s not, aren’t e ’re not. She isn’t / ’s not Greek. We aren’t / ’re not from Rome. La negazione not non si contrae mai con am ➞ I’m not I’m not Italian.
Alla forma interrogativa, si invertono verbo e soggetto. Nelle risposte brevi affermative non si usa la forma contratta; in quelle negative si usa solo la forma contratta.
‘Are you from Manchester?’ ‘Yes, I am.’ ‘Is she Finnish?’ ‘No, she isn’t.’
5 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa. Liam is from my town. Liam isn’t from my town.
1 I am Irish.
2 My grandmother is English.
3 Alex and I are at school today.
4 Una and Tim are in the classroom.
5 Pietro is from Milan.
6 The science lesson is in the lab today.
6 Scrivi le domande e le risposte brevi. you / from London? (4) ‘Are you from London?’ ‘Yes, I am.’
1 you and Owen / in the same class? (8)
2 Michael / Chinese? (8)
3 Moussaka / a type of Greek food? (4)
4 Beth and Liam / from Birmingham? (4)
5 you / 14? (8)
6 Alice / half German? (4)
7 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.


Hello, I’m / ’s Ava and I (1) ’m / ’re from Nottingham in England. Nottingham (2) aren’t / isn’t a big city but it (3) ’s / isn’t very beautiful. I (4) ’m / aren’t twelve and my favourite subject at school (5) are / is French. What about you? (6) Is / Are you from a big city? Write and tell me.
• Le parole interrogative si mettono sempre all’inizio della domanda. What’s her name?
• Eventuali preposizioni vanno alla fine della frase. Where are you from?
• La forma contratta di be si usa solo alla terza persona singolare. When’s your birthday?
• What e Which significano entrambi “quale”, ma which si usa per indicare una scelta tra un numero di opzioni limitato.
What’s your favourite colour? Which is your favourite, green or blue?
8
Completa le domande con where, who, when, which, what e how. Where is your school? 1 is your favourite city?
old are you?
is he? 4 is your favourite animal? 5 is the maths test?
6 is your class – 7A or 7B?



9 Scrivi le domande per queste risposte. In alcuni casi ci sono più domande possibili.
‘What’s your name?’ ‘My name’s Christine.’
1 ‘ ’ ‘He’s 21.’
2 ‘ ’ ‘She’s fine, thanks.’
3 ‘ ’ ‘It’s in September.’
4 ‘ ’ ‘Basketball.’
5 ‘ ’ ‘He’s Luke.’
6 ‘ ’ ‘It’s in King Street.’
• Gli aggettivi possessivi si usano davanti a un nome per indicare possesso (my book) o rapporti di amicizia e parentela (my friend).
• Concordano sempre con il possessore. She's with her brother.
• Sono invariabili in genere e numero. Where’s your bike / Where are your pens?
• Non sono mai preceduti dall'articolo. This is the my school.
10 Abbina le frasi.
This is my dog.
1 Laura is from Berlin.
2 He’s my new classmate.
3 Is this your backpack?
4 Her car isn’t red.
5 Who’s your maths teacher?
a His name’s Paul.
b His name is Black.
c Their car is red.
d No, my backpack is there.
e Her family is German.
f Her name’s Miss Lewis.
11 Completa le frasi con l’aggettivo possessivo corretto.
Is this your glue? (you)
1 mum is Spanish. (Lucy)
2 classroom is big. (me and my classmates)
3 What’s name? (Jack)
4 friends are nice. (you and Kieran)
5 car is old. (Nick and Sue)
6 This is house. (I)
GRAMMAR ROUND-UP
12 Scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C) per completare le frasi.
Alice is from Manchester.
A is B are C am
1 My aunt isn’t from America, she Canadian.
A are B isn’t C ’s
2 Where you from?
A are B is C am
3 We in the same class at school.
A isn’t B aren’t C am not
4 Is grandma French?
A you B him C your
5 is your best friend’s birthday?
A Why B Where C When
6 Chile in Europe?
A Is B Are C Am
13 Ascolta il dettato e scrivi il testo.
14 Traduci le frasi.
I’m 11 years old. Ho 11 anni.
1 My dog is black. 2 Where is your bike? 3 They aren’t Egyptian. 4 You and Laura are in class 1B. 5 When is your party?
6 Her teacher is Irish.
READING
1 Leggi e ascolta le presentazioni di Jenny e Alfie. Indica (4) cosa hanno in comune. their nationality their age the name of their city



Hello! My name’s Jenny Whittaker and I’m from Birmingham. Am I English? No, I’m American! I’m from Birmingham in Alabama in the USA.
My parents are American too. My mum is from Memphis in Tennessee and my dad is from Birmingham. I’m 12 and I’m in Grade 7. My school is Parker Junior High School. It’s OK. My favourite subject is history.

2 Leggi di nuovo le presentazioni e completa i due profili.
Name Jenny Whittaker
Favourite Subject
LISTENING
3 Ascolta la conversazione tra due ragazzi e scegli l’alternativa corretta. They are / aren’t friends.
4 K Ascolta di nuovo e completa.
The boy’s name is Finn.
1 The girl’s name is
2 The girl is from .
3 The boy isn’t , he’s Irish.
4 He’s from .
5 They are years old.




Hi! My name’s Alfie. Alfie Woods. I’m 13 years old and I’m in Year 8 at Holte Secondary School. That’s in Birmingham.
Birmingham is a big city in the centre of England. My dad is from London but my mum isn’t English. She’s Polish, so I’m half Polish and half English. What’s my favourite subject? English – it isn’t an easy language but I like it!

Name Nationality


School Name
School Year
Favourite Subject



VOCABULARY
1 Completa le espressioni di saluto.
1 G m
2 See y l
3 B
4 He
5 Go
2 Scrivi le nazionalità nel riquadro nel gruppo corretto.
China • Australia • Poland • Ireland • Egypt -an/-ian -ish -ese
GRAMMAR
3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Hi! (1) I / My name is Daniel. And this (2) is / am Jack. (3) We / Our are good friends and (4) we’re / you’re in the same class at school. (5) Its / It’s in Glasgow in Scotland. Mrs Davies is (6) your / our class teacher. (7) Her / She is very kind and sporty. (8) Her / She subject is PE. Mr Smith is another (un altro) good teacher. (9) He’s / His funny and (10) he’s / his subject is Science. (11) They’re / Their our two favourite teachers, because (12) they’re / their lessons are fun! And (13) you / your? Who are (14) you / your favourite teachers?
4 Completa con la forma affermativa di be.
1 He the head teacher of the school.
2 My name Sara Williams.
3 It’ Monday morning and we’ in our English lesson.
4 You’ good students.
5 They’ British.
6 The school blog post online.
5 Riscrivi le frasi dell’es. 4 alla forma negativa.
6 Completa le domande e le risposte brevi.
1 ‘ Athens the Capital of Greece?’
‘Yes, .’
2 ‘ you thirteen years old?’
‘Yes, .’
3 ‘ they from Spain?’
‘No, .’
4 ‘ you and Sam British?’
‘Yes, .’
5 ‘ you fine?’
‘No, .’
7 Completa le domande con una parola nel riquadro. What • Where • How • Why • When
is Max from?
old are they?
is your favourite school subject?
are they here now? 5 is your birthday?
8 Riordina le frasi per creare un dialogo e completalo con le parole nel riquadro.
Where • too • bad • American • Nice
Nick Hi. I’m Nick.
Euan Australia. Are you ?
Nick Nice to meet you . How are you?
Euan Hi Nick. I’m Euan. to meet you.
Nick Yeah, I’m fine, thanks. are you from?
Euan Not . You?
Nick No, I’m Irish.

1 Leggi i post e completali con le parole corrette (pronomi personali soggetto, forme del verbo be, parole interrogative e aggettivi possessivi). Poi ascolta e controlla.

Michael

This is my best friend Samuel on (1) birthday. He (2) half French and half Welsh. He (3) my age. He’s 13 and I (4) 12.

Kate


Here (5) am with my dog in the park. He (6) a puppy. (7) name’s Oscar and (8) ’s small and adorable!
2 Preparatevi a presentare un/a vostro/a amico/a o un membro della vostra famiglia. Usate i testi dell’es. 1 come modello e ricordatevi di dire:
1 what his/her name is
2 where he/she is from
3 how old he/she is
3 PAIRWORK Student A, presenta la persona che hai scelto a Student B. Student B, prendi appunti per rispondere alle domande del box di autovalutazione. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli.
4 PAIRWORK Ora rispondete alle domande del box. Poi confrontatevi tra voi. Ripetete l’attività se necessario.
Vanessa

(9) is this? It’s Dublin, my home town. Who (10) these girls? My best friends, Brigit and Mavy. We’re Irish and (11) languages are Irish and English. We (12) at school today because it’s a holiday in Ireland.
Nella mia presentazione:
sono riuscito/a a presentare la persona che avevo scelto sono riuscito/a a dire correttamente la sua nazionalità sono riuscito/a a dire correttamente la sua età
Nella sua presentazione, il/la mio/a compagno/a: ha usato correttamente la terza persona del verbo be (he/she is…) ha usato correttamente l’espressione he/she is … years old ha pronunciato correttamente la nazionalità e l’età



1 Ti ricordi le quattro nazioni che formano il Regno Unito?
Scrivi i nomi sulla mappa (A-D).
2 Leggi e ascolta il testo e scrivi i nomi delle capitali sulla mappa (1-4).
London is the capital of England. The population of London is 8.9 million. It is very famous for Buckingham Palace, Big Ben and the London Eye. The population of England is 56.5 million. The language is English and the national day is St George’s Day (23rd April). The symbol is a red rose Another symbol is the lion – three lions are on the shirts of the English national football team. The English flag is red and white.

Wales is to the west of England. The population of the country is 3.1 million and the languages are Welsh and English. The capital city is Cardiff. Wales is famous for rugby, castles and Snowdon, a high mountain. The symbols are a leek (a vegetable), daffodil (a yellow flower) and dragon. The dragon on the Welsh flag is red. The national day is St David’s Day (1st March).

Scotland is to the north of England.

Edinburgh is the capital. The population of Scotland is 5.4 million and the languages are English, Gaelic and Scots. The national day is St Andrew’s Day (30th November) and the national symbol is a thistle (a purple flower). The country is famous for the lakes (or lochs), for example Loch Ness and the monster. It is also famous for tartan.
Belfast is the capital of Northern Ireland. The population of Northern Ireland isn’t very big – only 1.9 million. The language is English. The symbols of Northern Ireland are the shamrock and the harp (a musical instrument). The national day is St Patrick’s Day (17th March). This day is also famous in other countries and green is the favourite colour on this day.






1 Cosa sai del Regno Unito? Decidi se le frasi sono T (true) o F (false). Poi guarda il video o ascolta, e controlla le tue risposte.
1 The complete name of the UK is the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
2 The UK flag is red and white.
3 People in the Republic of Ireland are British.

4 Rileggi il testo e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
The London Eye is in England / Wales.
1 23rd April is St David’s / St George’s Day.
2 Three / Four lions are on the English rugby / football shirts.
3 Snowdon is a mountain / city.
4 The dragon on the Welsh flag is green / red
5 Scotland has two / three languages.
6 Tartan is Welsh / Scottish.
7 The population of Belfast / Northern Ireland is 1.9 million.
8 Green is / isn’t a popular colour on St Patrick’s Day.



BE CURIOUS
Big Ben è il nome della campana nella torre dell’orologio del palazzo del parlamento di Londra. Ufficialmente la torre si chiama Elizabeth Tower, in onore di Elisabetta II. BIG BEN
2 Abbina le due parti delle frasi.
The United Kingdom is
1 Great Britain is
2 The British Isles are
3 The name of the UK flag is
4 The Welsh flag is not a the Union Jack. b two islands. c part of the UK flag. d three countries. e four countries.
3 YOUR TURN Fai una ricerca sul tuo paese e prendi appunti. Utilizza i testi di queste pagine come esempio e i punti dell’elenco.
• population
• capital city
• flag
• language(s)
• national colour(s)
• famous things
• national day
4 ORAL PRESENTATION Riferisci alla classe le informazioni della tua ricerca.
The name of my country is… It is a (republic / monarchy). The capital city is… e








I’ve got an idea!
Chloe What’s your Instagram, Lexi?
Lexi thebestlexi.one
Chloe Are these photos of your family?
Lexi Yes. That’s my dad.
Chloe Is this your mum?
Lexi Has she got long hair?
Chloe Yes, she’s got long, red hair and she’s tall.
Lexi Yep. That’s my mum – She’s the best! And those are my aunts.
Noah And who’s that? Is he your boyfriend?
Lexi No, that’s my cousin Joe.
Noah Have you got brothers or sisters, Lexi?
Lexi No, I haven’t. I’m an only child.
Noah Me too.
Chloe I’ve got a big family – two sisters and a halfbrother. He’s 19 and he’s a pain! Hey, where’s this?
Lexi That’s Joe’s youth club.
Noah Wow! They’ve got a fantastic games room. Lucky them!
Lexi Yeah… Our club hasn’t got a games room… Sorry!
Chloe Maybe I’ve got an idea!


1 Guarda la foto e scegli le caratteristiche fisiche corrette dei ragazzi. 1 Lexi long / short hair
Chloe straight / curly hair 3 Noah brown / blue eyes
2 Guarda il video o ascolta e leggi. Rispondi alla domanda. What photos has Lexi got on her Instagram?
3 Ora ascolta, leggi e ripeti.
4 Rileggi il dialogo e abbina la persona alla frase corretta.
a is Lexi’s cousin.
b hasn’t got a brother or a sister.
c has got photos of her family on Instagram.
d has got a big family.
e is tall and has got long, red hair.

the best la migliore BE REAL

Trova gli equivalenti inglesi di queste espressioni nel dialogo.
1 Anch’io.
2 È un rompiscatole!
3 Beati loro!
5 Scegli l’alternativa corretta con l’aiuto del dialogo.
Chloe That’s / What’s your Instagram?
Lexi thebestlexi.one
1 Chloe Are these / this photos of your family?
Lexi Yes. That’s / It’s my dad.
2 Lexi Has / Is she got long hair?
Chloe Yes, she’s / she’s got long, red hair.
3 Noah You have / Have you got brothers or sisters, Lexi?
4


Lexi No, I haven’t / haven’t got.
Lexi That’s / What’s Joey’s youth club.
Noah Wow! They got / They’ve got a fantastic games room.
BE PROUD
SEL Leggi la domanda e discutine in coppia.
Lexi definisce la sua mamma “la migliore”. C’è qualcuno nella tua famiglia di cui sei particolarmente orgoglioso/a? Perché?


1 Guarda l’immagine della famiglia Addams e scrivi i nomi di parentela. Poi guarda il video o ascolta, e controlla.
mother • uncle • father • son • grandma • cousin • daughter

BE CAREFUL parents genitori relatives parenti


A Gomez father
B Fester
C Grandmama
D Wednesday
half-brother / half-sister fratellastro/sorellastra con un genitore in comune LEARN IT!
stepbrother / stepsister fratellastro/sorellastra con genitori diversi, figlio/a di patrigno (stepfather) o matrigna (stepmother)
E Morticia F Pugsley G Itt
2 Scrivi il maschile o il femminile accanto alle parole. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti le parole.
granddaughter • sister • aunt • daughter • stepfather • grandad
stepmother stepfather
1 uncle
2 son
3 grandma
4 brother
5 grandson
3 GAME A turno, Student A dice un nome e Student B dice il rapporto di parentela con Wednesday. Avete 2 minuti per dirli tutti correttamente!


4 Guarda il video o ascolta. Di chi stanno parlando?
5 Ora leggi e ascolta di nuovo il dialogo e controlla.
Lexi Who’s that?
Chloe My brother, Harry.
Lexi He’s very cute!
Chloe No, he isn’t Lexi! He’s 19 and you’re 14!
And he’s got a girlfriend!
Lexi Have you got another (un altro) brother?
Chloe Lexi! Gross!



Who’s that man? He’s my grandad. Is that your aunt? Yes, her name’s Maggie. / No, that’s my mum. Have you got a brother / sister? Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t. I’m an only child.
6 Abbina le domande alle risposte. Poi ascolta e
a They’re my cousins, Tom and Leo.
b No, he isn’t. He’s my cousin.
Is Sam your dad?
c Yes, I’ve got a dog. His name’s Oscar. 7 PAIRWORK Scrivi il nome di quattro persone della tua famiglia. A turno, fatevi delle domande per capire chi


8 PRONUNCIATION Ascolta e ripeti i due gruppi di parole con la mano appoggiata sulla gola. Indica (4) in quali parole senti vibrare la gola.
/θ/ thank thin three /ð/ those that mother 9 Ascolta le parole e indica (4) quale suono senti.



Ascolta le espressioni dell’es. 10 lette con accento americano.

10
Abbina le parole nel riquadro alle immagini. Poi guarda il video o ascolta, e controlla.
short, grey hair • long, straight hair • tall and plump • curly, brown hair short and thin • short, blonde hair






La parola hair (“capelli”) è sempre seguita dal verbo alla forma singolare. My hair is long and straight.


11 Ascolta di nuovo e ripeti.
12 Guarda di nuovo la foto della famiglia Addams a pagina 46. Leggi le descrizioni fisiche e scrivi i nomi dei personaggi corrispondenti.
He’s tall and thin. Butler Lurch
1 She’s got long, straight, black hair like her mother.
2 He’s short and plump. He hasn’t got hair, he’s bald.
3 He’s got short, blond hair and he’s short and plump.
4 She’s short and plump. She’s got long, straight, grey hair.
5 He’s got short, black hair and black eyes. He’s short and plump.
13 Completa la frase per descrivere te stesso/a. Poi scegli un/a compagno/a e scrivi una frase che lo/a descriva.
I’m . I’ve got hair and eyes.

14 Guarda il video o ascolta. Come sono i capelli della sorella di Ben?
15 Ora leggi il dialogo e completalo con le parole mancanti. Poi ascolta e controlla.
Lexi Has your sister got curly hair, Ben? Ben No, she (1) . She’s got straight, brown hair. Lexi (2) she short too?
Ben My sister is short, but I’m (3) short! I’m tall… and thin!
16 Jessie sta parlando di sua cugina con Luca. Scegli (4) la foto corretta.





Has your sister got curly hair? Is your brother tall? What colour is his hair? Yes, she has. / No, she hasn’t. She’s got straight hair. Yes, he is. / No, he isn’t. He’s short. He’s got brown hair. BE FLUENT
17 GAME Student A, scegli un personaggio. Student B, fai domande per indovinare il personaggio scelto. Avete solo trenta secondi per indovinare chi è! Poi scambiatevi i ruoli.
No, he isn’t. Is your person a girl?
Has he got...


I’m tall... and thin!









I’ve got a big family. This club hasn’t got a games room.
Forma affermativa
Estesa Contratta
I have got I’ve got
Have you got brothers or sisters, Lexi? No, I haven’t.
Forma negativa
Estesa Contratta
I have not got I haven’t got you have got you’ve got you have not got you haven’t got he / she / it has got he / she / it’s got he / she / it has not got he / she / it hasn’t got we / you / they have got we / you / they’ve got we / you / they have not got we / you / they haven’t got
Forma interrogativa
Risposte brevi
Have I got? Yes, you have. No, you haven’t. Have you got? Yes, I have. No, I haven’t. Has he / she / it got? Yes, he / she / it has. No, he / she / it hasn’t. Have we / you / they got? Yes, you / we / they have No, you / we / they haven’t
Rules pp. 60-61
3 Riscrivi le frasi dell’es. 1 alla forma negativa contratta.
risposte brevi non si usa mai got.
1 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
The boys has got / have got big, blue eyes.
1 Olivia have got / has got straight, black hair.
2 Charlotte has got / have got two brothers.
3 We has got / have got two new phones.
4 Roddy have got / has got four dogs.
5 You have got / has got a new computer.
6 I has got / have got two British friends.
2 Completa il testo con la forma affermativa di have got. Usa la forma contratta quando possibile. Poi ascolta e controlla.
Hi! I’m Amy. I’m 12 and I’ve got a big family. The boys in the photo are my brothers. They (1) straight, blond hair but Charlie (2) blue eyes and Kai’s eyes are brown.
I (3) black hair, and I (4) blue eyes.
We (5) two dogs in my family too, Bob and Hugo.

4 Completa le frasi in modo che siano vere per te utilizzando have got. My sister has got a new phone.
1 I a computer at home.
2 Peter blue eyes.
3 We science on Monday.
4 My best friend cousins in the UK.
5 Mum and Dad a new car.
6 Our school a big art studio.
5 Riordina le parole e scrivi le domande. a / teacher / have / got / you / new / ? Have you got a new teacher?
1 got / have / two cars / your / parents / ?
2 your / got / school / has / Wi-Fi / ?
3 friends / got / a / your / have / mobile phone / ?
4 you / black / hair / have / got / curly / ?
5 got / a / you / sister / have / ?
6 PAIRWORK Fatevi le domande dell’es. 5 e rispondete in modo personale usando le risposte brevi.
Have you got a new teacher?


Yes, I have.
Ricorda che in inglese si usa il verbo “essere” (be) al posto del verbo “avere” (have got) per dire l’età. I’m 13 years old. Ho 13 anni.
7 Completa il dialogo con la forma corretta di have got o be.
Daisy Have you got a big family, Liam?
Liam No, I (1) . I (2) an only child but I (3) two cousins and a dog. Here’s a photo… look, this is me and my cousin, Nora. She (4) short hair now, it’s long. This (5) Will, he’s my little cousin, and Buddy the dog.
Daisy What about your mum and dad?
Liam They aren’t in the photo, but my mum (6) long, straight hair and she (7) 42. Dad’s 45 and he (8) tall and plump.
Daisy (9) you grandparents?
Liam Yes, I (10) . They’re amazing!
this, that, these, those
Is this your mum?
That’s my cousin Joe. Are these photos of your family? And those are my aunts. this questo/a these questi/e


8 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Is these / this your bicycle?
1 This / Those test isn’t difficult.
2 Are those / that your headphones?
3 These / This children aren’t in the same class.
4 That / Those man has got glasses.
5 Is this / that your bike over there?
6 Are these / those your games here?
Riscrivi le frasi al plurale e viceversa.
That page is yellow. Those pages are yellow.
1 This boy has got a dog.
2 That teacher hasn’t got long hair.
3 These English students are 12
4 Those grandparents are very young.
5 That dog is very small.
6 These exercises aren’t very difficult.
‘That’s Joe’s youth club.’
Nome del possessore + ’s + cosa posseduta
Nome singolare + ’s Liam’s scooter
Nome plurale regolare + ’ the students’ classroom
Nome plurale irregolare + ’s the children’s bedroom
p. 11
Due persone che posseggono la stessa cosa + ’s dopo la seconda persona Sam and Julie’s house
Rules p. 62
Identificano oggetti e persone lontane da chi parla.
Identificano oggetti e persone vicine a chi parla. that quello/a those quelli/e
Rules p. 61


BE CAREFUL
Ricorda che ’s può essere anche la contrazione di is.
Sam’s Julie’s brother. = Sam is Julie’s brother.


10 Inserisci ’s o l’apostrofo nella posizione corretta.
My parents’ car is blue.
1 Our teacher computer is old.
2 The children phones are in their bedroom.
3 My brothers bicycles are new.
4 The students school is not very big.
5 Is that Andrea backpack?
6 That is my aunt and uncle house.
11 Completa il testo con ’s, has got o is.
My stepsister’s name is Nicole. She (1) 21 and she (2) long, straight, brown hair.
She (3) tall and thin. She (4) half French and she’s my dad (5) stepdaughter. She (6) three cousins in Paris.

‘Whose books are these?’ ‘They’re the students’ books.’ LEARN IT!
Per chiedere a chi appartiene qualcosa si usa Whose... ?
12 PAIRWORK A turno, fatevi domande sull’appartenenza degli oggetti.




13 K Scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C). Poi ascolta e controlla.

There are seven people in my family and we’re from three different countries! My mother (1) from Russia. She’s very tall and she (2) long, curly, blonde hair. My father is Greek. He (3) short with black hair and he (4) glasses. I’ve got three brothers, Leo, Alex and Milo. My parents are in London now and we are British.
I (5) a half-sister too, Natasha. She’s 18 and she’s Russian. She’s my (6) stepdaughter. She (7) straight, blonde hair and she (8) very clever.
A in B from C at
1 A has B is C are
2 A have got B has got C is got
3 A is B are C has
4 A hasn’t B haven’t got C has got
5 A ’s got B am C ’ve got
6 A fathers’ B father’s C fathers
7 A is B have got C has got
8 A has got B is C are
14 Scegli la frase corretta (A o B).
A He’s short, curly, black hair.
B He’s got short, curly, black hair.
1 A Is this your sister?
B Is these your sister?
2 A Who’s bag is that?
B Whose bag is that?
3 A Who’s got a dog in your class?
B Whose got a dog in your class?
4 A Who’s got a scooter?
B Who’s a scooter?
5 A Are you got a brother or a sister?
B Have you got a brother or a sister?
6 A The boys’ father is a teacher.
B The boys’s father is a teacher.
7 A Dad is young. He has 35 years old.
B Dad is young. He is 35 years old.
8 A What colour is your mother’s hair?
B What colour are your mother’s hair?

1 Ascolta Leah parlare della sua famiglia. Scegli (4) la foto corretta.



2 Ascolta di nuovo e compila i profili con le informazioni nei riquadri. clever • blonde hair • brown eyes • kind • short • brown hair sister • mother • stepfather

15 years old long, straight hair brown eyes
SPEAKING
Leah’s mother
46 years old blonde hair (1)
Leah’s (5) 11 years old (6) brown hair (7) Leah Gillian William Olivia
Leah’s (2) (3) (4)
3 PAIRWORK Fate domande sulla famiglia di Leah e rispondete. Usate i suggerimenti nel riquadro per aiutarvi.
Who is...? • Has Leah got…? • How old is…? • What colour…? • Has he/she got… hair? • Is she/he..?
4 PAIRWORK Fai domande al/la tuo/a compagno/a sulla sua famiglia. Poi scambiatevi di ruolo. Usate le domande nell’es. 3 per aiutarvi.
5 YOUR TURN Presenta la tua famiglia alla classe. Segui le istruzioni seguenti per aiutarti.
• your name and age
• big or small family
• your close family members’ names and ages
• their appearance
• their character Adjectives of personality p. 18
Hi! I’m Giulio. I’m 12 and I’ve got a small family. My mother’s name is Carolina and my brother’s name is Francesco. He’s… He’s Leah’s stepfather. Who is William? No, she hasn’t. Has Leah got a brother?


SEE Guarda le foto su questa pagina. Che animali vedi?

Pets p. 18
THINK Quale animale domestico pensi sia più popolare nel Regno Unito?
Che cosa ti interesserebbe sapere degli animali domestici nel Regno Unito?
Ora guarda il video. Quale animale è il tuo preferito?
VIDEO ACTIVITIES


The UK is a nation of animal lovers. About 60% of families in the United Kingdom have got a pet. Pets are all different. They’re big, small, friendly or shy, but they’re members of our family and our friends.
About 36% of families in the UK have got a dog – that’s about because they’re loyal and affectionate. Dogs are also very clever and help them, and there are guide dogs and pet therapy dogs too.
About 30% of the population have got a cat – that’s 12.5 and there are about 1 million pet rabbits. Families in the UK have got birds, horses, guinea pigs and hamsters for pets too.
Has the UK got any unusual pets? Absolutely! There are about 600,000 pet snakes. Pets are a big responsibility, but they’re fantastic and fun!

loyal leali affectionate affettuosi useful utili guide dogs cani guida chickens polli snakes serpenti


READING
1 Leggi e ascolta il testo. Sottolinea tutti gli animali domestici.
2 Indica se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F).
40% of families in the UK haven’t got a pet. T
1 Pets aren’t part of our families.
2 Dogs are good for pet therapy.
3 Families in the UK haven’t got chickens as pets.
4 Pets are not fun for families.
WRITING An email to a friend
3 Leggi l’e-mail e scegli (4) quali informazioni Sam dà sui suoi animali domestici.
Name His favourite rabbit Colour Age




SEL Il testo dice che avere un animale domestico è una grande responsabilità. Perché? Sai elencare alcune di queste responsabilità?





From: sam1234@mails.com
To: olivia22@mails.com
Subject: My favourite family member HipandHop.jpeg
Hi Olivia,
How are you?














This is a photo of my two pet rabbits. Their names are Hip and Hop. They’re small and white, but Hip has got brown ears and Hop has got black ears. They’re 2 years old. Hop is very friendly, but Hip is shy. Rabbits and dogs are my favourite animals, but we haven’t got a dog. Have you got a pet? What’s your favourite animal?






That’s all for now. Write soon! Love, Sam
New message Send




4 Completa la tabella con le espressioni nel riquadro. Poi aggiungi le espressioni che trovi nell’e-mail. Love, Greta • See you soon! • Hello Karl • Dear Suzanne, • From Julia • Bye for now!
Opening
Ending
Hello Karl, , Love, Greta, , , , ,
5 Ora scrivi un’e-mail. Parla di un tuo animale domestico (reale o inventato). Usa le domande seguenti e l’e-mail dell’es. 3 per aiutarti.
• What pet have you got?
• What’s his/her name?
• How old is he/she?
• Is he/she big or small?
• What colour is he/she?
• Is he/she friendly, clever or shy?
• Ricorda che per gli animali domestici (pets) si usano i pronomi soggetto he o she invece di it (vedi p. 26). She’s three years old.
• Ricorda che gli aggettivi precedono sempre il sostantivo a cui si riferiscono: She’s got big ears.
• Parla anche della sua personalità oltre che del suo aspetto fisico (vedi gli aggettivi che hai studiato a p. 18)


I’ve got an idea!
1 Riordina l’estratto dal dialogo di pagina
45. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
Lexi Yep. That’s my mum. She’s the best. And those are my aunts.
Chloe Yes, she’s got long, red hair and she’s tall.
1
Chloe Are these photos of your family?
Lexi Yes. That’s my dad.
Lexi Has she got long hair?
Chloe Is this your mum?
2 Riordina le parole e formula domande. Poi abbinale alle risposte corrette.
1 ’s / who / that / And / ?
2 got / sisters / Have / brothers / you / or / ?
3 ’s / this / Where / ?
a No, I haven’t. I’m an only child.
b That’s Joe’s youth club.
c That’s my cousin Joe.
3 BE REAL Completa i mini-dialoghi con le espressioni nel riquadro.
Me too • He’s a pain • Lucky you
Amy Is that your brother, Paul?
Paul Yes, his name is Thomas. (1) .
Greta I’ve got a new phone.
Molly (2) !
Grace I’ve got a sister.
Dan (3) . Her name is Emily.
MY GLOSSARY
1
Ascolta e ripeti. Poi scrivi la traduzione. Family aunt
brother cousin daughter father grandad granddaughter grandma grandson half-brother half-sister mother sister son stepbrother stepfather stepmother stepsister uncle
Physical appearance blond/blonde brown curly hair long plump short straight tall thin


Family husband nephew niece only child wife
Physical appearance bald a beard glasses a moustache


VOCABULARY MAPS
2 Completa la mappa con i nomi di parentela mancanti.
3 Aggiungi altre parole che conosci alla mappa dell’es. 2.
4 Completa la mappa con le parole nel riquadro. Una parola va in entrambi i gruppi. Quale?


1 Trova l’intruso. mother • dad • aunt • sister
1 aunt • grandson • friend • cousin
2 daughter • son • brother • uncle
3 parents • mother • cousins • father
4 brother • daughter • grandma • stepsister
2 Completa le frasi con le parole mancanti.
La prima lettera di ogni parola è data.
Mum and dad are my parents
1 My dad has got a brother. He’s my u .
2 My g is 85. She’s from Wales.
3 My little b is five.
4 My aunt has got two children. They’re my c .
5 My half-sister’s dad is my s
6 My cousin Jack is my aunt’s s .
3 Scegli la risposta corretta (A, B o C).
1 Have you got a big family?
A Yes, I am.
B No, I’m an only child.
C Yes, that’s my family.
2 Have you got a brother or a sister?
A No, they aren’t.
B She’s my half-sister.
C Yes, I’ve got two brothers.
3 Who’s that girl?
A That’s my cousin, Alice.
B That’s my brother.
C Yes, she’s tall.
4 Are those boys your cousins?
A No, he isn’t.
B Yes, they’re from Brighton.
C No, I’m an only child.
4 Completa il dialogo con le parole mancanti.
Luke Who is that woman? Is she (1) aunt?
Alice No, she (2) . She’s (3) grandma.
Luke And (4) are these girls?
Alice They (5) my cousins – Poppy, Millie and Frances.
5 Guarda le immagini e completa le descrizioni.

1 Greta has got short, blonde hair.

3 My cousin has got long, , hair.

2 My brother has got , , black hair.

4 Mum is and .
6 Sottolinea la sillaba accentata. Poi ascolta e controlla.
brother • stepfather • curly • grandma half-sister • grandson
7 Completa la descrizione con le parole nel riquadro. C’è una parola in più. curly • straight • eyes • blonde brown • tall • thin


8 Guarda le foto e scrivi un mini-dialogo per ciascuna seguendo l’esempio.


Timothée Chalamet, actor


COMMUNICATION ROUND-UP
10 Leggi il testo e abbinalo all’immagine corrispondente.




Taylor Swift, singer Jannik Sinner, tennis player 1
A Who’s that?
B That’s Timothée Chalamet.
A What colour is his hair?
B He’s got short, curly, brown hair.
9 Scrivi delle risposte per queste domande.
Is that your mum? Yes, that’s my mum.
1 Have you got blue eyes? No, .
2 Is your grandma short? (tall, plump)
3 Is your dad short? Yes,
4 What colour is your brothers’ hair? (short, brown)
5 Is your sister tall? No, . She’s short.


I’ve got one brother and one sister. My brother’s name is Dylan and my sister’s name is Bethan. Oh, and I’m Ryan. My parents are Carys and Michael. They’re 54 years old. My dad is big and tall and my mum is small and short. We’re from Wales.
11 Riordina il dialogo. Poi ascolta e controlla.
Sophie Has he got red hair?
Sophie Who’s that in the photo?
Sophie Is she tall like your dad?
Sophie And have you got any cousins?
Oliver Yes, we’ve both got red hair!
Oliver Yes, I’ve got one cousin, Liam.
Oliver Yes, she’s very tall.
Oliver My aunt Catrin. She’s my dad’s sister.


Present simple of have got Affirmative form
LEARN IT!
Il verbo have got si usa per:
• esprimere possesso
I’ve got a blue bike.
• indicare rapporti tra persone
She’s got three brothers.
• descrivere l’aspetto fisico
He’s got short, brown hair and a beard.
La forma affermativa ha due forme: has per la terza persona singolare e have per tutte le altre.
La forma contratta ’ve got si usa solo con i pronomi personali soggetto, mai con i nomi propri e comuni.
I’ve got two cousins.
Anna and Fred have got a blue car.
(Non: Anna and Fred’ve got a blue car.)
1 Completa il messaggio con ’ve got o ’s got.

Hi Lena! I’ve got some news!
I (1) a new mobile phone. It (2) a fantastic camera and I (3) loads of new games on it. My sister (4) the same one but our phones are different colours!
2 Completa le frasi con have got o has got. Usa la forma contratta quando possibile. Maria’s got short, curly hair.
1 I a new tablet.
2 We three stepbrothers.
3 My dad a long, black beard.
4 My brother and I 12 cousins!
5 You beautiful, brown eyes.
6 My parents a French friend.
Present simple of have got Negative and interrogative forms, short answers
La forma negativa del verbo have got si ottiene mettendo not tra have/has e got. I haven’t got a dog.
Per ottenere la forma interrogativa, si invertono have/has e il soggetto.
Has she got red hair?
Nelle risposte brevi non si usa mai got Nelle risposte brevi affermative non si usa mai la forma contratta.
Yes, she has. No, she hasn’t.
3 Riscrivi le frasi dell’es. 2 alla forma negativa. Maria hasn't got short, curly hair.
4 Completa la descrizione con has got
Uncle Michael is 35 and he has got short, brown hair. He (1) blue eyes and he (2) glasses. He (3) a wife, but he’s got a girlfriend. He (4) a big house. He’s my favourite uncle!


5 Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa o negativa di have got.
I’ve got brown hair and green eyes.
1 She red hair, she’s blonde.
2 I three sisters. I’ve got two.
3 Tom and I 10 cousins!
4 Dad blue eyes but he hasn’t got blond hair.
5 Rashid and Dave a dog. His name is Bert.
6 We curly hair, it’s straight.


6 Scrivi le domande e le risposte brevi.
you and your sister / a dog? (8)
‘Have you and your sister got a dog?’ ‘No, we haven’t.’
1 Nathan / a tablet? (8)
2 you / an e-bike? (4)
3 your mum / brown eyes? (8)
4 your best friend / a sister? (4)
5 they / a new car? (4)
6 your English teacher / glasses? (8)
7 Completa l’e-mail con una parola in ogni spazio. Usa la forma contratta quando possibile.
Hi Harry, I’m Alex and I’m 12. I (1) tall and thin and I (2) got short, brown hair like my dad. But I (3) got brown eyes like him, I’ve got blue eyes. I’ve (4) a sister. Her name’s Rachel and she (5) 15. She (6) tall and a bit plump and she (7) got long, curly, brown hair.
I (8) really friendly but Rachel (9) a bit shy. (10) you got brothers or sisters?
8 Chi è Rachel? Indica (4) l’immagine corretta. Poi scrivi una descrizione anche di A e B.

this, that, these, those
Si usano i dimostrativi per indicare cose o persone vicine o lontane rispetto a chi parla. Possono essere aggettivi se seguiti da un nome, o pronomi se seguiti da un verbo.
These boys are my cousins. This is my mum.
Si usano this/these per indicare cose/persone vicine a chi parla; si usano that/those per indicare cose/persone lontane da chi parla.
9 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
This / These bag is Emma’s.
1 Those / That men are my teachers.
2 This / These is my sister.
3 That / These are my cousins.
4 That / Those house is lovely.
5 This / That dog over there is my cousin’s dog.
6 These / This are my parents.
10 Guarda il giardino di Liam e Jake e completa le frasi con this, that, these e those.

This is Liam and Jake’s garden. 1 are their bikes. 2 is Jake’s football.
3 is Liam’s smartphone. 4 are Jake’s glasses. 5 pet is their dog. 6 are Liam’s pens.


LEARN IT!
Si usa il possessive ’s per parlare di possesso o di rapporti tra persone.
Il nome del possessore viene sempre prima dell’oggetto posseduto.
It’s Angela’s cat.
Non si usa mai l’articolo prima della cosa posseduta.
Lisa’s bike
(Non: the Lisa’s bike / Lisa’s the bike)
11 Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
This is Mia’s sister / Mia sister
1 These are Rachels cats / Rachel’s cats.
2 It’s the bike of Ben / Ben’s bike.
3 Are you Nick’s brother / Nick is brother?
4 Here is Dan and Matt’s house / Dan’s and Matt’s house.
5 Those are Ellen son’s / Ellen’s sons
6 Are these the David’s glasses / David’s glasses?
12 Che cosa significa ’s in queste frasi? Scrivi is, has o ’s.
He’s my cousin Said. is
1 Tom’s got a new backpack.
2 Jeremy’s hair is blond.
3 Who’s the girl with a red bag?
4 Where are your brother’s keys?
5 My uncle Tom’s got a big car.
6 ‘Whose is the red car in the garage?
‘It’s uncle David’s car.’ ,
13 Scrivi frasi con la forma corretta di be e inserendo ’s o ’ al posto giusto.
This / Mary / sister
This is Mary’s sister.
1 It / Frank / car
2 Those / the children / bikes
3 These / Helen and Philip / friends
4 She / Sonya / mother
5 It / Daniela and Matteo / house
6 That / our daughters / school
GRAMMAR ROUND-UP 14 Completa il testo con le parole mancanti.
This is Harry Styles. He (1) got short, brown hair and green eyes. He (2) tall and thin and he’s (3) about 60 tattoos! Harry’s got a sister, Gemma. Gemma (4) hair isn’t brown, it (5) long and blonde but she (6) got green eyes like Harry. And guess what… Harry’s got a pet hamster called… Hamster!



16 Traduci le frasi.
I’ve got green eyes. Ho gli occhi verdi.
1 Heidi’s got short, blonde hair.
2 She’s Jane’s half-sister.
3 Has your uncle got a son?
4 ‘Whose books are these?’ ‘They’re Rebecca’s books.’
5 Is George’s aunt tall and thin?
6 She hasn’t got a daughter.


1 In Hollywood there are lots of famous families, with parents, brothers, sisters and other relatives all in the entertainment business. For example, Jada and Will Smith are actors and their son Jaden is an actor, too. But has Hollywood got any famous twins? Yes, it has!
2 This is a photo of Scarlett Johansson and her twin brother. Scarlett is an actress and she’s famous for her role as Black Widow in the Avengers film series. She isn’t very tall and she’s got blonde hair. Her brother’s name is Hunter. Scarlett and her brother are very different. He is tall and he’s got short brown hair. He isn’t an actor but he’s sometimes with her on the red carpet at Hollywood parties.

3 These twins are Rami and Sami Malek. They are similar but their lives are very different. Rami is famous for the TV series Mr Robot and the film Bohemian Rhapsody about Freddie Mercury’s life. Sami is an English teacher. They are from Los Angeles in America, but their parents are from Egypt. They are both thin, they’ve got short, brown hair and blue eyes. They’ve also got a sister. Her name is Yasmine, and she’s a doctor.






1 Completa le frasi con le parole nel riquadro.
brother • uncle • daughter • sister grandmother • cousin
1 Holly is my and my mum’s daughter.
2 My aunt’s son is my
3 My grandad’s is my mum.
4 My grandmother’s son is my
5 My mother’s mum is my .
6 My uncle is my mum’s
2 Completa il testo con le parole mancanti sull’aspetto fisico. La prima lettera di ciascuna parola è data.
My name’s Tom. I’m not (1) s and (2) p like my little brother. I’m (3) t and (4) t . I’ve got (5) s , (6) c , brown hair.
3 Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa di be o have got.
1 We three cousins.
2 I 13
3 Alex a stepbrother.
4 Maria 12.
5 Pedro and I green eyes.
6 My mum long, curly hair.
7 Harry and Matt brothers.
8 I a small family.
4 Completa le frasi con la forma negativa di be o have got.
1 Brian curly hair.
2 Owen and Jack 14.
3 My dad blue eyes.
4 I long, straight hair.
5 Euan 12.
6 We a sister.
5 Completa le frasi con la forma interrogativa e le risposte brevi di have got.
1 ‘ you long hair?’ ‘Yes, .’
2 ‘ your brother glasses?’ ‘No, .’
3 ‘ your grandparents a dog?’ ‘Yes, .’
4 ‘ Mrs Hill brown hair?’ ‘Yes, .’
5 ‘ Gavin and Dan a cousin?’ ‘Yes, .’
6 ‘ you a sister?’ ‘No, .’
6 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Brian (1) This / These is a photo of my relatives from Spain.
Alice Ah! Let me see. Who are (2) those / that children at the back of the photo?
Brian Ah yes, (3) those / this are Sofía and Pedro, my cousins. (4) This / Those is my aunt and over there (5) that / those is my uncle Felipe. Oh, and (6) these / this are my grandparents!
7 Completa le frasi con ’s o con l’apostrofo ’ .
1 That is Noemi cousin.
2 These are Sam and Barbara children.
3 This is the students classroom.
4 My sisters bikes are blue.
5 Is that Anna house?
6 Those are the children bags.
8 Completa il dialogo con le espressioni nel riquadro.
my cousin • a big family • that your brother who’s that • an only child • three brothers
A Hi Alex. Have you got (1) ?
B No, I haven’t. I’m (2) . Have you got a brother or sister?
A Yes, I have. I’ve got (3) and a sister!
B Oh wow! Is (4) ?
A No, that’s (5) .
B (6) woman?
A That’s my mum.

Describing people and families
1 Leggi la presentazione della serie di film animati Hotel Transylvania. Hai mai visto uno dei film?
REVIEW OF
WHAT’S THE TITLE OF THIS FILM SERIES?
It’s Hotel Transylvania
WHOSE HOTEL IS IT?
It’s Drac’s hotel.
WHO’S DRAC?
Drac is Count Dracula. He’s a vampire. He’s tall and thin. He’s got short, black hair.
HAS HE GOT A FAMILY?
Yes, he has. He hasn’t got a son, but he’s got a daughter. Her name’s Mavis. She’s a vampire too. His wife’s name is Ericka Van Helsing. She’s Mavis’s stepmother. Drac has got a grandson. His name’s Dennis.
WHO’S THAT MAN WITH RED HAIR?
That’s Johnny. He’s Mavis’s husband. He isn’t a vampire. Dennis is their son. He’s got red hair, like his father, and he’s got blue eyes, like his mother. They’ve got a big dog. His name is Tinkles.
2 Preparatevi a descrivere il personaggio del vostro film o serie TV preferito. Usate il testo dell’es. 1 come modello e ricordatevi di dire:
1 what his/her name is
2 who his/her family members are
3 what colour eyes/hair he/she has got
3 PAIRWORK Student A, presenta il personaggio che hai scelto a Student B. Student B, prendi appunti per poter rispondere alle domande del box di autovalutazione. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli.
4 PAIRWORK Ora rispondete alle domande del box. Poi confrontatevi tra voi. Ripetete l’attività se necessario.

Nella mia presentazione:
ricordavo facilmente i nomi di parentela
sono riuscito/a facilmente a parlare della famiglia del mio personaggio
sono riuscito/a facilmente a descrivere l’aspetto fisico del mio personaggio
PEER FEEDBACK
Nella sua presentazione, il/la mio/a compagno/a: ha usato correttamente il verbo be e il verbo have got ha usato correttamente il possessivo ’s per esprimere la parentela ha pronunciato correttamente i nomi dei rapporti di parentela e delle caratteristiche fisiche




This is Prince Louis (born 2018). He’s got one sister, Charlotte (2015), and one brother, George (2013). They are all very cute and a little shy. Their parents are William, King Charles’s son, and Catherine. They are the Prince and Princess of Wales. William is tall and he is nearly bald. Catherine is tall and thin. She’s got long brown hair. Louis’s brother George is second in line to the throne after his father.
These are Harry and Meghan, Louis’s uncle and aunt. Harry is William’s brother but they are very different. Harry has got red hair and a beard. His wife, Meghan, is American and she is a former actress. They are both interested in charity work. They’ve got two children, Archie (2019) and Lilibet (2021). They are Louis’s cousins.


1 Guarda le foto. Riconosci queste persone? Di quale famiglia famosa fanno parte?
2 Leggi e ascolta il testo sulla famiglia del principe Louis e rispondi alle domande.
1 Who is bald?
2 Who has got red hair?
3 Completa l’albero genealogico.
3 Who is a former actress?
4 Who has got two brothers?





Mia (2014) and Lena (2018), in the photo, and Lucas (2021) are Louis’s cousins too (second cousins to be precise) and they are good friends. Their mother, Zara, is William’s cousin. She’s a horse rider and she has got a silver Olympic medal. Her husband, Mike Tindall, is tall and big. He’s a former rugby player.
nearly quasi in line to the throne in linea di successione al trono former ex charity work opere di beneficienza second cousins cugini di secondo grado horse rider cavallerizza
4 Rispondi alle domande.
Who are Louis’s brother and sister? George and Charlotte.
1 Who is Charles?
2 Who is Harry’s brother?
3 Where is Meghan from?
4 What are Harry and Meghan interested in?
5 Who is Zara?
6 What sports are Zara and Mike interested in?
Citizenship: God Save the King!
CULTURE VIDEO
1 Cosa sai degli altri membri della famiglia reale? Scegli l’opzione corretta. Poi guarda il video, o ascolta, e controlla le tue risposte.
1 Who is the king of the UK?
A Charles B William C Philip
2 Who is the Queen of the UK?
A Elizabeth B Catherine C Camilla

2 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Charles has got three / four names.
1 He’s got two brothers / sisters.
2 Camilla is his first / second wife.
3 She’s got two / four children.
4 They’ve got / haven’t got pets.
3 YOUR TURN Qual è una famiglia famosa nel tuo paese? Perché è famosa? Fai una ricerca e prendi appunti. Utilizza i testi di queste pagine come esempio, e i punti dell’elenco.
• names, ages and relationships
• why they are famous

• where they are from
• their physical appearance and personality
4 ORAL PRESENTATION Riferisci alla classe le informazioni della tua ricerca.


STEP 1 – LET’S START
1 Ascolta Sara parlare del suo collage di foto. Quali persone include?
2 Ascolta di nuovo. Abbina le persone alle descrizioni. C’è una descrizione in più.
1 Gina
2 grandmother
Louise
3 uncle Rob a very friendly and funny b shy and clever c kind and a good student d very generous and nice
STEP 2 – THINK
3 PAIRWORK Cosa rende una persona importante?
Ordina i motivi dal più importante al meno importante. Poi confronta le tue idee con un/a compagno/a.
He/She is funny.
I’m happy when I’m with him/her.
He/She’s always got great ideas. He/She is always kind to me.
STEP 3 – YOUR TURN
4 Pensa a tre persone che sono importanti nella tua vita. Perché lo sono?
Scrivi una frase per ciascuno.
1 2 3
5 Crea un collage di foto come quello di Sara. Inserisci delle foto o disegna le persone.
6 Prepara la presentazione del tuo collage di foto per la classe. Se vuoi, puoi fare un breve video della tua presentazione e condividerlo con i/le tuoi/e compagni/e.










He/She is generous. He/She is helpful. He/She’s got a lot of (= molti) friends.
Other:



LET’S START
1 Abbina i personaggi ai paesi corrispondenti.





2 Ascolta il testo su Simone Biles e completa il
3 PAIRWORK Scegliete un fact file a testa e preparate una descrizione come quella dell’es. 2. A turno, descrivete il vostro personaggio.
Full Name
Born
Full Name
Born
City and country
Personality
PEER FEEDBACK
Jasmine Paolini
4th January 1996
Bagni di Lucca, Tuscany, Italy
Tennis
163 cm
Strong, funny, good team player
Dwayne ‘The Rock’ Johnson 2nd May 1972
Hayward, California, USA
Actor and wrestler 10-time world champion
196 cm
Strong, respectful, generous
4 PAIRWORK Riflettete sull’attività dell’es. 3. Rispondete alle domande.
1 Come ha descritto il fact file il/la tuo/a compagna?
2 È stato/a capace di descrivere i punti più importanti?
3 Che consigli daresti al/alla tuo/a compagna per migliorare la descrizione?


AI ACTIVITY
Consulta un sito di generative AI e correggi la tua descrizione.
Step 1 Crea un semplice prompt per il chatbot (per es. Evidenzia eventuali errori nella seguente descrizione.) e incolla la tua descrizione.
Step 2 Valuta il risultato.
• Quante correzioni sono state fatte dal chatbot?
• Sei d’accordo con ciò che ha suggerito il chatbot? Perché? / Perché no?
• Riconosci gli errori che ti ha segnalato il chatbot? Credi che li ripeterai in futuro?









There’s a small room
Chloe So, about the youth club. Lexi’s opinion is…
Ben No. The club isn’t boring and we’re not boring!
Chloe You’re right, but it is old and there aren’t any new games. There’s a small room at the club and...
Ben Really? Where is it?
Chloe It’s next to the kitchen.
Ben What’s it like?
Chloe Well, it’s messy at the moment. There are some old tables, cupboards and boxes.
Ben Is there a window?
Chloe Yes, it’s opposite the door and… it’s perfect for a games room!
Ben Nice one Chloe! Is there a sofa?

Not a problem? Simon’s a volunteer and there for a games room.
disordinata
sta traslocando



1 Look at the photo. Where are Ben and Chloe? in Ben’s kitchen at school in Ben’s bedroom
Watch the video or listen. What idea has Chloe got for the youth club?
Now read, listen and repeat.
4 Read the dialogue again and write T (true) or F (false). Correct the false sentences. For Chloe, the youth club is old.
1 The room at the club is small.
2 There aren’t any things in the room. 3 There isn’t a sofa in the room.
4 The youth club has got some money for new things.


BE REAL
Match these expressions to their translations.
Nice one! 2 You’re right. 3 Never give up!
a Mai arrendersi!
b Ben detto!
c Hai ragione.
5 Match the questions to the answers. Then check your answers using the dialogue.
a Yes, opposite the door.
b No, there isn’t.
c It’s next to the kitchen.


Is there a sofa?
d Well, it’s messy at the moment.
SEL Read the question and talk with your partner. Chloe dice che non bisogna arrendersi mai di fronte alle difficoltà. Sei d’accordo? Pensi di essere una persona abbastanza tenace e determinata o è un aspetto di te che vorresti migliorare?


Listen to the words from ex. 1 and 3 in American English. Note that:


1 Write the words for rooms in the picture. Then watch the video or listen, and check your answers.
2 Listen again and repeat.
3 Look at the picture again. Write the words from the box next to the numbers (1-12) below. Then listen, check and repeat.
4 PAIRWORK Take turns to say a room and list the furniture for that room.


5 Watch the video or listen. What type of house has Lexi got?
6 Now read and complete the dialogue with the missing words. Then listen again and check.
Ben What’s your house (1) , Lexi?
Lexi It’s a cottage. It’s got (2) .
Ben (3) a garden?
Lexi Yes, there’s a small garden.
Ben Is (4) ?
Lexi Yes, it’s about 200 years old.
Ben 200 years old? Boring!
What’s your house/flat like?
Is there a garden? Are there any armchairs? Has it got a garage?


There’s
a small garden.

It’s old/very modern. / It’s big/small. Yes, there is. / No, there isn’t. Yes, there are some. / No, there aren’t any. Yes, it has. / No, it hasn’t.
7 Complete the mini dialogues with the missing words. Then listen and check.
1 A Have you got a house or a flat?
B I’ve got a flat.
A What’s (1) ?
B (2) very modern and big. (3) four bedrooms.


SOUNDS GOOD
8 Listen and repeat the words with the /h/ sound. has happy homework hall hand
2 A (4) your bedroom like?
B It’s small.
A (5) a desk?
B (6) a desk, but I have got a small table.
9 Listen and tick (4) the words which start with the /h/ sound. how house hour have honest home
10 PAIRWORK Ask and answer questions with a partner about your houses/flats. Use the language from the Be Fluent box to help you.
What’s your house like? No, there isn’t. Is there a garage?
It’s a large, modern flat.



AMERICAN
Listen to the words from ex. 11 in American English.
CAREFUL
Fai attenzione alla differenza tra in front of e opposite: in front of significa “di fronte” ma rivolti nella stessa direzione, come ad esempio i bambini in una fila, mentre opposite significa “di fronte” rivolti l’uno verso l’altro, come ad esempio due bambini seduti uno di fronte all’altro a tavola.

11 Write the words from the box under the correct picture. Then listen and check.
behind • between • in front of • near • next to • on • opposite • under










12 Look at the picture on page 72 again. Complete the sentences with the correct prepositions of place.
The hall is next to the living room.
1 The table is the window.
2 The shower is the bath.
3 The small table is the armchairs.
4 The lamp is the bookcase in the bedroom.
5 The bed is the wardrobe.
6 The garage is the living room.
13 Listen to a conversation about a new home. Choose the correct alternative, then listen again and check.
The family have got a new flat / house
1 Sam’s new bedroom is next to / opposite the bathroom.
2 The house has got a garage / garden.
3 The bedroom has got a wardrobe / bed

4 The wardrobe is behind the door / between the door and the window.
5 Sam’s mum has got a new desk / chair for him.
14 GAME Close your eyes. Ask and answer questions about the position of these objects in your classroom. Can you remember them?
your desk • window • door • IWB • teacher’s desk • bin
Where is the bin?
It’s near the door.

15 Watch the video or listen. Where is the extra bedroom?
16 Now read and listen again to the dialogue. Check your answer.
Ben So, Mum, tell me about our possible new house.
Ms Harris Well, it’s big. There are two living rooms and six bedrooms.
Ben An extra bedroom? Great! Where is it?
Ms Harris It’s next to the garage.
Ben That’s my room! For me and my friends.
Ms Harris No! That’s my… meditation room!

next to the garage.



Where’s your bedroom? Where’s your bed? Is there a lamp on your desk? It’s between the bathroom and my parents’ room. It’s under the window. No, there isn’t. It’s next to my bed. BE FLUENT
17 Look at the plan of the flat and complete the dialogue about it.
Jack Are there two bedrooms in your flat?
Avril Yes, (1) two bedrooms.
Jack (2) a dining room?
Avril Yes, it has. (3) the living room.
Jack (4) a table in the kitchen?
Avril Yes, there is, with four chairs.
Jack (5) the bathroom?
Avril (6) the two bedrooms.
18 PAIRWORK Draw the plan of your favourite room and add as many details as you can. Then ask and answer questions.


It’s my bedroom.
Is there a desk in your bedroom?
What’s your favourite room? It’s between… Where is it? Yes, it’s next to…


is / There are VIDEO MAP
There’s a small room at the club.
There are some old tables, cupboards and boxes.
Forma affermativa Forma negativa
There is (There’s) a fridge in the kitchen. There is not (There isn’t) a shower.
There are two sofas in this room. There are not (There aren’t) any lamps.
Forma interrogativa Risposte brevi
Is there a television? Yes, there is. / No, there isn’t
Are there two beds? Yes, there are. / No, there aren’t
1 Choose the correct alternative.
There is / There are a big wardrobe in the bedroom.
1 There is / There are four new students in my class.
2 There is / There are a sofa in the living room.
3 There is / There are a dog and a cat at home.
4 There is / There are two bikes and a scooter in the garage.
5 There is / There are a washing machine in the flat.
6 There is / There are a shower in the bathroom.
2 Rewrite the sentences in ex. 1 in the negative form.
There isn’t a big wardrobe in the bedroom.
3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of There is / There are.
There are two bathrooms in our house. (4)
1 two sofas and an armchair in the living room. (4)
2 three bedrooms in your house. (8)
3 a black cat in the garden. (4) 4 a desk in my bedroom. (8)
5 six chairs in the kitchen, there are five. (8) 6 a fridge in the kitchen. (4)
There aren’t any new games. Is there a window?
• Si usano there is e there are per indicare se qualcuno o qualcosa c’è oppure no.
• Non esiste la forma affermativa contratta di there are
• In un elenco, si usa There is se il primo elemento è singolare, There are se il primo elemento è plurale. There is a bed, an armchair and a desk in my bedroom. There are four chairs and a table in my garden.
4 Josh asks his mother some questions about the new caravan (camper) she wants to buy. Complete the questions and write short answers.
Is there a bathroom? (4)
Yes, there is.
1 two bedrooms? (8)
2 a shower? (4)
3 a dining room? (8)
4 a TV? (8)
5 any windows? (4)
5 Put the words in the correct order to make questions. Then write short answers that are true for you.
there / a / bath / is / your bathroom / in / ?
Is there a bath in the bathroom?
Yes, there is. / No, there isn’t.
1 there / a / fridge / is / the / in / kitchen / ?
2 in / armchairs / are / there / your / room / living / two / ?
3 your / bedroom / is / desk / a / there / in / ?
4 class / there / a / cupboard / is / your / in / ?
5 pets / in / there / your / home / are / ?
6 new / students / there / this year / are / in / your class / ?


6
Choose the correct option (A, B or C) to complete the dialogue.
Luke Hi Jack. How’s your new school?
Jack It’s great thanks. I love Roslin High School!
Luke (1) there lot of students in your class?
Jack No, there (2) . (3) are 20 students in the class. It’s not very big.
Luke Are there (4) at your school, too?
Jack Yes, there (5) . In my class there are 8 boys and 12 girls.
Luke Where are they from?
Jack Two of the boys are from Ukraine and (6) a boy from Senegal, too.
Luke And the girls?
Jack There’s a girl from Egypt, her name’s Jasmin. And there’s another girl from Spain. We’re a very international class!
1 A Is B Are C Aren’t
2 A isn’t B aren’t C haven’t
3 A There B They’re C Their
4 A girl B girls C boy
5 A is B isn’t C are
6 A there’s B there C is
There are some old tables, cupboards and boxes.
There aren’t any new games.
Frase affermativa
There are some chairs next to the table.
Frase negativa
There aren’t any boys in my judo class.
Frase interrogativa
Are there any cars in the garage?
• Si usano some e any con i nomi plurali per indicare una quantità non definita di cose o persone (dei/delle, un po’, alcuni/e, qualche…).
• Si usa some nelle frasi affermative e any in quelle negative e interrogative.
La pronuncia di there, they’re e their è la stessa ma il significato è diverso.
there = lì / there are = ci sono they’re = essi/e sono their = (di) loro
7
Complete the sentences with there, they’re or their.
I’ve got twin brothers. Their names are Oliver and Samuel.
1 My house is very big. are six bedrooms in it.
2 ‘What colour are the cats?’ ‘ black and white.’
3 favourite room in the house is the kitchen.
4 Are any cars in Ron’s garage?
5 Ella and Carl are in the same class. good friends.
6 ‘Are your sisters tall?’ ‘Yes, tall with blonde hair.’ 8
Choose the correct alternative.
Are there some / any toys in the living room?
1 There are some / any old bikes in the garage.
2 There aren’t some / any books in the bookcases.
3 Are there some / any T-shirts in the washing machine?
4 Have you got some / any Spanish friends?
5 We’ve got some / any nice lamps in the living room.
6 Will hasn’t got some / any brothers.
7 There are some / any music apps on my phone.
8 Have you got some / any new videos?
9
Complete the sentences with some or any. Mum, have we got any biscuits?
1 There are twins in my sister’s class.
2 Carl has got new headphones.
3 Are there chairs in the garden?
4 Has Dad got books about astronomy?
5 There aren’t flowers in our garden now.
6 There are special presents here for your birthday.
7 There aren’t armchairs in our living room.
8 Are there eggs for a cake?


There aren’t any new games
There are some old tables, cupboards and boxes.
Variazioni ortografiche
class + es classes
watch + es watches
box + es boxes
balcony + ies balconies
tomato + es tomatoes
wife + ves wives
Plurali irregolari child children man men woman women person people foot feet tooth teeth
Rules p. 88
12 Choose the correct alternative.
We’ve got a / some new flat – it’s fantastic! It’s got (1) a / an big living room with two sofas in it. There (2) is / are a new kitchen with (3) a / an American fridge and there (4) is / are three bathrooms! We’ve got four bedrooms now – the small one is my dad’s study. In my bedroom there (5) are / aren’t two beds (for me and my little sister) and I’ve got (6) any / some bookcases and a TV. The flat hasn’t got (7) a / some garden but it’s got (8) an / a terrace with a sea view.

10 Choose the correct alternative.
Has Ciaran got a brother / brothers?
1 The child / children in the garden are my cousins.
2 Are those man / men American?
3 Is Belgium a European country / countries?
4 Helen’s eye / eyes are dark blue.
5 Your brother’s tooth / teeth are very white.
11 Complete the dialogue with the plural of the nouns from the box.
woman • person • eye • grandparent • man • child
Tanya Who are these people in this photo?
David These (1) are my uncles and these (2) are my mum and aunt.
Tanya Ah yeah, you’ve got the same colour (3) as your mum!
David That’s right.
Tanya And who are the (4) here?
David That’s me and my cousin Jennie. Oh, and these are my (5) , Grandad Richard and Grandma Rachel.
13 Use the prompts to write sentences with there is / there are and some / any / a / an. small birds / in the garden (4) There are some small birds in the garden.
1 chairs / in the dining room (4)
2 shower / in the bathroom (?)
3 books / in my bedroom (8)
4 table / in the kitchen / in our flat (8)
5 keys / on the table / in the hall (4)
6 windows / in the garage (?)
7 students / in the school / today (8)
8 bus stop / opposite / the school (?)
14 Complete the text with the words from the box.
some • in • an • they’re • any has got • there’s • aren’t
My name’s Charlotte and I’ve got a very special home. It’s in Container City, an area of London on the River Thames. The homes here are not normal houses, (1) all old shipping containers! They haven’t got gardens but (2) flats have got balconies. My home is small – there (3) a lot of rooms – but it’s nice. (4) a living room, a kitchen, a bathroom and a bedroom. It (5) two balconies with (6) amazing view of the river. Are there (7) problems with a small container house? Yes, you have to be very tidy! view vista you have to be devi essere

1 Listen to Matt talking about his school and classroom. Underline the correct option.
1 His school is big / modern.
2 His classroom is old / small
2 Listen again and match the two parts of the sentences. There is one extra option. Matt’s school is
1 There are five
2 The school hasn’t got
3 Matt’s classroom has got
4 There aren’t any
5 Matt’s desk is




a a music room.
b next to the window.
c posters on the walls.
d old.
e near the gym.
f IT labs.
g a smartboard.
3 Complete the description of Matt’s classroom with the words from the box. Use the picture to help you. Then listen and check.
There are 22 students in my class and our classroom (1) very big. There are desks and chairs, of course, and the smartboard is (2) the teacher’s desk. The walls are (3) . There is a (4) but there aren’t any posters on the walls. We’ve got a large window. My desk is (5) the window and my best friend’s desk is in front of the (6) .
SPEAKING
teacher • map • isn’t • next to • are • white • behind No, it isn’t. Is his school modern?

4 PAIRWORK Ask and answer questions about Matt’s school and classroom. Use exercises 2 and 3 to help you.
5 PAIRWORK Take turns to say a sentence about your school or classroom. Use the words from the box to help you. science/IT lab
6 YOUR TURN Now present your school and your classroom. You can talk about:
• the number of students
• the different rooms in your school
• your favourite room/place in the school
• where your/your best friend’s desk is d School objects and places p. 12
• the objects in your classroom and where they are


SEE Guarda le foto su questa pagina. Che cosa vedi? THINK Che cosa hanno in comune queste case? WONDER Che cosa ti interesserebbe sapere?
Ora guarda il video. In quale casa ecologica ti piacerebbe vivere di più?
eco house in a tree eco house near the lake
1 This house in England is the home of the Wilson family. The house is unique, it hasn’t got any straight walls! There aren’t any houses in the country with this design. Some rooms are underground. It’s also got plants on the roof. The house is always the perfect temperature in winter and in summer. Outside the Wilson’s home is small, but it isn’t small inside. There’s a big open-space kitchen and living room, a bathroom, three bedrooms, a TV room and a toilet. Teenager Kelly Wilson says: ‘My favourite part of the house is the roof. It’s part of the garden.’
2 The McKinney family in the USA have got a very special home. It’s an old school bus! Inside, it’s very small. There is one room for the kitchen and living room, there’s a bedroom for Drake’s dad, and there’s a very small bathroom. At night the living room is 12-yearold Drake’s bedroom! There aren’t any wardrobes but there are some cupboards under the bed. In the kitchen there’s a small fridge and a cooker, but there isn’t a dishwasher. ‘We’ve got some recycled furniture,’ says Drake, ‘My favourite is the sofa – it’s also my bed.’



straight walls muri dritti underground sotterranee outside all’esterno inside all’interno cooker fornelli dishwasher lavastoviglie recycled riciclati




1 PAIRWORK Student A, read the first text. Student B, read the second text. Tell your partner whose house it is and where it is.
2 Read your text again, then answer the questions about it.
Wilson family home McKinney family home

1 Why is it special?
2 Is it big or small inside?
3 What rooms are there?
4 What is the teenager’s favourite thing about it?
3 PAIRWORK Take turns to ask and answer the questions in ex. 2 about your partner’s text. Then complete the table about it.
WRITING A description
4 Read the text about Li’s dream house. Tick (4) the correct photo.

My dream house is in the mountains or near the sea. It’s small. There is one bedroom, a living room, a kitchen and a bathroom. In the living room there are large windows and there is an armchair and a sofa in front of the windows. The walls are white and there are some photos on the wall. In the kitchen, there’s a large table. It hasn’t got a garden, but there’s a small balcony with a table and some chairs.

5 Imagine your dream house. Then write a short text to present it. Find a photo or draw a picture to show what it’s like. Use the text in ex. 4 to help you. Say:
• where your dream house is
• the number of rooms
• the objects in your house
• the colours and other details
• Ricordati che quando elenchi le cose che ci sono, devi usare there is se il primo elemento è singolare, there are se è plurale.
• Ricordati di usare le virgole per separare gli elementi di un elenco e and prima dell’ultimo elemento.
There is a bed, a desk, a wardrobe and two chairs.


There’s a small room
1 Leggi l’estratto del dialogo di p. 71.
Riordina le parole e formula domande. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
Chloe There’s a small room at the club and...
Ben Really? is / it / Where / ? (1)
Chloe It’s next to the kitchen.
Ben like / What / it / ’s / ? (2)
Chloe Well, it’s messy at the moment. There are some old tables, cupboards and boxes.
Ben a / there / Is / window / ? (3)
Chloe Yes, it’s opposite the door and… it’s perfect for a games room!
2 Completa questo secondo estratto con le parole nel riquadro. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
there • got • sofa • any • a • isn’t
Ben Nice one Chloe! Is there a (1) ?
Chloe No, there (2) , but that’s not a problem.
Ben Not a problem? Simon’s a volunteer and (3) isn’t (4) money for new stuff for a games room. Game over.
Chloe No, let’s think about (5) solution.
Ben Yes! My uncle is moving, he’s (6) a lot of stuff.
Chloe See? Never give up!
3 BE REAL Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Gary This place is perfect for Helen’s birthday party.
Milly (1) Nice one! / Never give up!
Ashley This French homework is very difficult!
Luke (2) Never give up! / Nice one. You’re good at French.
Alex Our classroom is very small!
Tom (3) Nice one! / You’re right. It’s like a cupboard!
1
Ascolta e ripeti. Poi scrivi la traduzione. Rooms and furniture
bathroom
bedroom
dining room
garage
garden
hall
kitchen
living room
toilet
armchair
bath bed
bookcase
cupboard
fridge lamp shower
sofa table
wardrobe
Parts of the house
balcony
ceiling downstairs
floor gate
roof upstairs wall
Furniture
bedside table
chest of drawers
coffee table
cooker
curtains
desk
dishwasher
fireplace
mirror
oven
rug shelves
sink
washing machine


VOCABULARY MAPS
2 Completa la mappa con le parole nel riquadro. Alcune parole possono andare in più di un gruppo.
3 Aggiungi altre parole che conosci alla mappa dell’es. 2.
4 Disegna dove si trova la palla.





under behind opposite near next to on in front of between





1 Abbina le due parti delle parole e
4 Abbina le domande alle risposte. Have you got a house or a flat?
1 What’s your house like?
2 Are there any games on the desk?
2 Guarda le immagini e scrivi il nome della stanza corrispondente.


3 Elenca i mobili che vedi in ciascuna stanza. C’è un mobile che non ci dovrebbe essere. Quale?
3 Is there a table in your kitchen? 4 Are there six chairs in the dining room?
a Yes, there are six chairs.
b No, because it’s very small.
c It’s big with four bedrooms.
d No, there aren’t any games.
e I’ve got a flat.
5 Riordina le frasi per creare un dialogo. Poi ascolta e controlla.
Jason And what about a desk? Is there a desk?
Jason Small? Have you got new furniture?
Jason What’s your new bedroom like, Irene?
Irene Yes, I’ve got a new bed and a new wardrobe. Irene No, there isn’t a desk, but there’s a bookcase. Irene It’s small but nice.

6 Completa il dialogo con risposte vere per te.
Jack Have you got a house or a flat?
Jack Me too. Has it got many rooms?
Jack Right. Is there a garage?
Jack And which is your favourite room?
Jack Cool! What’s it like?

7 Guarda le immagini e completa le descrizioni con le preposizioni di luogo.

The dishwasher is next to the fridge.

2 Heidi’s dog is the bed.

4 David’s phone is the washing machine.

1 The lamp is the sofa.

3 The table is the armchairs.

5 The kitchen door is the window.
8 Sottolinea la sillaba accentata. Poi ascolta e controlla.
dining room • armchair • bookcase • wardrobe between • living room • cupboard • opposite
9 Completa la descrizione. La prima lettera di ogni parola è data.
My favourite place is my granny’s cottage. It’s very old and romantic. Inside there’s a (1) k , a living room, two bedrooms and a (2) b . There’s a big, old bath in the bathroom but there isn’t a (3) s . (4) N the house there’s a (5) g with some beautiful flowers. My favourite room is my bedroom –it’s perfect! There’s a bed and a bedside table (6) n to it. The wardrobe is (7) o the bed, and there’s a small bookcase (8) b the desk and the window.
10 Completa con le espressioni nel riquadro.
This is • Is there • Where is it • Are there it hasn’t got • Has it got • there are
Marta Look! This is the hotel for our school trip.
Rob Nice. (1) ?
Marta It’s near the centre of the town.
Rob Good. (2) many bedrooms?
Marta Yes, (3) 52 bedrooms.
Rob Wow! (4) a swimming pool?
Marta No, (5) a pool.
Rob (6) three or four stars?
Marta Oh dear! No, only two.
11 Ascolta le domande e scegli la risposta corretta (A, B o C).
A Yes, it’s a flat.
B It’s small, with two bedrooms.
C It’s on the fourth floor.
1 A No, we haven’t.
B Yes, it’s a garden.
C No, there isn’t.
2 A We’ve got three.
B No, it’s in the living room.
C No, it hasn’t.
3 A No, there aren’t.
B Yes, we have.
C Yes, there are two.
4 A Yes, it’s in the kitchen.
B No, it’s next to the garage.
C It’s under the window.



There is / There are Affirmative form
There is / There are Negative and interrogative forms
There is e There are significano “c’è / ci sono” e si usano per indicare la presenza di cose o persone in un determinato posto.
There’s a TV in the living room. There are two beds in my bedroom.
Si usa there is davanti ai sostantivi singolari, e there are davanti ai sostantivi plurali.
There’s è la forma contratta di there is. Non esiste la forma contratta di there are.
Ricorda che si usa there is se il primo elemento di un elenco è singolare e there are se il primo elemento è plurale.
1 Completa le frasi con There is o There are. There is a lamp on the table.
1 three bathrooms in my aunt’s house.
2 a small sofa in the kitchen.
3 a big wardrobe in my sister’s bedroom.
4 two trees in the garden.
5 10 bedrooms in that house!
6 a TV in my bedroom.
2 Completa il testo con there’s o there are.
The White House is the official residence of the President of the United States.
There are 132 rooms, 35 bathrooms and six floors!
(1) also 147 windows, three lifts and 412 doors.
(2) a swimming pool, a tennis court, a gym and a cinema.
(3) also a music room, a small family dining room, a games room and a private study. In the study
(4) a kitchen and a bathroom. And of course
(5) a garage with spaces for over 130 cars!

Per ottenere la forma negativa, si mette not dopo is / are. Le forme contratte sono there isn’t / there aren’t.
There isn’t a table in the kitchen.
There aren’t any flowers in the room.
Per ottenere la forma interrogativa, si invertono is / are e there.
Is there a shower in the bathroom? Are there any books on the desk?
Nelle risposte brevi, la forma contratta si usa solo in quelle negative.
Yes, there is. / No, there isn’t.
3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
There isn’t / There aren’t three chairs, there are four.
1 There isn’t / There aren’t a fridge in the kitchen.
2 There isn’t / There aren’t a cat in the garden, there’s a rabbit.
3 There isn’t / There aren’t two lamps in the bedroom.
4 There isn’t / There aren’t a big fridge in the kitchen.
4 Completa le frasi con there’s, there are, there isn’t o there aren’t. There’s a table on the balcony. (4)
1 a shower in the bathroom. (8)
2 a fridge in the kitchen. (4)
3 two cupboards in the dining room. (4)
4 three lamps in the study. (8)
5 a bicycle in the garage. (8)
6 a bed, some boxes, a desk and a chair in my bedroom. (4)
5 Rispondi alle domande con risposte brevi vere per te.
Is there a dining room in your house? Yes, there is. / No, there isn’t.
1 Are there two bedrooms?
2 Are there two bathrooms?
3 Are there any cupboards in the kitchen?
4 Is there a bookcase in your bedroom?
5 Is there a computer in your room?
6 Is there a garden?
6 Scrivi le domande per queste risposte.
A Is there a sofa in the kitchen?
B No, there isn’t a sofa in the kitchen.
1 A
B Yes, there are two armchairs in the living room.
2 A
B Yes, there’s a garage.
3 A
B No, there aren’t three beds in the bedroom.
4 A
B Yes, there’s a TV in the kitchen.
5 A
B Yes, there’s a garden.
7 Completa il dialogo con la forma corretta di there is o there are.
Sam Is this your summer house, Lucy?
Lucy Yes, it is. Look, there’s the sea!
Sam Wow! It’s amazing! (1) a balcony?
Lucy Yes, (2) but (3) a garden. (4) a small kitchen and (5) two bedrooms.
Sam (6) two bathrooms?
Lucy No, just one and it’s very small!
8 Guarda l’immagine e scrivi domande e risposte con there is e there are.

fifteen chairs?
‘Are there fifteen chairs?’
‘No, there are thirteen chairs.’
1 two big windows?
2 computers on the desks?
3 interactive whiteboard?
4 clock above the map?
5 globe on the bookcase?
some / any
LEARN IT!
Some e any significano “dei / delle, un po’ / alcuni/e, qualche” e si usano con i sostantivi plurali per indicare una quantità indeterminata.
Si usa some nelle frasi affermative, any in quelle negative e nelle domande.
There are some chairs in the dining room. There aren’t any cars in the garage. Are there any glasses in the cupboard?
Some e any si usano nello stesso modo anche con have got. I’ve got some books in my bag. Have you got any brothers or sisters?
9 Completa le frasi con some o any.
There aren’t any books on the desk.
1 Are there flowers in the garden?
2 There are yogurts in the fridge.
3 Are there plates in the cupboard?
4 I’ve got new shoes.
5 There are pens on the bed.
6 Has she got music apps on her phone?
10 Completa la descrizione della casa vacanze con some, any, a / an.
Welcome to Seaview. There are two bedrooms and a bathroom upstairs. In one bedroom there is (1) big balcony with (2) awesome view. Downstairs there’s a living room with (3) sofa, (4) armchairs and a TV set. Outside there are (5) chairs in the garden but there aren’t (6) tables… and there’s a garage for your car. Perfect for a family holiday!
11 Scrivi frasi affermative (4) o negative (8) o domande con some o any e il verbo have got. you / brothers or sisters / ? Have you got any brothers or sisters?
1 Sue / posters / in her room / 8
2 Dad / money / in his wallet / 8
3 your friends / good video games / ?
4 your teacher / time for a chat / 8
5 I / English friends / 4




LEARN IT!
La maggior parte dei sostantivi forma il plurale aggiungendo -s
Ci sono alcune variazioni ortografiche per i sostantivi che terminano in:
• consonante + -y: -y si trasforma in -ies (diary ➞ diaries)
• -s, -ss, -ch, -sh, -x, -z, -o: si aggiunge -es
(class ➞ classes, watch ➞ watches, tomato ➞ tomatoes)
• -f o -fe: -f/-fe si trasforma in -ves (scarf ➞ scarves)
Alcuni sostantivi sono irregolari: child ➞ children; man ➞ men; woman ➞ women; person ➞ people


Ricorda che con i sostantivi irregolari per parlare di possesso si aggiunge ’s invece che solo ’ : the children's books p. 51
12 Scrivi il singolare delle seguenti parole.
kisses kiss
1 activities
2 foxes
3 families
4 potatoes 5 matches
13 Completa le frasi con il plurale delle parole tra parentesi.
Are those children (child) your little sisters?
1 I’ve got (tomato) in my sandwich.
2 There are two (balcony) in my house.
3 Who are those (woman) over there?
4 Argh! My (foot) are dirty!
5 Spain and Greece are European (country).
14 Riscrivi le frasi mettendo al plurale le parole sottolineate.
The boy is reading a book. The boys are reading a book.
1 The child is in the garden.
2 There is a fox in the park.
3 The man has got some big boxes.
4 The baby has got a new toy
5 The student has got a red pen.
GRAMMAR ROUND-UP
15 Scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C) per completare il testo.

My uncle’s house is a houseboat on the River Thames. It’s very small. (1) one bedroom and a bathroom with (2) shower and a toilet. (3) a kitchen with a fridge and a table but there (4) any armchairs or lamps.
(5) a bookcase? No, but there’s a cupboard and (6) windows.
A an B a C some
1 A There are B There isn’t C There’s
2 A any B an C a
3 A There aren’t B There’s C There are
4 A aren’t B are C isn’t
5 A Are there B Is there C There isn’t
6 A some B any C a
16 Ascolta il dettato e scrivi il testo.
17 Traduci le frasi.
The garden is behind the house. Il giardino è dietro la casa.
1 There’s a table and two chairs in the living room.
2 There are some cupboards in the dining room.
3 Is the table next to the fridge?
4 There aren’t any boxes under the bed.
5 Is there a bath in your house?

1 Leggi il primo paragrafo. Dove si trova Hampton Court Palace? Quanti anni ha?
Today in the first of our series on royal palaces in England, we are at Hampton Court Palace near London. It is a royal palace from the 16th century so it is 500 years old. It is very famous and there are many tourists here every year, visiting the palace and its gardens with trees and flower beds.
In the palace, there is a lot of antique furniture, for example tables and chairs from the 17th and 18th centuries. There is also the 16th-century kitchen with some original and interesting objects for cooking in the past on the first floor. Upstairs there are the private rooms of King Henry VIII. Then there’s the incredible Great Hall. It has got a beautiful roof with gilded wood

LISTENING
Outside in the beautiful gardens there is a very famous maze. The maze has got lots of different corridors made of plants. It’s difficult to find the centre but there’s a map for tourists so it’s impossible to get lost inside it!
Visit the Palace website for photos and information about Hampton Court Palace.
century secolo gilded wood legno dorato maze labirinto get lost perdersi
3 Ascolta e scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C).

1 Which is the girl’s bedroom? 2 Where is the armchair?


2 INVALSI Leggi e ascolta tutto il testo. Indica se le frasi sono vere (T), false (F) o se il dato non è presente (NG).
Tourists aren’t interested in Hampton Court Palace. F
1 The tables and chairs in the palace are Italian and French.
2 The private rooms of King Henry VIII are on the first floor.
3 There aren’t any trees in the gardens.
4 There are plants for the walls of the maze.
5 The website has got information about the king.



Which is the man’s new house?






1 Completa il testo con le parole nel riquadro. Ci sono due parole in più.
fridge • bath • wardrobe • bookcase • shower sofa • armchair • table • chairs • lamp
So, my house… well, in my bedroom, there’s a bed, of course, a (1) for my clothes and a (2) for all my books! In the living room, there’s a big, green (3) , an (4) and a (5) for reading. There’s a (6) and four (7) in the kitchen, oh and a (8) for all our food!
2 Guarda le immagini e completa le frasi con le preposizioni di luogo corrette.
1 The bed is the window.
2 The computer is the desk.
3 The bookcase is the window.
4 The sofa is the two bookcases.
5 The window is the sofa.
6 The computer is on the floor the sofa.
4 Completa le frasi con some o any.
1 ‘Have you got brothers or sisters?’ ‘I’ve got two brothers but I haven’t got sisters.’
2 ‘Are there biscuits?’ ‘Yes, there are in the cupboard.’
3 I’ve got friends at home this afternoon.
5 Scegli l’opzione corretta.
Is there any / some / a fruit on the table?
1 I’ve got any / some / a beautiful flat near the sea.
2 There are / There aren’t some chairs in the kitchen.
3 Is there any / a / an washing machine in the bathroom?
4 Jemma hasn’t got any / a / an study in her house.
5 Is there / There is / Are there any boxes behind the desk?
6 There’s / There’s is an amazing view from our balcony.
6 Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
1 There are three persons / people in the living room.
2 Are there any bikes / bikies in the garage?
3 There aren’t any chaires / chairs in the kitchen.
4 Where are the childrens / children?
5 Are there any activitys / activities at school today?
6 There are six families / familys in the restaurant.
7 Completa il dialogo con le parole mancanti.
A What’s your house (1) ?
B It’s very modern.
A Is (2) a garden?
B No, there isn’t but there (3) two balconies.
A (4) your bedroom?
GRAMMAR
3 Completa le frasi con la forma corretta di there is o there are.
1 a shower in this house. (8)
2 a bath in this bathroom? Yes, .
3 five people in my family. (4)
4 three books on my desk. (8)
5 a toilet in this shop? No,
B It’s (5) my sister’s room and the bathroom.
A (6) your bed?
B It’s opposite the window.
A (7) the living room like?
B It’s very big. (8) a big sofa and a lamp.
A Are there (9) armchairs?
B Yes, there (10) three.
A And… Have you (11) a garage?
B Yes, we (12) !

1 Guarda queste case delle vacanze. Poi ascolta e indica (4) quale casa la famiglia di Claire sceglie per la loro vacanza.


2 Lavorate a coppie. Student A, prepara una presentazione di Villa Rosa. Student B, prepara una presentazione di Villa Azzurra. Usa queste domande per aiutarti.
1 Has it got one or two floors?
2 Has it got many bedrooms? Has it got one or two bathrooms?
3 Has it got a swimming pool? A garden?
4 What furniture has it got?
5 What is good about it?
3 PAIRWORK Student A, presenta la tua villa a Student B. Student B, leggi le domande nel box e prendi appunti. Poi scambiatevi di ruolo.
4 PAIRWORK Ora rispondete alle domande nel box di autovalutazione. Poi confrontatevi tra voi. Ripetete l’attività se necessario.


SELF-FEEDBACK
Nella mia presentazione:
ricordavo facilmente i nomi delle stanze
ricordavo facilmente i nomi dei mobili
sono riuscito/a a dire dove si trovavano le stanze
sono riuscito/a a dire quali erano le caratteristiche principali
PEER FEEDBACK
Nella sua presentazione, il/la mio/a compagno/a: ha usato correttamente there is / there are ha usato correttamente il verbo have got ha usato correttamente le preposizioni di luogo ha pronunciato correttamente i nomi delle stanze e dei mobili



1 Write the words under the photos.






2 Read and listen to the text. Match the people in bold to the photos of their houses.
3 Whose house is it? Write the name(s).
Jerome • his grandparents • his dad his aunt • Craig
1 It hasn’t got a garden.
2 It hasn’t got any stairs.
3 There are two gardens.
4 It is modern.
5 It has got one bedroom.
6 There’s a utility room.
4 Use the information in the text and write a sentence to describe the typical houses you can find in the UK.
Detached house
It is separate from the neighbours’ houses.
1 Semi-detached house
2 Terraced house
3 Bungalow
4 Flat

Hi. I’m Jerome. I’m 13 and I’m from Nottingham in England. My family has got a semi-detached house. A semi-detached house is two houses together. Our front door is brown and it’s got a letterbox. At the front, we’ve got a small garden with a gate and there’s a big garden at the back of the house. Downstairs there’s a kitchen, living room, dining room and toilet. Upstairs there are three bedrooms and a bathroom. Two bedrooms are large, but my bedroom is small.
My grandparents’ house is near my house. It’s a similar size, but it’s a detached house. Detached houses are separate from the neighbours’ houses. They’ve got a utility room downstairs and a garage too.
My dad’s home is in the centre of the city. He’s got a flat on the third floor of a block of flats. There’s a kitchen, living room and bathroom. There’s only one bedroom but he’s got a sofa-bed for my visits. Flats usually haven’t got gardens, but some flats, like my dad’s flat, have got balconies.


My aunt has got a bungalow. She’s disabled so it’s easy for her because there is only one floor and there aren’t any stairs. It’s got red bricks and white windows. There are two bedrooms, a living room and a kitchen-diner. She’s got a garden with lots of flowers and a greenhouse.

My friend Craig has got a house opposite our school. It is a terraced house. This is a row of houses so there are houses on the right and on the left. It’s got a kitchen and living room on the ground floor and upstairs there are two bedrooms and a bathroom. There is a small garden at the back. His house is modern, but in my city there are many terraced houses that are over 130 years old.

1


What do you know about the royal residences in the UK? Choose the correct options. Then watch the video, or listen, and check.
Which two royal residences are in England?
Balmoral
Buckingham Palace
Windsor Castle

2 Decide if the sentences are T (true) or F (false). Then watch, or listen, again and check.
Windsor Castle is near London. T
1 It is a small, modern castle.
2 There are state banquets in St George’s Chapel.
3 The Round Tower has got great views.
4 The Royal Family has got a small art collection.
3 YOUR TURN What famous castles, villas or houses are there in your country?
Do some research on one place and take notes. Think about:
• where it is
• how old it is
• how big it is
• why it is famous
• what it is like
4 ORAL PRESENTATION Now use your notes from ex. 3 and give your presentation to the class.
Citizenship: Community projects







Ben Nice bike, Noah! Can I ride it?
Noah No, you can’t. It’s new. And very expensive. Ben OK.
Can you meet us at the club at 4.30? We can talk to Simon about our idea for a games room.
See you later.
Chloe Good, Lexi says she can meet us at the club at half past four.
Ben I can’t hear you. Loud music! Later.
Lexi Hi guys! Nice bike, Noah.
Noah Thanks, Lexi. It’s new. Have a go!
Lexi No, thanks. I can’t ride a bike at all. I’ve got dyspraxia.
Noah Dyspraxia? What’s that?
Lexi Oh, it isn’t a big problem. I can’t tie my shoelaces very well! And I’m not good at sports and some physical activities.
Ben And what about video games? Are you good at video games, Lexi? I can’t wait for our new games room!
Simon What new games room?
Lexi We’ve got an idea Simon. Can we change this room into a games room?
Simon A games room? Sounds great! loud alta tie allacciare shoelaces lacci delle scarpe change cambiare


1 Are you familiar with these hobbies? Tick (4). bike skateboard video games team sports individual sports board games
2 Watch the video or listen. What is Noah’s bike like?
3 Now read, listen and repeat.
4 Read the dialogue again and write the names. He’s got a new bike. Noah
1 She’s got a new text message.
2 She’s not good at sports.
3 He’s excited about video games.
4 He’s surprised about a new games room.


BE REAL
Find the English equivalent for these expressions in the dialogue.
1 Provala!
2 Non vedo l’ora
3 Ottima idea!
5 Match the two parts of the sentences. Then check your answers using the dialogue.
1 Can I
2 Lexi can
3 I can’t
4 I can’t wait
5 Can we


BE CONFIDENT
a change this room into a games room?
b ride a bike at all.
c meet us at the club.
d ride it?
e for our new games room!
SEL Leggi la domanda e discutine in coppia.
Lexi sembra accettare con tranquillità che alcune attività le risultino difficili a causa della disprassia. Cosa possiamo fare per accettare che alcune cose ci riescano meglio e altre meno?




Listen to the words from ex. 1 in American English. Note that:
mobile phone cell phone

1 Match the pictures to the words from the box. Then watch the video or listen, and check your answers.
TV • guitar • sunglasses • mobile phone • skateboard • wallet • games console bike • diary • earbuds • camera • comics

BE CURIOUS
Nel Regno Unito, il 68% dei ragazzi fra i 7 i 18 anni possiede una console. Quasi il 100% ha il cellulare. Queste cose sono importanti per loro, insieme a strumenti musicali, attrezzatura sportiva, libri preferiti, foto e... orsacchiotti.



2 Listen again and repeat.
3 PAIRWORK Ask and answer what your favourite personal possessions are.
What are your favourite things?
My favourite things are my…

4 Watch the video or listen. What is Ben’s favourite possession?
5 Complete the dialogue with the words from the box. Then listen again and check.
like • They’re • where are • favourite • some
Noah Ben, have you got some sunglasses?
Ben Yes, I have. They’re my (1) thing.
Noah What are they (2) ?
Ben (3) round and black, and very trendy.

What are they like?


Noah Trendy? Can I borrow them? Lexi’s at the club this afternoon.
Ben Of course. Now… (4)
What’s your favourite possession? Have you got a games console? Is it new?
What’s your bike like? What colour is your ukulele? It’s my mobile phone. Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t. Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. It’s old. It’s very new and fast. It’s black and yellow.
6 Put the mini dialogues in the correct order. dialogue 1
Leila Yes, I have. I’ve got a saxophone.
gary It’s my guitar. Have you got a musical instrument?
Leila What’s your favourite thing? gary Nice! What’s it like?

Leila It’s old and heavy, but it’s really good. Freya Is it new?
7 PAIRWORK Ask and answer questions with your partner about these teens’ favourite possessions.



Her favourite things are comics. What’s Marta’s favourite thing? Are they new? What are they like? No, they aren’t.


8 Look at the pictures and complete the expressions with the words from the box. Then listen, check and repeat. take • watch • write • draw • play • ride • read • play • go • sing • write • play play the guitar A TV B comics C a diary








skateboarding E a bike F video games g cartoons




photos i pop songs j chess k code
9 Complete the sentences with the words from ex. 8.
1 My dad is creative. He can draw cartoons and photos.
2 My aunt is musical. She can the piano and old songs.
3 My brother is sporty. He can a bike and skateboarding.
4 My sister is clever. She can chess and code.
5 And me? I can TV, comics and video games in my bed!!!
10 GAME Close your books and take turns to say a verb and one or more nouns that can go with it. how many have you got in two minutes? A book, a diary, code… Write!



11 Watch the video or listen. What sport can Ms harris do well?
12 Now put the dialogue in the correct order. Then listen again and check.
Ms harris Me?! At 16, yes. Now? I’m not sure. I can roller-skate very well.
Ms harris Cool skateboard, Chloe. Can you skateboard well?
Ms harris Hey! Can I try your skateboard?
Chloe Really? I can’t roller-skate at all.
Chloe Err… of course.
Chloe Yes, I can skateboard quite well. You?
Can you play chess? What instruments can you play? How well can you sing? Are you good at IT?
13


I can roller-skate quite well.

Yes, I can. / No, I can’t play chess at all. I can play the guitar very well / quite well. I can sing really well. / I can’t sing very well. No, I’m not. I’m bad at IT.
Listen to jason talking about his and Liam’s talents. What can they do? Tick (4) the correct boxes.
Jason Liam play the piano draw cartoons take photos write code play football play video games
16 PAIRWORK Talk about activities you are good/bad at and complete the Venn diagram.
I can… We both can… My partner can…


14
Listen to the sentences. Underline the word you hear.
Sally can / can’t play the piano.
1 I can / can’t skateboard very well.
2 Can / Can’t you help me with my homework?
3 My parents can / can’t play video games well.
4 Jenny’s grandmother can / can’t ride a bike.
15 Listen and repeat the sentences.
1 She can skateboard.
2 Cats can’t read comics.
3 You can play chess.
4 They can’t watch TV now.
I can play basketball very well.
I’m bad at basketball but I can play football quite well.


Lexi can meet us at the club. I can’t hear you. ‘Can I ride it?’ ‘No, you can’t.’
Forma affermativa
I can speak
Forma negativa
Estesa
Contratta
I cannot speak I can’t speak you can speak you cannot speak you can’t speak he / she / it can speak
he / she / it cannot speak he / she / it can’t speak we / you / they can speak
we / you / they cannot speak we / you / they can’t speak
Forma interrogativa Risposte brevi
Can I speak? Yes, you can. No, you can’t. Can you speak? Yes, I can. No, I can’t.
Can he / she / it speak? Yes, he / she / it can. No, he / she / it can’t.
Can we / you / they speak? Yes, we / you / they can No, we / you / they can’t
IT!
Il verbo can è uguale per tutte le persone.
1 Look at the pictures and complete the sentences with can or can’t.






2 Look at the table. Write two sentences about each person’s abilities, one positive and one negative.
Jack can play the piano. He can’t draw animals.
3 Use the prompts to write questions. Then look at the table in ex. 2 and answer the questions.
Jack / draw animals
‘Can Jack draw animals?’ ‘No, he can’t.’ 1 Sophie / play the piano 2 Liam / dance hip-hop 3 Megan / play the piano
Jack / swim 5 Sophie / play tennis 6 Liam / sing
4 Find and correct the mistakes in the sentences. Then listen and check.
My smartphone can to take photos.
My smartphone can take photos.
1 Anna can’t not ski.
2 Matteo cans make pizza.
3 You can swim?
4 The students understand can’t this exercise.
5 Can Jane to do ballet?
Usiamo can per dire cosa sappiamo fare, ma anche per chiedere, dare o negare permessi.
I can sing. I can’t play the piano. (abilità) Can I sit here? (permesso)
5 Read the sentences. Are they about ability or permission? Write A or P.
Oliver can speak three languages. A
1 You can put your bag in that cupboard.
2 I’m sorry, you can’t sit there.
3 Thomas can’t play rugby.
4 I can go out on Saturday evenings.
5 Can you dance hip-hop?
6 Which of these activities are your parents okay with? Write true answers for you.
I can go to bed after eleven o’clock on a school night. No, I can’t.
1 I can meet my friends in town on Saturday.
2 I can play video games for two hours in the evening.
3 I can go to a friend’s house after school.
4 I can go to the cinema with my friends.
5 I can watch TV in my bedroom.
6 I can use my phone at the dinner table.
7 PAIRWORK Ask and answer questions about the things you can / can’t do in your family.
Can you come home after eleven on Saturdays?

I can play video games really well.
I can’t ride a bike at all
I can’t tie my shoelaces very well!
Si usano le seguenti espressioni per esprimere il grado di abilità nel fare qualcosa.
I can play the piano really / very well. well.
quite / pretty well.
I can’t play the piano very well. at all.

Yes, I can. / No, I can’t.
8
Use the prompts and the expressions from the box to make true sentences.
quite well • very well • not at all not very well
dogs / swim
Dogs can swim very well.
1 penguins / fly
2 cats / see at night
3 some horses / dance
4 some birds / sing
5 babies / speak
6 snakes / walk
9
What can you do well? What can’t you do at all? Write true sentences for you.
play tennis I can play tennis quite well.
1 swim
2 sing
3 draw
4 dance
5 play the guitar
6 ski


10
Complete the dialogue with the words from the box. Then listen and check.
quite • really well • at all • skateboarding are • can • pretty well
Ned You can skateboard really well, Clara! You’re incredible!
Clara Thanks, Ned! You’re good at (1) too.
Ned No, I’m not! I can skateboard (2) well but you’re amazing!
Clara I’m sure there are other sports you (3) good at.
Ned I don’t know…
Clara Football? You’re good at football.
Ned Yes true, I can play football (4) .
Clara What other sports (5) you do?
Ned I can play tennis.
Clara Really? I can’t play tennis (6) !
I can play the drums well. Can you speak slowly, please?
Adjectives Adverbs slow slowly I can speak English slowly easy easily We can win the match easily! early early Can you come home early? good well You can play the guitar well. fast fast My dad can run very fast. late late Don’t arrive late at school.
11 Choose the correct alternative.
Mr Reid explains grammar brilliant / brilliantly.
1 Can you spell these words slowly / slow?
2 Write your name clear / clearly
3 Come here quickly / quick.
4 Matt can ride his bike fast / fastly
5 Adele can sing beautiful / beautifully.
6 Tim can play lots of sports well / good
12 K Choose the correct option (A, B or C) to complete the text.

Are you good at maths? Are you a science nerd?
You (1) volunteer as a tutor! Fourteen-year-old Molly is a science tutor on her school’s Learning Extra programme. It’s a project for Year-7 students at her school. When they (2) understand the lesson, students in Year 9, like Molly, can help them with their homework. Molly is (3) good at science and students can learn very (4)
There are special activities she (5) use to help Year-7 students who aren’t good at this subject. The extra lessons are at school every Saturday morning. The students can (6) any time between nine o’clock and half past twelve. It’s fun and they (7) love Molly! volunteer fare volontariato
A bad at B quite good C good at 1 A can’t B can C be 2 A can B can’t C do 3 A really B not C at all 4 A easy B easyly C easily 5 A can B can to C can’t 6 A come B comes C to come 7 A clear B clearly C can’t Rules p. 112

LISTENING
1 Listen to grace’s interview with three friends about their hobbies. Whose hobby is it? Match the hobbies from the box to the people.
Pokèmon cards • parkour • Frisbee




2 Now listen again and write T (true) or F (false). Correct the false sentences.
1 Marc can’t do his hobby with his friends.
2 Amelia isn’t very good at her hobby.
3 Sophie has got a new hobby.
4 Grace can’t play Frisbee. SPEAKING
3


Complete grace’s questions with the words from the box. Then listen and check. Where • good • Can • there • like • Is • is
What is your hobby?
1 you do this hobby with your friends?
2 Is a club in your town?
3 What’s parkour ?
4 Are you at this sport?
5 it a new hobby for you?
6 can you do your hobby?
4 PAIRWORK Use the questions in ex. 3 to ask your partner about his/her hobby or free-time activity.
5 YOUR TURN Prepare and practise an interview with your partner and then present it to the rest of the class. My hobby is ballet. Rebecca, what’s your hobby?
Hello. My name’s Marco and I’m with Alice today. Hello Alice.
What hobby have you got, Alice?
Hi Marco.
Well, my hobby is…
All’inizio dell’intervista, ricorda di presentarti e salutare la persona che stai intervistando. Alla fine dell’intervista, ringrazia la persona che hai intervistato e saluta SPEAKING TIPS



THINK Guarda le foto. Quali hobby vedi?
Secondo te, quali hobby sono diffusi in Italia? E nel Regno Unito?
PAIR Confrontati con il/la tuo/a compagno/a.
SHARE Condividete le vostre idee.
Ora guarda il video. Quale hobby fra quelli del video è il tuo preferito?




1 You can’t play video games at home every day this summer, so what new hobby can you do outside? There’s geocaching. It’s fun because it’s got cool technology (a smartphone and a geocaching app) and you can find treasure! Is your house near a lake or the sea? You can try stone skipping Can you bounce a stone on the water? It isn’t easy. The world record is 88 times!

2 Are you a creative type? Then these hobbies are for you. Soap carving is a popular hobby. It is easy to find colourful soap and you can make beautiful flowers, but you can’t put them in water! With cosplay you can make beautiful costumes and be like your favourite character from a film, comic or anime. At a cosplay event, there are some fantastic costumes and you can take photos of your favourite ones.
3 For a hobby that you can do when you aren’t with your friends, collecting things is popular with teens. For example, is easy and you can learn some interesting facts about animals. Another hobby you can do alone is toy voyaging your favourite toy can go on holiday to another country. You can take photos and write blogs about their adventures.
find treasure trovare un tesoro bounce a stone rimbalzare un sasso make fare put mettere collecting collezionare alone da solo/a host ospitare







READING
1 Look at the hobbies in bold in the text. Match them to the photos.
2 Read and listen to the text. Match the headings to each paragraph. There is one extra heading that is not necessary.
Hobbies for creative people Hobbies you can do alone Why are hobbies important? Hobbies you can do outside A B C d
3 Read the text again and complete the sentences with a word from the text. With a smartphone and an app you can find treasure.
1 Stone skipping isn’t an hobby.
2 You can’t put soap flowers in
3 You can see fantastic at a cosplay event.
4 With toy voyaging, toys can have in other countries.
WRITING An email to a friend
4 Read Amy’s email about her hobbies and complete it with the words from the box. have got • things • are • hobby • can’t • good • favourite • can
Dear Petra, How are you?
My favourite hobby is gardening and my favourite (1) are my cactus plants.
I (2) 25 plants in my bedroom.
I (3) have any plants in the living room, but there (4) some in the kitchen under the window.
What are cactus plants like? They’re small and spiky, but they’re very interesting.
My (5) cactus has got pink flowers. I’m quite (6) at the flute so I can play music to my plants and they (7) grow happily and well!
Have you got any special hobbies?
Write soon!
Love, Amy
5 Write an email about your hobby or free-time activity. Remember to:
• say one or two facts about your hobby, for example where/when you can do it
• say how well you can do your hobby
• describe your hobby (interesting, easy etc.) and the object(s) you use for it

WRITING TIPS
Ricordati di iniziare e concludere la tua e-mail in modo appropriato (vedi le espressioni a p. 55, es. 4).


Can I ride it?
1
Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare l’estratto del dialogo di pagina 94. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
Lexi Hi guys! Nice bike, Noah.
Noah Thanks, Lexi. It’s new. Have a go!
Lexi No, thanks. I can’t ride a bike (1) at all / very well. I’ve got dyspraxia.
Noah Dyspraxia? What’s that?
Lexi Oh, it isn’t a big problem. I can’t tie my shoelaces (2) at all / very well! And I’m not (3) good / bad at sports and some physical activities.
Ben And what about video games? Are you (4) good / bad at video games, Lexi?
I (5) can / can’t wait for our new games room!
Simon What new games room?
Lexi We’ve got an idea Simon. (6) Can’t / Can we change this room into a games room?
Simon A games room? Sounds great!


MY GLOSSARY
Ascolta e ripeti. Poi scrivi la traduzione. Personal possessions bike camera comics diary earbuds games console guitar mobile phone skateboard sunglasses TV wallet
Free-time activities (1) draw cartoons go skateboarding play chess play the guitar play video games read comics ride a bike sing pop/rap songs take photos watch TV write a diary write code
Adjectives for describing objects

VOCABULARY MAPS
2 Completa la mappa con gli oggetti nel riquadro.
games console • skateboard • comics • bike • mobile phone • diary earbuds • sunglasses • guitar • wallet • TV • camera
3 Completa le espressioni nel riquadro con alcune delle parole nell’es. 2. Poi completa il diagramma.
go skateboarding • play • write a ride • read • watch
go skateboarding
4 Ora aggiungi al diagramma dell’es. 3 altre attività del tempo libero che conosci.




1 guarda l’immagine e completa i nomi degli oggetti personali.
diary • wallet • sunglasses • comics earbuds • camera • guitar • mobile phone games console • bike

2 Completa il dialogo con alcune delle parole dell’es. 1.
A Hi Maria! Can you play the guitar?
B Yeah! Can you?
A No, but I can ride a (1) , oh, and I’ve got a new (2) .
B Are these (3) for your music?
A Yeah, and I’ve got my (4) phone for messages, oh and my (5) for the sun!
3 Sottolinea la sillaba accentata. Poi ascolta e controlla. guitar • skateboarding • comics • diary earbuds • mobile phone • wallet • sunglasses
4 Riordina il dialogo.
A Have you got a TV in your bedroom?
A What colour is your bike?
A What’s it like?
A Is it new?
B It’s amazing and very fast!
B Yes, it is. And I’ve got a new bike too.
B No, I haven’t but I’ve got a games console.
B It’s black and red.
5 Ascolta le domande e abbinale alle risposte.
a They’re blue.
b No, it isn’t. It’s old.
c Yes, I have.
d It’s new and red.
e It’s my camera.
6 Leggi le domande e scrivi delle risposte vere per te.
1 What’s your favourite thing?
2 Have you got a guitar? 3 What colour are your sunglasses? 4 What’s your mobile phone like?
Free-time activities (1)
7 Trova l’intruso. ride a bike • a car • a horse • a motorbike 1 play chess • video games • the guitar a book 2 watch TV • videos • comics • a film 3 write a blog • a diary •
go skateboarding • to the park to the cinema • TV
draw a song • a picture • your friend comics







10 Abbina le risposte alle domande dell’es. 9. Poi ascolta e controlla.
a He can play only the piano.
b Yes, I can!
c She can skateboard quite well.
d No, she can’t.
e No, I can’t write code at all.
f Yes, I can sing very well.

1
11 Leggi le domande e scrivi delle risposte vere per te.
What instruments can you play?
I can play the drums very well.
1 Are you good at music?
2 Can your best friend draw?
3 Can you ride a bike?
4 What sports can you play?
5 Are you good at chess?
COMMUNICATION ROUND-UP
12 Scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C) per completare il testo.
Farah Hey Ylenia, have you got a bike?
Ylenia Yes, I have but I can’t ride it (1) well.
Farah What (2) is it?
Ylenia It’s blue and silver.
Farah OK. Well, (3) you skateboard?
Ylenia Yeah, I can skateboard (4) well. And you?
Farah No! I (5) skateboard at all!
Ylenia OK, well, we can listen to music. Have you got your (6) ?
Farah Yes! A has B have C is 1 A very B quite C not
A like B colour C material 3 A can’t B can C are
A quite B all C good
5 A can B can’t C has
6 A sunglasses B cameras C earbuds 1


can / can’t for ability and permission
Affirmative and negative forms
Il verbo can significa “potere”, “saper (fare)” e si usa per:
• esprimere abilità o incapacità
I can sing and dance really well. Holly and Mike can’t play rugby.
• chiedere, dare o negare permessi Can I go to the cinema, Mum? You can’t play football here.
• fare richieste (vd. Starter Unit, p. 14) Can you open the window, please?
Il verbo can è uguale per tutte le persone ed è sempre seguito dalla forma base del verbo (infinito senza to).
La forma negativa si ottiene mettendo not dopo can La forma contratta can’t è molto più comune della forma estesa cannot.
She can't play the flute.
1 Completa le frasi con can (4) o can’t (8).
I can’t play football at all! (8)
1 Frank speak French and German. (4)
2 My parents dance salsa. (4)
3 Maria draw very well. (8)
4 My sister and I do yoga. (4)
5 Meghan snowboard. (4)
6 Judith and Sue play chess. (8)
2 Leggi le frasi e indica se esprimono abilità (A), permesso (P) o richieste (R).
I can’t play basketball. A
1 Can I go to the toilet, please?
2 Antonio and I can ski.
3 You can meet your friends at the park.
4 Can you close the door?
5 Jack can’t watch TV at midnight.
6 Max and Alice can speak French.

guarda le immagini e scrivi quello che sa e non sa fare Andrew. Usa can e can’t.


can speak French. 1






can / can’t for ability and permission Interrogative form and short answers
La forma interrogativa si ottiene invertendo can e il soggetto. Can you sing?
Le risposte brevi si formano così: Yes, soggetto + can. / No, soggetto + can’t.
Nelle risposte brevi negative non si usa mai la forma estesa.

4 Leggi il testo e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Hi! I’m Malena.
I can / can’t draw and
I (1) can / can’t sing but I (2) can / can’t play the guitar. I’m Spanish so I (3) can / can’t speak Spanish but I (4) can / can’t speak Italian.
(5) Can you / You can speak Spanish?
Yes, (6) can you / you can! Great!


5 Completa le domande e le risposte con can o can’t. Poi ascolta e controlla.
A Can Vicky ride a bike?
B Yes, she can, but she can’t ride a horse.
1 A your brother swim?
B Yes, he , but he dive (tuffarsi).
2 A you play an instrument?
B No, I , but I sing well.
3 A Mum, I go skiing with my friends?
B Of course you , but don’t do snowboarding!
4 A Francine, I play tennis with you?
B No, you , but you play tennis with Richard.
6 Riordina le parole per formulare domande con can. Poi scrivi le risposte brevi. karate / you / do / can / ? (8) ‘Can you do karate?’ ‘No, I can’t.’
1 animals / she / draw / can / ? (4)
2 you / guitar / play / can / the / ? (4)
3 speak / your grandparents / can / Chinese / ? (4)
4 Mark / hockey / play / can / ? (8)
5 you / can / gymnastics / Anna / do / and / ? (4)
6 mum / can / sing / your / ? (8)
Per dire quanto si è abili nel fare qualcosa, si possono usare questi avverbi.
Positive
Negative
really / very well well pretty / quite well (not) very well (not) at all
I can play the piano really well. I can’t sing at all.
7 Completa il testo con le parole mancanti. La prima lettera di ogni parola è data.
This is Nicholas’s family. His dad, Frank, can ski really well but he can’t play football (1) a all. His stepmum, Alex, (2) c sing or dance very well but she can play the piano (3) q well. His sister, Greta, can draw (4) p well but she can’t take photos at (5) a .

8 Usa i suggerimenti per formulare delle frasi. Thomas / draw / Thomas can draw really well.
1 Elena / do gymnastics / 2 My dog / swim / 3 Luke and Matthew / ski /
Ilona / sing /
Anna’s baby / speak / 6 Hannah / do yoga /



LEARN IT!
Gli avverbi di modo si usano per descrivere come facciamo una cosa. Gli avverbi di modo regolari si formano aggiungendo -ly all’aggettivo. calm ➞ calmly
Se l’aggettivo termina in -y, si toglie la -y e si aggiunge -ily. Se l’aggettivo termina in vocale + -l, si raddoppia la l e si aggiunge -y. angry ➞ angrily careful ➞ carefully
Alcuni avverbi di modo sono irregolari, cambiano totalmente rispetto all’aggettivo, oppure rimangono invariati.
good ➞ well fast ➞ fast late ➞ late
Gli avverbi di modo si mettono sempre dopo il verbo e il complemento quando presente.
Speak slowly. He can play tennis well.
9 Abbina gli aggettivi all’avverbio corrispondente. slow 1 clear
happy
lucky
quick 5 beautiful a luckily b quickly c
10
Completa le frasi con gli aggettivi o gli avverbi nel riquadro.
good • quickly • fluently • easily • difficult
I can play games easily on this tablet.
1 My phone is very . It’s got a lot of apps on it.
2 After one year in London, we can speak English
3 Chinese is a language.
4 Can you finish your homework ? 11 Scrivi delle frasi vere per te. Usa gli avverbi nel riquadro.
well • badly • fast • slowly • clearly • easily
I can speak English well.
12 Completa il dialogo con le parole nel riquadro. fast • very • immediately • can well • can • What’s
Lisa What’s your favourite possession, Simon?
Simon It’s my skateboard. I love it!
Lisa Really? So can you skateboard (1) well?
Simon Yes, I (2) . My friends say I can skateboard really (3) .
Lisa Cool!
Simon My dad can skateboard very (4) , too. I’ve got an app on my phone with great skateboard routes.
Lisa An app for skateboarding? (5) I have a look?
Simon Sure. It’s great, it can find your position (6) !
Ascolta il dettato e scrivi il testo.
Traduci le frasi.
Can we meet at the park this afternoon? Possiamo incontrarci al parco questo pomeriggio?
1 She can’t play volleyball at all.
2 My brother can’t play chess very well.
3 My mum can draw really well.
4 Can you walk slowly? I'm tired.
5 The children can’t go to the cinema.
6 My best friend is very good at video games.
7 Dad, can you take photos well?
8 Sam can do maths quickly and well!


READING
1 guarda le foto. Quali oggetti vedi? Leggi il testo velocemente e ordina da 1 a 5 gli oggetti preferiti dai teenager.
What are your favourite things? Your mobile phone, your diary or your sunglasses? This report is about teens’ favourite things… let’s look at the top five.

Number 1 – no surprise here!
For most teenagers, their favourite possession isn’t their games console or earbuds or TV, it’s their mobile phone, of course! Mobile phones are a connection to friends, to social media apps and to the world! 95% of teenagers have got a mobile phone. For teenagers, the mobile phone is at the top of the list of all other technology because it has got everything – a camera, music, news, videos…
Number 2 – next on the list of favourite possessions is the games console. The video games industry has got a revenue of over $180 billion and is a big favourite with teenagers who are online all day long with games like Minecraft and Call of Duty

Number 3 – a bit of surprise at number three with comics. Teens have got some books, like graphic novels, on their bookshelves, but fantasy and superhero comics or manga are their favourite.

Number 4 – at number four are earbuds. Just look, most teenagers have got a pair of earbuds in their ears –black, pink, gold, white, red – all colours are cool!
Number 5 – finally, number five on the list of favourite teenage possessions is the bike. Millions of teenagers have got a bike to get to school and to meet friends, it’s the classic teenage road to freedom.

So, is your favourite possession in the top five? Write and tell us!
2 Leggi e ascolta di nuovo il testo e scrivi l’oggetto a cui si riferisce ogni frase.
They are pink, black and gold. earbuds
1 It’s a way to get to school.
2 They are on most teenagers’ bookshelves.
LISTENING
3 Ascolta e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
day
June 20th / 12th

3 It’s the number one favourite possession.
4 Teenagers can play online with this.

the morning to (1) the evening / the afternoon
You can go skateboarding or ride (2) bikes / horses
You can draw (3) pictures / cartoons or take photos
Lunchtime photo competition or (4) song / chess competition in the afternoon
(5) £ 8 / 18 – children under (6) eight / ten are free



VOCABULARY
1 Completa i nomi degli oggetti personali.
1 s gl e 2 a u 3 a b rd 4 d r
5 c ra
6 me c s e
2 Completa le espressioni con i verbi mancanti.
1 chess
3 Usa i suggerimenti per scrivere frasi con can o can’t.
1 Holly / ride a bike (4)
2 I / play the guitar (8)
3 Liam and Paula / sing songs (8)
4 We / play video games / at the weekend (4)
5 Grandad / play chess (4)
6 Tanya / draw cartoons (8)
4 Abbina le domande alle risposte.
1 Can you skateboard?
2 Can I take a photo?
3 Can we meet in the afternoon?
4 Can you speak Japanese?
5 Can you help me with my homework?
6 Can they play video games?
5 Completa il dialogo con le parole nel riquadro. pretty • very • at • can you can • quite • well • can’t
ivan Hey Jack, (1) play the guitar at the party?
jack No, I (2) play the guitar (3) all.
ivan Oh right, so who… ?
jack Alicia can play the guitar (4) well.
ivan OK great! So, can you sing the songs?
jack Yeah ok, I can sing quite (5) .
ivan No, you can’t sing (6) well… you can sing (7) well!
jack Yeah ok… and you (8) take photos really well, so that’s your job!
6 Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.
1 Can you play chess good / well?
2 Can you speak slow / slowly, please?
3 My brother can skateboard really fastly / fast
4 Angela can sing beautiful / beautifully
5 Can you write clear / clearly in the test, please?
6 They can win easy / easily
7 Completa i dialoghi con le parole mancanti.
hitomi (1) some earbuds?
Naomi Yes, I have.
hitomi (2) are they?
Naomi They’re pink and gold!
Alex (3) favourite thing?
dan My bike, definitely.
Alex (4) like?
a I’m sorry, I can’t. I’ve got football practice.
b Yes, they can. The games room is there!
c Sure! Can you take photos well?
d No, I can’t. I’m bad at sports.
e Yes, sure. What is it about?
f No, I can’t. I can only speak English.
dan Well, it isn’t new, it’s quite old-fashioned but it’s very fast!
Marco This camera is my favourite thing in the world!
jess Why? (5) like?
Marco It’s not modern and it’s very heavy but it’s colourful – look, it’s blue, red and green, and I can take photos really well with it.

1 guarda l’avviso. di che cosa tratta?
Our school is full of wonderful students with amazing talents!
Can you sing or dance? Are you good at gymnastics or can you play an instrument very well? Can you tell jokes?
You can be in our show!
Are you good at IT? Can you draw very well? You can work behind the scenes and make a webpage or create a poster to make our talent show a big success!
Take part in our talent show on May 17th!
Contact Mr Watson for information.
2 Ascolta jess e suo padre parlare del talent show. Che cosa sa fare bene jess?
3 PAIRWORK Tony, Lizzie, Emily e Theo frequentano la Park Hill School. Lavorate a coppie. Fatevi domande sui loro talenti e rispondete.
Tony
Lizzie
Emily
Theo
How well can Tony play the guitar?
He can play the guitar very well.
Can Lizzie sing?
No, she can’t sing at all.
4 PAIRWORK Ora decidete che cosa ciascun/a ragazzo/a dell’es. 3 può fare al talent show.
For me, Tony can play the guitar at the talent show.
And Lizzie can take photos of the students during the talent show. Or she can…
5 PAIRWORK Ora rispondete alle domande nel box di autovalutazione. Poi confrontatevi tra voi. Ripetete l’attività se necessario.
SELF-FEEDBACK
tell jokes dire barzellette behind the scenes dietro le quinte make rendere take part partecipa

Durante la conversazione con il/la mio/a compagno/a:
sono riuscito/a a usare facilmente la forma affermativa, negativa e interrogativa di can ricordavo le parole per esprimere il grado di abilità (very well, quite well, ecc.)
sono riuscito/a a dire facilmente quello che i quattro ragazzi potrebbero fare al talent show
sono riuscito/a a capire facilmente quello che il/la mio/a compagno/a diceva
PEER FEEDBACK
Durante la conversazione, il/la mio/a compagno/a:
ha usato correttamente can / can’t ha pronunciato correttamente can / can’t ha pronunciato correttamente le parole per le attività del tempo libero
ha risposto a tono alle mie proposte su quello che i quattro ragazzi potrebbero fare al talent show



The UK is a world leader in gaming and animation. There are a lot of companies – some big, some small –who are the producers of fantastic video games and animated films.

Have you got a little brother or sister? Are they interested in cartoons like Peppa Pig and Ben & Holly? These programmes are by the English company Astley Baker Davies. Are you a fan of comedy?
Tiger Aspect Productions in London is the producer of the animated version (and the real life version) of Mr Bean

1 PAIRWORK Look at the photos and answer the questions.

1 What activities can you see?
2 Which activity is your favourite?
Aardman Animations in Bristol is famous for stop motion animation with plasticine figures. With stop animation, the designers are very creative and clever. They can create the different figures which they can move for each frame of the film. It can take over a year to make a film. Their popular characters are Shaun the Sheep, and Wallace and Gromit. Wallace is an inventor but his complicated machines aren’t always a success. Gromit is his pet dog and best friend. Gromit can’t speak but he is very intelligent and is good at helping Wallace. You can see some of the films’ models in the National Media Museum in Bradford.

2 Read and listen to the texts and tick (4) which of these things they talk about. cartoons for young children famous video games
films history of animation
companies digital special effects


What about video games? Rebellion Developments in Oxford is the maker of the Super Elite and Alien vs. Predator video games. Rockstar North Limited in Edinburgh, Scotland, is famous for the Grand Theft Auto series (the first one in 1997!) and also for their work on the game Red Dead Redemption. This is an action-adventure game with a western theme and it has got several awards for its gameplay, visuals and story.
plasticine figures figurine di plastilina frame fotogramma take impiegare always sempre awards premi gameplay giocabilità
3 Read the texts again and decide if these sentences are T (true) or F (false). if the information isn’t in the text, choose Ng (not given).
All the video game and animation companies in the UK are big. F
1 The cartoon Peppa Pig is very popular in the UK.
2 Aardman Animations uses plasticine figures to make their films.
3 Stop motion animation is very quick to make.
4 Shaun the Sheep, Wallace and Gromit appear in the same film.
5 Red Dead Redemption is not a successful video game.
1 What is STEM? Choose the correct answer. Then watch the video or listen, and check.
A Social, Travel, Environment and Media
B Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths
C Sports, Training, Education and Management



2 Watch, or listen, again and match the percentages to the facts.
a female workers in the gaming industry
f female physics students at 16 e Citizenship:
b female computing students at 16
c female maths students at 16
d female STEM students at university
e female gamers
3 GROUPWORK do a survey in class about gaming and STEM. Use these questions (and your own ideas) and make notes.
1 Have you got a games console?
2 What are your favourite games?
3 Which are your favourite subjects at school?
4 Have you got IT lessons at school?
5 Are you interested in science and maths?
6 Can you write code/create a website?
4 ORAL PRESENTATION Present the results of your survey to the class.


STEP 1 – LET’S START
1 Choose the sentence which is true for you.

I’m a very tidy person, my bedroom is perfect! My desk is clean, my shoes are near the door and there’s nothing on the floor.

My bedroom is a mess! There are clothes and toys on the floor, books on my bed… and I can’t find my shoes!









2 Listen to Sara talking about her decluttering routine. Look at the boxes. Are you happy with her method?

I’m quite organised. There are some clothes on my bed, toys and Pokémon cards on my desk but all my school things are in my backpack. STEP 2 – THINK
3 Answer the questions.
1 Is your bedroom or personal space well-organised?
2 Can you throw away things which are not important?
STEP 3 – YOUR TURN
3 Tick (4) the adjective which is about you: tidy untidy messy lazy
4 it’s your turn to declutter! Think about your bedroom. Write or draw the objects for your three boxes.
5 Present your boxes to the class. if you want, you can make a short video of your presentation and share it with your classmates.





LET’S START
1 PAIRWORK What are your favourite things in your house? Tell your partner and make a list together. Think about: • toys • pets • objects • rooms • colours
INPUT
2 Your pen pal Ali talks about his favourite things. Listen and tick the things you hear.






OUTPUT
3 Write five sentences about your favourite things. Say where they are, what colour they are and what you can do with them.

4 Prepare your presentation for your pen pal using PowerPoint® or another program. Use your sentences from ex. 3. You can add photos or drawings, and also record your voice and add the audio.
PEER FEEDBACK
5 PAIRWORK Think about the activity. Answer the questions.
1 Sei soddisfatto/a della tua presentazione? Datti un punteggio da 1 a 5 stelle.
2 Secondo te, qual è stata la miglior presentazione della classe? Perché?
3 Dopo aver ascoltato le altre, cosa cambieresti nella tua presentazione per migliorarla?


Create the images for your presentation with Ai.
Step 1 Describe the object (for example, a black cat, a green cap…).
Ask AI to produce a photo or a drawing of your object.
Step 2 Look at the results.
1 Are you happy with the images?
2 Can you use them?







Ms Harris Hi, Noah. Come on in.
Noah Hello, Ms Harris. Is Ben ready?
Ms Harris Ready for what? He’s in bed.
Noah In bed? It’s quarter to twelve and we’ve got plans for today.
Ms Harris Really? It’s Saturday. He gets up late on Saturdays because he goes to bed late.
Noah Me too. I go to bed at one o’clock on Fridays. But today we’ve got a date with our friend Lexi to have lunch together.
Ms Harris Oh gosh! Sorry! It’s crazy here on Saturdays! Ben’s brother gets up at 6.30 for swimming practice. His sister has breakfast early… Ben! Ben!
Ben What time is it?
Noah It’s ten to twelve!
Ben My bad! I don’t have an alarm clock.
Noah But you’ve got your phone!
Ben Five minutes! I can get dressed and have breakfast in five minutes. Promise!
Noah Breakfast?
It’s time for lunch! late tardi date appuntamento early presto don’t have non ho alarm clock sveglia
1 Look at the photo. Where are Ben and Noah? What time do you think it is?
2 Watch the video or listen. What are Ben and Noah’ plans for today?
3 Now read, listen and repeat.
4 Read the dialogue again and underline the correct alternative. Ben is / isn’t ready.
1 Noah goes to bed early / late on Fridays.
2 Ben’s family gets up at different times / the same time on Saturdays.
3 It’s ten to / past twelve when Ben gets up.
4 Ben has / hasn’t got an alarm clock.


BE REAL
Find the English equivalent for these expressions in the dialogue.
1 Davvero?
2 Colpa mia!
3 Promesso!
5 Complete the sentences. Then check your answers using the dialogue.
1 He up late on Saturdays.
2 I to bed at 1 o’clock.
3 Ben’s brother up at 6.30.
4 His sister breakfast early.


BE ORGANISED
SEL Read the question and talk with your partner.
Ben chiede scusa a Noah per essersi alzato in ritardo. Come ti sentiresti se fossi Ben? E se fossi Noah? Cosa si può fare per essere più puntuali e rispettosi del tempo delle altre persone?



In inglese si usano le 24 ore solo per gli orari ufficiali (treni, voli...). I numeri si dicono a coppie, come in italiano:
18.25 – eighteen twenty-five 22.50 – twenty-two fifty


1 Watch the video, or listen. Repeat the times.
It’s four o’clock
It’s five to five.
It’s ten to five.
It’s (a) quarter to five.
It’s twenty to five.
It’s twenty-five to five.

In inglese, quando è necessario distinguere l’ora tra mattina e pomeriggio si aggiunge:
• a.m. (ante meridiem) da mezzanotte a mezzogiorno.
It’s 4.30 a.m.
• p.m. (post meridiem) da mezzogiorno a mezzanotte.
It’s 4.40 p.m.
Più comunemente si usa però in the morning/afternoon
I have a shower at 7 in the morning

It’s five past four.
It’s ten past four.
It’s (a) quarter past four.
It’s twenty past four.
It’s twenty-five past four.
It’s half past four.
2 Write the times from the box under the correct clock. five past eight • six o’clock • two o’clock • twenty to seven quarter to eleven • quarter past three • ten to twelve • half past seven
3 PAIRWORK Ask and tell the time.

Number 1. What time is it? 1 4 2 5 3
It’s ten to nine in the morning.

4 Watch the video or listen. What have Chloe and Noah got today?
5 Listen again and complete the mini dialogue with the times. Then listen again and check.
Noah What time is it, Chloe?
Chloe It’s (1) .
Noah OK. And is the bus at (2) ?
Chloe Yes, it is.
Noah And when is the exam?
Chloe It starts at (3) . We’ve got time. Don’t worry!

When is the exam?




6 Complete the mini dialogues with the words from the box. Then listen and check. What time is dinner • at twenty to seven • What time is swimming practice • at half past six What time is it • quarter to six
Luca What time is swimming practice today?
Marie It’s at quarter past seven.
Luca Thanks. Can we go together?
Marie Sure. I can come to your house (1)
7 PAIRWORK Look at the youth club timetable. Ask and answer questions about the activities. Use the Be Fluent box to help you.
A What time is the film club?
B It’s at 8.20 p.m.
A Is the Minecraft group at four o’clock?
B No, it isn’t. It’s at 4.30 p.m.
8 PAIRWORK Ask and answer questions about the times you do the activities from the box. English lesson • sports practice favourite TV series • music lesson
What time is your favourite TV series?
What time is it? What time is our English lesson? Is the exam at eleven? It’s half past eleven. It’s at nine o’clock. Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. It’s at ten. BE FLUENT It’s at 6.30 p.m. It’s Young Sheldon!
Sarah (2) ? I’m hungry. Dad It’s (3)
Sarah (4) ? Is it six o’clock?
Dad No, it’s (5) .



Listen to the expressions from ex. 9 in American English. Note that: have take a shower a shower start/finish start/finish lessons classes

9 Match the actions to the pictures. Then watch the video or listen, and check.





BE CAREFUL
How do you go to
I













11 Watch the video or listen. What lessons has Noah got today?
12 Now put the dialogue in the correct order. Then listen again and check.
Lexi It’s Friday today so I finish at 3.30. I can meet you after school. Is that OK?
Noah It’s at 2.45. We finish at 3.45
Lexi Have you got PE today?
Noah After school? Me? Of course. Yes. Great.
Lexi I’ve got art today too. What time is your last lesson? Noah Yes, and maths, science and art.
What’s your morning routine?
What time is your first lesson? Which subjects have you got on Monday? When is your break/lunch?
13 Match the questions to the answers.
1 What’s your evening routine?


I get up at 7.15 and then I have breakfast. At 7.30 I get dressed. I walk to school at 8. It’s at 8.15.
Maths, English, geography and IT. It’s at 10.15. / It’s at 1 o’clock. / It’s from 12.45 to 1.35
2 Is your morning break at 10 o’clock? 3 When is your after-school club?
4 What time is lunch at your school?
14 Complete the table with your daily routine. Use the expressions from ex. 9.
In the morning
7.05 I get up.
7.15 I have breakfast with my sister.
In the afternoon
In the evening


a It’s at 12.50 and lessons start again at two o’clock.
b I watch videos on my phone, read a book and go to bed at 10.30.
c No, it’s at 10.15
d It’s on Wednesday from four o’clock to half past five. I get up at 7.00…
15 PAIRWORK Ask and answer questions about your partner’s daily routine.
What’s your morning routine? No, it’s at 12.45.
Is your last lesson at 12.30? It’s at…
When is lunch?


Present simple VIDEO MAP
I go to bed at 1 o’clock on Fridays. He gets up late on Saturdays.
I speak you speak he / she / it speaks we / you / they speak
La forma affermativa del Present simple è uguale per tutte le persone, tranne che alla terza persona singolare alla quale si aggiunge una -s al verbo. LEARN IT!
Rules p. 136
1 Write the third person singular of these verbs. read reads
1 play 2 open 3 eat 4 drink
2 Choose the correct alternative. I read / reads comics in bed.
1 Lisa get / gets to school at 8.15 a.m.
2 My brother play / plays rugby for the school team.
3 We meet / meets our friends in the evening.
4 I like / likes gymnastics and swimming.
5 Niko speak / speaks two languages.
6 My piano lesson start / starts at five o’clock.
3 Complete the text with the Present simple of the verbs in brackets.
My family is very musical. Dad plays (play) the piano, Mum (1) (like) the cello and my brother and sister (2) (sing). I (3) (have) violin lessons every day after school and I (4) (practise) two hours in the evenings and all day on Sundays. But I’m not happy. I (5) (prefer) football! All my friends (6) (go) to football matches at the weekend and I (7) (stay) at home. Is this fair?
He goes to bed late. Come per i plurali, anche per la desinenza -s della terza persona singolare ci sono delle variazioni ortografiche:
verbi che terminano in -o, -ch, -sh, -s, -ss, -x, -z si aggiunge -es go ➞ goes watch ➞ watches
verbi che terminano in consonante + -y -y diventa -i e si aggiunge -es study ➞ studies
• Il verbo have alla terza persona diventa has LEARN IT!
• Ai verbi che terminano in vocale + -y, si aggiunge -s senza alcuna variazione ortografica (play ➞ plays).
Rules p. 137
4 Write the third person singular of these verbs. go goes
study
5 What’s Lucy’s weekly routine? Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs from the box.
have • go • do • go • have • catch • walk • finish She walks to school at 8.15 a.m.
1 She lunch at 1
2 She her lessons at
3 She skateboarding with her friends.
4 She the bus at 7 p.m.
5 She dinner with her family.
6 She her homework and to sleep at 10 p.m.



6 Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs from the box. Then listen and check.
watch • like • start • go • live finish • read • have • study
Paul is from France but he lives in London now. He (1) at the Rainbow School and he (2) his new life in England. He (3) to school with his new friends, Lisa and Jamie. School (4) at 8 a.m. and (5) at 3.30 p.m. Paul (6) lunch in the school canteen every day. In the afternoon, he (7) in the library or (8) a documentary in the language lab.
7 Imagine you are Paul. Rewrite the text using the first person singular. I am from France but I…




SOUNDS GOOD
8
Circle the verbs in these sentences. Then listen and repeat.
/s/ Ella starts school at 8.30
/z/ Sam does his homework in the library.
/ı -z/ Maria watches TV in the evening.
9 Listen and tick (4) the pronunciation you hear for each verb.
/s/ /z/ /ı -z/ Dennis walks to school. 4
1 Maria goes home at half past four.
2 Luke likes French and Spanish.
3 Harry studies three languages.
4 Jane meets me in town on Saturdays.
5 The teacher knows our names.
6 Mr Smith teaches English.
The school year starts in September. We’ve got English at quarter past eleven. I don’t do homework on Saturdays. in
parti del giorno in the morning / afternoon / evening stagioni in summer mesi in April anni in 2021 at ore at three o’clock festività at Christmas / Easter at night at the weekend on giorni della settimana on Friday date on 31st August giorni particolari on Christmas Day / on my birthday
10 Write the expressions from the box in the correct group.
Tuesday • May 11th • half past four 1984 • winter • the afternoon Halloween • New Year’s Day in at 0n Tuesday,
11
Choose the correct option.
My brother starts school in / at / on quarter to eight.
1 We’ve got two weeks holiday in / at / on Easter this year.
2 I always go to my aunt’s house in / at / on Christmas Day.
3 Do you go to the beach in / at / on July?
4 Have you got maths in / at / on Monday?
5 Sarah goes to music lessons in / at / on four o’clock on Tuesdays.
6 We go skiing in France in / at / on winter.


12 Complete the sentences with the correct preposition of time.
We have a school meeting on Monday morning.
1 My birthday is 5th June.
2 The school bell rings 8.30 a.m. every day.
3 I visit my grandparents the weekend.
4 We eat dinner together 7.00 p.m.
5 The store opens Christmas Day.
6 My favourite TV show is Tuesday nights.
7 The concert starts midnight.
8 I like to go to the beach the summer.
13 Complete the text with the correct prepositions of time.
The Science Museum in London opens every day at 10 a.m. and closes (1) 6 p.m. (2) summer and (3) winter. It is closed (4) Christmas, (5) 24th, 25th and 26th December. There are special tours and events. The tour of the Exploring Space gallery starts (6) 2 p.m. (7) Tuesdays and Fridays.
GRAMMAR ROUND-UP
14 Complete the dialogue with the Present simple form of the verbs in brackets and the missing prepositions. Then listen and check.
Mia Are there after-school activities in your school?
Eric Yes, there are lots of clubs. In the afternoon I (1) (go) to the maths and science homework club, but I’m not very good.
Mia Is there a teacher to help you?
Eric Yes, there is. I (2) (do) my homework there and Ms Jones (3) (help) me.
Mia What time is the homework club?
Eric It starts (4) 3.45 and it (5) (finish) at 4.45.
Mia And then?
Eric Then, I (6) (study) maths and science at home too and I (7) (read) a lot of books.
Mia Wow Eric, you (8) (study) a lot!

15 K Choose the correct option (A, B or C) to complete the text.
My name is Harry Kemp and I go to the Royal Ballet School in London. It’s a boarding school so the students (1) there and they also live there.
(2) the morning I have breakfast in the dining room with my friends, then our lessons start (3) half past eight. We (4) got four hours of school lessons, then three hours of dance classes. (5) the evening we (6) our homework for an hour. After that we’re free!
My bedroom is cool – I’m in a room with my friend Mark – and there’s also a room for all the students to relax in, with a TV, sofas and games. I (7) TV there and I also chat to my friends and (8) video games.
go B goes C gos 1 A studies B studys C study
A In B On C At
A at B in C on
A has B have C haven’t
A In B At C On
A go B does C do
A watch B look C watches
A plays B do C play

LISTENING
1 Listen to two teens talking about their routines. Underline the correct alternative.
1 Oliver talks about his routine on school days / at the weekends.
2 Desiree talks about her routine on school days / at the weekends
2 Now listen again and match the two parts of the sentences. Oliver lives
d
1 His lessons start
2 Oliver has a music lesson
3 He plays video games
4 Desiree lives
5 She goes to school
6 Desiree gets up
7 Desiree does her homework
a at 10 o’clock on Saturdays.
b with her sister.
c at quarter to nine.
d close to his school.
e in London.
f in the evening.
g on Wednesdays and Fridays.
h on Saturday mornings.
3 Complete Desiree’s description of her routine with the correct form of the verbs from the box. Then listen and check. get up • have • get up • go • do • go • ride • take

What’s my routine? On Saturdays I get up at about 10 o’clock and I (1) my dog for a walk. I (2) my homework and then in the afternoon, I (3) to the cinema or (4) my bike with my friends in the park. My sister (5) at half past eleven or twelve o’clock and she (6) breakfast and lunch at the same time! In the afternoon, she (7) shopping. On Sundays I can relax but my sister can’t. She has her homework to finish!
SPEAKING
4 PAIRWORK Imagine your ideal routine. What time can you get up? Ask your partner questions and complete the table with the information.
5 YOUR TURN Present your partner’s routine to the rest of the class.
Filippo, what’s your morning routine on school days? And what’s your morning routine on Sundays?
I get up at quarter to ten and I have breakfast. I walk to school at twenty past ten.
I get up at 10 o’clock and I relax. I swim in my swimming pool and then I have lunch with my friends.
Ricorda di aggiungere la -s finale alla terza persona singolare del Present simple Filippo gets up at quarter to seven and… SPEAKING TIPS




SEE Guarda le foto. Che cosa vedi? THINK Che cosa pensi di questi luoghi? WONDER Che cosa ti interessa sapere?
Ora guarda il video. Che cosa ti è piaciuto delle scuole britanniche?
Cheltenham College, near Gloucester in England, is an example of a private British boarding school. It’s a co-educational school (for boys and girls) for pupils from 13 to 18 years old. Pupils can attend the school as ‘day pupils’ or ‘boarders’.
Day pupils go to school in the morning and go home at the end of the school day. Boarders live at school all the time and they go home during the holidays. Boarders share a bedroom with three or four other students. They have breakfast, lunch and dinner in the big, traditional dining hall. Each block of bedrooms also has a small kitchen and a living room.


The school year starts at the beginning of September and finishes in July. Students have standard subjects like maths, English, history, IT and science but they can also study economics and politics. Lessons start at nine o’clock and there are 7 or 8 lessons every day. There is a break in the morning and lunch is at one o’clock. Lessons finish at 4.10, but on Saturday school finishes at one o’clock. After the lessons, boarders study and do things like sports, art and theatre. The school’s facilities are excellent with modern science labs, sports fields, a theatre and a big library.
attend frequentare block blocco, edificio facilities strutture

READING
1 Read and listen to the article. Underline the correct alternative. Day pupils / Boarders have bedrooms at Cheltenham College.
2 K Read the article again and choose the correct option (A, B or C).
1 What type of school is Cheltenham College?
A It’s a boarding school for boys.
B It’s a state school for students from 13 to 18 years old.
C It’s a boarding school for boys and girls.
2 Where do boarders sleep?
A in a single bedroom
B in a bedroom with other students
C in their bedroom at home
WRITING A presentation
3 There aren’t any lessons
A in August.
B from July to September.
C in July.
4 What is the routine for boarders after lessons?
A They study and stay in their rooms.
B They study and do different activities.
C They go to the theatre.
3 Read Aurora’s presentation for new students of Cheltenham College. Write the headings for the paragraphs.
Subjects • Holidays
After-school activities
Timetable
Timetable
Name Cheltenham College Location Gloucester, England
Type of school Boarding school, students 13-18 years old
School is from Monday to Saturday.
Lessons start at 9 a.m. and finish at 4.10 p.m.
There is a break in the morning and lunch is from 1 p.m. to 2 p.m.
School finishes at 1 p.m. on Saturday.
School starts in September and finishes in July. There are holidays at Christmas and Easter, one week in February, one week in May and one week in October (half terms).
The main subjects are maths, English, history, IT and science, as well as economics and politics.
You can play sports, for example hockey, football, rugby and horse riding. There are art, dance, theatre and music clubs.
4 PAIRWORK Work together and write notes on the mind map for your school. What other information is important for new students?
HOLIDAYS School
TEACHERS
5 Use the information from ex. 4 to write a short presentation about your school for the school website.

CLUBS
• Ricorda quali sono le variazioni ortografiche del Present simple.
• Fai attenzione alle preposizioni di tempo at, on, in.


1 Indica (4) quali attività quotidiane sono menzionate nel dialogo di pagina 121. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo il dialogo e controlla. have a shower get up go to bed walk to school get dressed have lunch do your homework have breakfast
2 Riordina il dialogo. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo e controlla le tue risposte.
1
Noah Is Ben ready?
Noah In bed? It’s quarter to twelve and we’ve got plans for today.
Noah Me too. I go to bed at one o’clock on Fridays. But today we’ve got a date with our friend Lexi to have lunch together.
Ms Harris Oh gosh! Sorry! It’s crazy here on Saturdays! Ben’s brother gets up at 6.30 for swimming practice. His sister has breakfast early… Ben! Ben!
Ms Harris Really? It’s Saturday. He gets up late on Saturdays because he goes to bed late.
Ms Harris Ready for what? He’s in bed.
3 BE REAL Completa i messaggi con le espressioni nel riquadro.
My bad! • Really? • Promise
1 I can finish my homework in five minutes.
2 You’ve got a new bike?!
3 I haven’t got our maths homework!


MY GLOSSARY
1
Ascolta e ripeti. Poi scrivi la traduzione. The time seven o’clock a quarter past eight half past nine a quarter to ten in ten minutes
Daily routine do homework finish lessons get dressed get up go home go to sleep have a shower have breakfast have dinner have lunch start lessons walk to school watch videos
brush your hair brush your teeth catch the bus do the shopping fall asleep go for a walk have a bath have a nap have a wash make a snack relax surf the Net take the dog for a walk tidy your room wake up


VOCABULARY MAPS
2 Completa la mappa con le parole nel riquadro. to school • dressed • home • lunch • up • dinner • a shower • to sleep • breakfast
3 Completa la mappa con altre tre attività possibili per ciascuna parte della giornata.





































































6 Sottolinea la sillaba accentata. Poi ascolta e controlla.
dinner • quarter • morning • breakfast homework • afternoon • lesson • evening
7 Completa il testo con le parole nel riquadro.
shower • have • home • get • school sleep • do • dressed • breakfast
Hi, I’m Anna! So, what’s my daily routine?
OK, well, I get up at seven o’clock, I have a (1) and I get (2) . Then I have (3) and I walk to (4)


I have lunch at school at half past twelve and I go (5) at half past three.
I (6) my homework and I (7) dinner. I go to (8) at about ten o’clock.
8 Scegli la risposta corretta (A, B o C).
1 What time is training?
A It’s four o’clock.
B Yes, training is at 6 p.m.
C In twenty minutes.
2 When is your break?
A Yes, it is.
B It’s at 12.45
C I have lunch at 1 p.m.
3 When is your last lesson?
A It’s at 12.30.
B It’s in the morning.
C Yes, sure.
4 Which subjects have you got today?
A Maths, English and PE.
B It’s science.
C IT is at 10 o’clock.

9 Riordina il dialogo. Poi ascolta e controlla.
Daniel And what time is it?
Daniel Yes, I am. Can I come tomorrow?
Daniel Excuse me, Miss Anderson. When is the drama club?
Teacher Drama club? It’s on Thursday afternoon.
Teacher It starts at four o’clock and we finish at half past five. Are you interested?
Teacher Of course. See you tomorrow!
10 Leggi le risposte e scrivi le domande.
What time is lunch?
Lunch is at quarter to one. 1 On Tuesday morning I’ve got
I wake up at 7 o’clock and get dressed. Then I have breakfast and I go to school at 7.45
11 Vuoi frequentare un corso di rugby. Usa le parole per scrivere domande. Poi leggi il volantino e rispondi.
Where / be / club?
‘Where is the club?’ ‘It’s at Green End sports field in Bainbridge.’
1 Who / be / coach?
2 can / children / go to the club?
3 When / be / lessons?
4 What time / be / lessons?
5 there / be / matches / weekend?
Green End sports field, Bainbridge
• Coach: Lee Wakefield
• Lessons for children (11-16) and adults
• Tuesday – Thursday – Friday 3.30 p.m – 5.30 p.m.
• Matches on Saturday or Sunday



Present simple Affirmative form
LEARN IT!
Il Present simple si usa per parlare di:
• azioni abituali e di routine
I get up at 7 a.m.
• fatti sempre veri e situazioni permanenti
Water boils at 100°C. We live in Manchester.
• orari School starts at eight o’clock.
Alla forma affermativa, si aggiunge -s alla forma base del verbo alla terza persona singolare (he, she e it).
She gets up at seven o’clock. It rains heavily in winter.
1 Leggi le frasi. Poi scrivi R (routine), FV (fatti veri) oppure O (orari).
The bus leaves at 6.30 O
1 I have cereal for breakfast.
2 The library is on the first floor.
3 We go to the gym on Wednesdays.
4 James walks to school in the mornings.
5 There are 200 students in my school.
6 The train arrives at 16.15.
7 Penguins live in Antarctica.
8 I do my homework at home.
2 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Jessica play / plays tennis at the weekend.
1 Gail and Martin like / likes maths.
2 Ms Diaz work / works in the school canteen.
3 I read / reads three books a month.
4 The caretaker clean / cleans the school.
5 We use / uses the computers in the IT lab.
6 Grace and I stay / stays after school for art club.
7 Jennie walk / walks to school.
8 I get up / gets up at 7 a.m.
3 Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa del Present simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
The lab technician prepares (prepare) the science experiments.
1 My cousin (like) maths and geography.
2 I (have) dinner with my parents.
3 Alice (walk) to school.
4 We (finish) school at 3.45 p.m.
5 Jessica and Sara (do) their homework in the library.
6 Dad (cook) my dinner.
4 Complete the sentences about Luke’s day with the Present simple of the appropriate verbs.
go • do • go • walk • get • have • finish • have I get up at 7 a.m.
1 I a quick shower.
2 My sister and I breakfast at 7.30.
3 We to school at 8 o’ clock.
4 My sister’s school is near so she . I go to school by bus.
5 I lessons and home at 4 p.m., after my piano lesson.
6 We our homework before dinner.
5 Completa l’e-mail di Abby con la forma affermativa dei verbi nel riquadro. go • like • study • live • have • play • start
Hi Liam, I’m Abby and I live in Birmingham.
I (1) to Northwood Secondary School. School (2) at 8.30 every day.
I (3) languages!
I (4) French, German and Chinese. I (5) piano lessons on Mondays and I play basketball for the school team too. We (6) matches at the weekends. What about you? Write back soon.
Abby
New message Send


Present simple Spelling rules
LEARN IT!
Ricorda che per ottenere la terza persona singolare (he, she e it) del Present simple ci sono delle variazioni ortografiche.
• Se il verbo termina in -o, -ch, -sh, -s, -ss, -x o -z, si aggiunge -es
watch ➞ watches miss ➞ misses
• Se il verbo termina in consonante + -y, si toglie -y e si aggiunge -ies.
study ➞ studies
• Se il verbo termina in vocale + -y, si aggiunge solo -s. play ➞ plays
6 Scrivi la terza persona singolare dei verbi.
study studies
wash
go
7
Completa le frasi con la terza persona singolare dei verbi nel riquadro.
study • go • relax • watch play • have • fly • teach • do
Liam watches football matches on TV every Saturday.
1 My sister yoga in the garden.
2 Tania to school by bus.
3 Miss Sampson maths at my school.
4 My dad to Paris once a month.
5 Andrew at the weekends.
6 Ava always in her bedroom.
7 Lisa in the school volleyball team.
8 Benji a new winter jacket. It’s really cool.
Completa il testo con la forma affermativa del Present simple di uno dei verbi tra parentesi.
Ethan gets (go / get) up at half past seven every morning and he (1) (do / have) cereal and milk for breakfast. He (2) (go / walk) to school by bus and school (3) (study / start) at nine o’clock. He has lunch at school and he (4) (study / do) in his bedroom in the afternoon when he gets home. Then he (5) (play / make) football with his friends. He has dinner with his family at half past six and he (6) (look / watch) TV. He has a shower and goes to bed at half past ten.
Si usano le preposizioni di tempo per indicare il momento in cui avviene un’azione.
Le principali preposizioni di tempo sono: in, at e on
• Si usa in con le parti del giorno, le stagioni, i mesi e gli anni.
I go swimming in the summer.
• Si usa anche con il significato di “fra”.
We arrive in 15 minutes.
• Si usa at con gli orari, le festività, le parole night e the weekend
I visit my grandparents at Easter.
• Si usa on con i giorni della settimana, le date e i giorni particolari.
I play football on Wednesdays.
I have breakfast at / on 8 a.m.
1 My birthday is in / on 3rd June.
2 I go to my grandparents’ house on / at Christmas.
3 I play hockey at / in summer.
4 Mum has a cup of coffee in / on the morning.
5 Our science lessons are at / on Mondays and Thursdays.
6 School finishes in / on July.
7 My friends meet on / at 4 p.m. after school.
8 Susie is tired because she studies at / in night.



10 Completa il testo con le preposizioni di tempo mancanti, in, at o on.
Titanic Belfast in Northern Ireland is open every day in summer. It opens (1) 8.30 a.m. and closes at 7.30 p.m (2) July and August. (3) winter, the museum is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. It is closed (4) Christmas, (5) 24th, 25th and 26th December. There are interactive galleries to explore and there is a special tour, usually (6) the morning.
11 Completa le frasi con la forma corretta del Present simple e le preposizioni di tempo.
The library opens (open) at 9.30.
1 Owen (do) his homework the evening.
2 I (go) swimming Saturdays.
3 The summer holidays (start) 21st July.
4 We (go) to the beach August.
5 Tania (buy) chocolate eggs Easter.
6 My parents (ski) winter.
GRAMMAR ROUND-UP
12 Scegli la risposta corretta (A, B o C).
Alice relaxes in the evenings.
A relax B relaxs C relaxes
1 The party is Saturday.
A at B on C in
2 Mr North Science.
A teaches B teachs C teach
3 Hannah and Andy sandwiches for lunch.
A makes B make C to make
4 I go to bed 11 p.m.
A on B at C in
5 Jack his bedroom every day.
A cleans B cleanes C clean
6 My aunt to Madrid every year. A flys B flyies C flies
13 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
My name is Simon and I go / goes to a secondary school in Newcastle. I (1) wears / wear a uniform and school starts (2) at / on 8.45. First, we have registration class. This is when the teacher (3) calls / call the register. Lessons start at nine and we (4) has / have a break at about eleven. All students have a locker. I (5) leave / leaves my bag there when I have lunch because I go to the canteen.
The school (6) have / has two big, modern science labs, a fantastic library and three sports fields. I go to after-school art club (7) in / on Tuesdays. We have three weeks’ holiday (8) at / on Christmas, two weeks (9) at / in Easter and six weeks (10) in / at summer… and no homework! Tell me about your school…
14 Ascolta il dettato e scrivi il testo.
15 Traduci le frasi.
The library closes at 3 p.m. on Wednesdays. La biblioteca chiude alle 3 il mercoledì.
1 Martha has a snack in the afternoon.
2 John gets up at 7 in the morning.
3 We catch the bus on Tuesday morning.
4 The lessons start at a quarter past eight.
5 The football match finishes at four o’clock.



There are about 60,000 children in the UK who are home educated. They learn at home with their parents or a tutor. We ask Greta, 12, about her experience.
Q (1)
A I study all subjects like maths, English, science, history, geography and art.
Q (2)
A Our dining room is my classroom. I’ve got my books and a computer there. But I also learn in our local park, in a museum or even on the bus. It isn’t important where we are.
Q (3)
A My mum is my teacher for all subjects. I have some online lessons with a Spanish tutor, because my mum can’t speak the language very well.
Q (4)
1 Guarda la foto e rispondi alle domande. Poi leggi velocemente l’intervista e controlla le tue risposte.
1 Is the girl at home or at school?
2 Who is the woman?
2 Completa l’intervista con le domande nel riquadro. Poi ascolta e controlla.
Can you play all day?
Who are your teachers?
Where are your lessons?

Have you got any friends? What subjects have you got?


3 INVALSI Rileggi l'intervista. Poi leggi le frasi e indica se le frasi sono vere (T), false (F) o se l’informazione non è presente (NG).
Greta prefers home education to regular school. NG
1 She studies at home all the time.
2 Her mum is good at Spanish.
3 She hasn’t got any homework.
4 She has free time at the weekend.
A No, I can’t! It’s true that we start or finish lessons at different times every day, but I study a lot. I haven’t got any lessons on Saturday or Sunday and I have free time in the summer too.
Q (5)
A Yes. I’ve got friends on an online home education group and, of course, I meet friends at my sports club and in my free time.

5 She is part of an online group. are home educated ricevono un’istruzione scolastica a casa learn imparano

4 INVALSI Ascolta il dialogo tra Julie e Peter e rispondi alle domande con un massimo di quattro parole.
What is Julie’s favourite subject? It’s science. / science
1 What subjects is Peter good at?
2 Who is Mr Brown?
3 What time is the film club?
4 Why is Julie busy on Tuesday afternoon?
5 What time is Julie’s science lesson?


1 Guarda gli orologi e scrivi l’ora corretta.
2 Abbina il verbo al complemento.
1 have
2 go
3 get 4 do
5 get 6 walk a your homework b to school c lunch d up e dressed f to sleep
GRAMMAR
3 Completa le frasi con il Present simple dei verbi tra parentesi alla forma affermativa.
1 Alex (play) rugby with his friends.
2 I (go) to school by bus.
3 Marco (watch) TV after dinner.
4 My sister (wash) her face every morning.
5 The plane (fly) from Berlin to Paris.
6 Ben (have) lunch at school.
4 Completa le frasi con il Present simple dei verbi nel riquadro alla forma affermativa.
walk • get • study • like • live • start
1 I to school in the morning.
2 Grant and Dave P.E.
3 School at 8.30 a.m.
4 Rashid and I in the afternoon.
5 My best friend in London.
6 They up at 6 a.m.
5 Completa il testo con la forma corretta dei verbi nel riquadro.
play • start • be • be • have • have got finish • like • not have got • not be
Paula’s school day (1) at 8.00 a.m. and (2) at 1.00 p.m. There (3) five lessons each day and the pupils (4) a short break at ten o’clock. Paula (5) eight subjects this year: maths, English, Spanish, art, music, geography, history and P.E.
She (6) IT and French. Her favourite subject (7) maths but she also (8) art and music. She (9) good at sport but after school on Fridays she (10) chess with the school chess club.
6 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
1 I have breakfast on / at half past six.
2 My brother’s birthday is in / on August.
3 We go to the beach in / on the summer.
4 Mum visits her aunt at / on Christmas Day.
5 Have you got a test in / on Thursday?
6 The concert is at / on 14th June.
7 Leggi le risposte e completa le domande con le parole mancanti.
Harry So, (1) morning routine?
Ned Well, I get up at 7.00 and I have a shower. I have breakfast at 7.30. I walk to school with my friends at 8
Harry (2) your first lesson?
Ned It’s at 8.30
Harry (3) on Fridays?
Ned History, French, English and PE.
Harry (4) lunch break?
Ned It’s at 12.30.
Harry Oh no! (5) now?
Ned It’s 10.15… Why?
Harry It’s time for IT… quick, let’s go!

1 Leggi il testo e sottolinea gli esempi delle strutture grammaticali nel riquadro.
Present simple • prepositions of time in, at, on
Here at Park Hill School we offer after-school activities for everyone.
Are you a chess lover?
There’s a school chess club on Thursdays. It starts at 4.30 in the school library and finishes at 6.30 p.m.
Can you play a musical instrument?
On Mondays at 4.15, there are junior and advanced orchestra groups (but there aren’t lessons in December).
Problems with maths or science homework?
There is a new homework club on Wednesdays with Ms Reed. Homework club starts at 3.45 and finishes at 4.45 p.m.
Are you good at sports?
There are a lot of sports clubs too. In November the rugby club starts again and we’ve got football, hockey and running clubs too.
Come along!
along! Vieni anche tu!
2 PAIRWORK Lavorate a coppie. Scrivete un avviso sulle attività extra-scolastiche per gli studenti della Park Hill School. Usa le informazioni nei riquadri e il testo dell’es. 1 come modello.
Student A
film club • Wednesdays 4.30-6.00 p.m. • Room 15b Mr Lawson • watch films • read about famous actors and films
Student B
robotics club • Thursdays 3.30-4.45 p.m. • Science lab Ms Jenkins • learn coding • make and control robots
There’s a … club at Park Hill School. It is on… in… It starts at… and…
3 PAIRWORK Leggete il vostro avviso al/la vostro/a compagno/a. Prendete appunti per rispondere alle domande del box di autovalutazione.




Nella mia presentazione:
sono riuscito/a facilmente a dire gli orari del mio club ricordavo l’uso delle preposizioni in, at, on sono riuscito/a ad usare correttamente il Present simple

4 PAIRWORK Ora rispondete alle domande del box. Poi confrontatevi tra voi. Ripetete l’attività se necessario.
Nella sua presentazione, il/la mio/a compagno/a: ha detto correttamente gli orari ha pronunciato correttamente i nomi dei giorni e delle attività ha usato correttamente le preposizioni in, at, on ha usato correttamente il Present simple e le sue variazioni ortografiche (es. finishes)


1 PAIRWORK Look at the photos and discuss the questions.
1 What age are the students?
2 What subjects can you see?
3 Is the classroom / lab / library like your school?
2 Read and listen to the text. Choose the correct heading for each paragraph.
After 16 • Secondary school
The school year • Starting school
REMEMBER
To ask about school, we say What year are you in? English students reply I’m in Year 7, but you can also say I’m in the first year.
3 Complete the table with the missing information. Age Year Exams
SCHOOL 5-11 Year 1 – 6 –SECONDARY SCHOOL -16 Year 7 – 11 (eight or nine subjects)
SIXTH FORM COLLEGE / COLLEGE 16-18 Year 12 – 13 (usually three subjects) / technical exams
4 Decide if the sentences are T (true) or F (false). Students in England stay at school for 11 years in total. T
1 Students wear a uniform at primary school.
2 Students take GCSEs in Year 11.
3 Sixth form college is for three years.
4 Students usually go to school on Saturdays.
5 School starts in November.
6 The summer holidays are about six or seven weeks.

AEducation in England is compulsory from age 5, but some students start primary school at 4. There aren’t any national exams at primary school. At 11 years old, students go to secondary school. At both schools, students usually wear a uniform.
BAt secondary school there are some compulsory subjects, such as English, maths, science, geography, history, ICT and Citizenship. At the end of Year 9, students choose the subjects they want to study for the next two years. Then at the end of Year 11 they take the national exams GCSEs (General Certificate of Secondary Education).



CEducation is compulsory until 16. Students can continue to study at a sixth form college for two years. Here they usually study three subjects and they do the national A level exams at the end. An alternative is a technical college or an apprenticeship. You can start work at 16, but you must have part-time education or training too.
DThere are three terms in the school year. School starts at the beginning of September and ends in the middle of July. Lessons are usually from Monday to Friday, in the morning and in the afternoon. At Christmas and Easter students have about two weeks’ holiday, and there is one week in the middle of each term (in November, February
1 What do you know about Cambridge University? Choose the correct alternative. Then watch the video or listen, and check.

1 Cambridge University is in England / Scotland
2 Cambridge University is modern / old




2 Decide if the sentences are T (true) or F (false). Then watch, or listen, again and check. It is difficult to get a place at Cambridge University. T
1 You can only study traditional subjects.
2 There are 29 colleges.
3 The colleges are in the same part of the city.
4 There aren’t any sports facilities for students.
3 YOUR TURN What famous universities are there in your country? Do some research on one university and take notes. Think about:
• where it is
• how old it is
• what subjects you can study there
• life for students
4 ORAL PRESENTATION Now use your notes from ex. 3 and give your presentation to the class.
Citizenship: School rules












She never washes her car
Simon So, what do you want in the games room?
Ben I don’t know. Maybe a big screen, a karaoke kit…
Simon And where can you get those things?
Ben I can have my dad’s old karaoke stuff. He doesn’t use it now.
Simon Does your dad sing?
Ben Yes, he does. It’s so cringe!
Chloe Oh no, my mum wants to pick me up now. I don’t want to go home.
Simon So, donations are fantastic, but we need some money too.
Ben Shall we organise a sponsored activity?
Chloe, what do you think?
Chloe I’m all out of ideas. Sorry.
Simon Chloe, your mum’s here.
Ben Wow, her car is dirty! A car wash!
Chloe &
Simon What?
Ben Let’s organise a car wash and get the money for our games room!
Chloe That’s brilliant Ben! And my mum’s our first customer! She doesn’t wash her car very often.
Ben You mean… she never washes her car! get procurarvi pick me up venirmi a prendere donations donazioni need abbiamo bisogno di sponsored di auto-finanziamento
1 Look at the photos A-C. What are they? Match.
1 a karaoke kit
2 a big screen
3 a sponsored activity
2 Watch the video or listen. Why do the friends want to wash cars?
3 Now read, listen and repeat.
4 Read the dialogue again and write T (true) or F (false).
Ben has clear ideas about what to get for the games room. F
1 Ben’s dad uses his karaoke stuff.
2 Chloe wants to go home.
3 Ben wants to organise a sponsored activity.
4 Chloe goes home by bus.


BE REAL
Match these expressions to their translations.
1 I’m all out of ideas...
2 It’s so cringe.
3 You mean... a Intendi... b È così imbarazzante. c Sono a corto di idee.
5 Put the words in order. Then check your answers using the dialogue.
1 the games room / want / you / in / what / do / ?
2 dad / your / sing / does / ?
3 don’t / I / to / home / go / want
4 doesn’t / she / her car / very often / wash


BE GREEN
SEL Leggi la domanda e discutine in coppia.
Ben propone di trovare delle cose di seconda mano per la games room. Perché è importante dare una seconda vita alle cose?




BE AMERICAN
Listen to the words from ex. 1 in American English.

1 Match the pictures to the words from the box. Then watch the video or listen, and check.
do voluntary work • play cards • meet friends • cook • paint • go bowling listen to music • text friends • play board games

Il bowling, oltre a essere uno sport, è un’attività molto popolare fra le famiglie degli Stati Uniti.






BE CAREFUL
listen to the radio NO: listen the radio
I usually listen to the radio after dinner.





2 Listen again and repeat.



3 Use some of the verbs from ex. 2 to complete these other free-time activities. Then listen and check.
cook a meal / with friends / for your family
1 to a party / to the gym / for a walk
2 to the radio / to a podcast / to rap music
3 friends at a café / at the park / in town 4 online games / a sport / a musical instrument
4 PAIRWORK What activities do you do in your free time? Take turns to tell your partner. Can you remember your partner’s free-time activities?
I meet friends, go dancing and listen to trap music. Matteo plays board games and chats to friends online.



Joe!
with Joe!
5 Watch the video or listen. Why can’t Noah meet Ben at 3 o’clock?
6 Now put the dialogue in the correct order. Then listen again and check.
Ben Good idea. Can you come to my house at 3 o'clock?
Ben Do you want to play video games this afternoon?
Ben Oh! Have you got a date with Lexi?!
Noah No, I’ve got a dentist appointment. Very exciting!

Do you want to play video games?



7

ALet’s go to the park this afternoon! Shall we meet at 5.30? What shall we do?
Can we go bowling at five o’clock?
Do you want to play cards?
BHi Thomas. Shall we play football in the park on Saturday?
Yes, okay. What time? Great. See you!
(1) meet at 3.30 at the café.
Great. / Sure. / Alright. Sorry, I can’t. I’ve got a music lesson. Let’s watch the match! Yes, okay. / Sorry, I can’t. I’m busy. Yes, that’s a good idea. / No, sorry.
Sorry, (3) . I've got homework.
(2) to go shopping in town at 11.00? (4) come at two o'clock?
Yes, okay, sure.
8 PAIRWORK Make suggestions about what to do together this afternoon. Use the ideas from the boxes to help you.
A Suggerisci di fare un’attività insieme.
A Rispondi di sì e suggerisci un’ora e un luogo.
Do you want to go to the cinema?
Good idea. Let’s…
B Rispondi di no e spiega perché. Suggerisci un’alternativa.
B Accetta il suggerimento.

No, sorry. I haven’t got any money. Shall we watch a TV series?
watch a TV series/a video go skateboarding/to the cinema cook play a board game/a video game
You’ve got homework. You’ve got your voluntary work. You’ve got a sports match. You haven’t got any money.



BE AMERICAN
Listen to the words from ex. 9 and 10 in American English. Note that: football soccer American football football
9 Complete the activities under the pictures. Then listen, check and repeat.

LEARN IT!
play + sport di squadra / sport con la palla do + sport e attività individuali go + sport e attività che terminano in -ing
10 Complete the mind map with the words from the box. Then add the activities from ex. 9. Listen, check and repeat. hockey • rugby • volleyball • athletics • cycling • yoga skiing • gymnastics • horse riding
11 Listen to two friends talking about a new sports centre. Tick (4) the sports and activities you hear. ballet volleyball basketball yoga skiing swimming gymnastics karate running horse riding judo football
12 Listen again and complete the sentences. 1 Darren is good at . 2 Emma is bad at . She's good at
13 GAME Write down two sports you’re good at and two sports you’re bad at. Ask your classmates and find your ideal sports mate!
I’m good/bad at... • I watch... • I play/do/go…
I’m very good at volleyball. I’m good at ballet. I’m not, sorry! Me too!

14 Watch the video or listen. How often does Ben go to the gym?
15 Now complete the dialogue with the missing words. Then listen again and check.
Ben When do you do voluntary work Simon?
Simon Well, I help here at the youth club four times a week in the afternoon.
Ben (1) in the morning?
Simon I’m a personal trainer. (2) to the gym?
Ben Yes, I go to the gym every day… when I can!
Simon Mm, I never see you there!
What time do you go to the gym?
When do you do voluntary work? Do you go skiing in winter?
Do you usually have lunch at home? What do you usually do on Sunday afternoon?
16 Match the questions to two answers.
1 Do you go to football practice?
2 When do you meet your friends?
3 What time do you go to the gym?
I go to the gym at 6.30 I do voluntary work every evening. No, I never go skiing. / Yes, I go skiing once a year. Yes, I always have lunch at home. I usually play football with my friends.


4 Do you play sport on Saturday afternoon?
a I rarely go out with my friends.
b I usually go in the evening.
c Yes, I often go swimming.
d Yes, I go three times a week.
e I meet my friends every weekend.
f No, I don’t. I usually stay at home.
g I sometimes go on Saturday afternoon.


17 Listen and repeat the words. /ŋ/ thing wrong singing /n/ thin run funny
18 Listen and tick (4) the sound you hear. /ŋ/ /n/
1 shopping 2 chicken 3 cinema 4 orange 5 doing
go bowling • play board games • go swimming do gymnastics • play video games • go for a walk
h No, I don’t play football. Yes, I go swimming once a week at school.
Do you go swimming? d SOUNDS GOOD
19 PAIRWORK Now take turns to ask your partner about his/her habits. Use the expressions from the Be Fluent box to help you. Use these or your own ideas.
usually • sometimes • never • once a week three times a month • every Sunday


Present simple VIDEO MAP
Negative form
I don’t want to go home. She doesn’t wash her car very often.
Estesa Contratta
I / you do not speak I / you don’t speak he / she / it does not speak he / she / it doesn’t speak we / you / they do not speak we / you / they don’t speak
Alla forma negativa del Present simple si usa doesn't per la terza persona singolare (he, she e it) e don't per tutte le altre persone seguito dalla forma base del verbo.
I don't go to school by car.
Matt doesn't walk to school.
Rules p. 160
1 Rewrite the sentences in the negative form.
The children brush their teeth after lunch. The children don’t brush their teeth after lunch.
1 Stan gets up at half past seven.
2 We walk to school every day.
3 I do yoga in the afternoon.
4 The boys have cereal for breakfast.
5 You have lunch in the canteen.
6 Stella gets dressed in the bathroom.
2 Correct the sentences.
School starts at 7.30 a.m. (8.15 a.m.)
School doesn’t start at 7.30 a.m., it starts at 8.15 a.m.
1 We have tennis practice every day. (twice a week)
2 I go to bed early on Saturdays. (late)
3 My friends walk to the gym. (go by bus)
4 I have coffee for breakfast. (tea)
5 We play cards on Saturday afternoons. (Friday afternoons)
6 We watch videos in our maths lessons. (French lessons)
Present simple VIDEO MAP
Interrogative form and short answers
‘Does your dad sing?’ ‘Yes, he does.’ Forma interrogativa Risposte brevi
Do I / you speak? Yes, you / I do. No, you / I don’t. Does he / she / it speak? Yes, he / she / it does. No, he / she / it doesn’t.
Do we / you / they speak? Yes, you / we / they do. No, you / we / they don’t.
3
Alla forma interrogativa si deve invertire il soggetto e l’ausiliare do/does
‘Do you wake up early?’ ‘Yes, I do.’
‘Does Ms Lee teach history?’ ‘No, she doesn’t.’
Rules p. 160
Complete the questions with do, does.
Do you like board games?
1 your best friend know your parents?
2 your parents work near your school?
3 you do voluntary work?
4 your teacher give you homework at weekends?
5 you meet your friends on Fridays?
6 your school have a football pitch?
4 Now answer the questions in ex. 3 so that they are true for you.
‘Do you like board games?’ ‘Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.’


What do you think Chloe?
parola interrogativa ausiliare soggetto verbo
When What time do does they school study? finish?
5 Complete the questions with the question words from the box.
When • Which • How • What time
Why • What • Who
How do you go to school? By bus or car?
1 do you have basketball?
2 do schools close in summer?
3 sport do you like?
4 do you like yoga?
5 do you phone every evening?
6 does your sister do on Sundays?
of frequency
never 0% 100% non... mai rarely raramente sometimes qualche volta of ten spesso usually di solito always sempre
• L’avverbio di frequenza si mette sempre prima del verbo, ma dopo il verbo be. Simon sometimes plays video games. We are rarely at home on Sundays.
• Sometimes può stare all’inizio o alla fine della frase. (Sometimes) they play tennis (sometimes).
• Never (“mai”) è sempre seguito dal verbo alla forma affermativa. They never drink coffee.
6
Choose the correct alternative.
I usually / rarely drink coffee. (10%)
1 I’m sometimes / always late for school. (40%)
2 Lucas never / rarely has a shower. (10%)
3 I often / always read after dinner. (60%)
4 Myriam never / usually relaxes on Sundays. (0%)
5 We usually / sometimes watch a match on Friday evenings. (90%)
6 You often / always walk to school. (100%)
7
Rewrite the sentences and put the adverb of frequency in the correct position.
Emily texts me. (rarely)
Emily rarely texts me.
1 I have a big breakfast at the weekend. (always)
2 Tom isn’t late for ballet. (often)
3 My little brother watches videos on YouTube. (never)
4 Josh and Ben don’t go cycling on Sundays. (usually)
5 My mum walks to work. (rarely)
6 My maths homework is difficult. (sometimes)
9 Kim is a hockey player. How often does she do these things? Write about her habits. have a big breakfast Kim always has a big breakfast. have a snack at 1 1



‘How often do you have piano lessons?’ ‘I have piano lessons twice a week.’
once a una volta a I see my cousins once a month. twice a due volte a Liam plays football twice a week (three) times a (tre) volte a We have a history test three times a year every ogni My brother eats two eggs every morning.
Rules p. 161
10 Complete the mini dialogues with the words from the box.
twice • three • every • once
1 A How often do you see Toby?
B About a week. We usually meet to play football on Saturdays.
2 A How often does your maths tutor come to your house?
B He comes a week, on Tuesdays and Fridays.
3 A Do you often see Maria?
B Yes, I see her day – she’s in my class at school.
4 A Does your English teacher often give you class tests?
B No, not really, about times a term.
11 Put the words in the correct order to make questions with How often… ? often / do / walk / you / how / to school / ? How often do you walk to school?
1 how / check / you / often / do / your phone / ?
2 in the house / your mum or dad / how / you / often / do / help / ?
3 often / a shower / how / have / do / you / ?
4 eat / do / how / fast food / often / you / ?
5 how / do / often / do / exercise / you / ?
6 often / you / go out / with friends / how / do / ?
12 PAIRWORK Now ask and answer the questions in ex. 11 with your partner.
Students’ own answers
How often do you walk to school?
13 Read the dialogue and choose the correct option (A, B or C). Then listen and check.
Mark What do you do when you’re not at school, Luke?
Luke Well, I’ve got a fantastic mountain bike, so I go cycling.
Mark Cool! (1) do you go?
Luke About (2) a week. I usually go with my dad on Saturdays and Sundays.
Mark Does your dad (3) a good bike too?
Luke Yes, he (4)
Mark Where (5) you go cycling?
Luke We (6) go to the forest or the coast. I’ve got an app on my phone with cycle routes, but we (7) do the very difficult routes.
Mark An app? Can I see it?
Luke Sure. Here you are.
Mark Wow, it (8) the restaurants too!
Luke Yes, it’s great.
A What B Who C Which
1 A Do you often B How often C Where
2 A every B always C twice
3 A has B have C have got
4 A does B do
I walk to school every day.
14 Read about Aaron’s routine. Complete the gaps with one word for each gap.
Aaron lives in a small village in Yorkshire. He (1) go to school near home, he takes the bus to school (2) morning at 7. His day starts very early (3) school days. He gets (4) at 6.30 is home again at 4 in (5) afternoon.
Aaron and his brother Joseph play basketball in the same team. They have practice (6) a week, on Mondays and Thursdays. They (7) have matches on Sundays, only on Saturdays afternoons. (8) he enjoy living in a small village? Yes, he does. He’s got lots of friends and lots of freedom.


1 Listen to two friends talking about their typical Saturday. What do they decide to do together?

2 Now listen again and complete the sentences with Isaac or Leah. Leah gets up late on Saturdays.
1 gets up early on Saturday mornings.
2 often goes to a café at lunchtime on Saturdays.
3 sometimes goes to a restaurant on Saturday evenings.
4 goes to bed at 11 o’clock in the evening.
5 goes to sleep late.

3 Complete Isaac’s questions and match them to Leah’s answers. What do you usually do on Saturdays?
c
1 How do you do sport?
2 do you do in the afternoon?
3 do you do your homework?
4 you go out in the evening?
5 do you go to bed?
SPEAKING
a No, I’m always at home.
b At about eleven o’clock.
c I get up late!
d I listen to music in my bedroom.
e I have swimming practice three times a week.
f I rarely do my homework at the weekend.
4 PAIRWORK Take turns to ask and give personal answers to the questions in ex. 3.
5 YOUR TURN Talk to your partner about your weekend habits. Remember to ask questions and talk about when you do the different activities, where and who with.
Do you go shopping at the weekend?
Do you go with your parents?
Yes, I go shopping every weekend.
I usually go to the shopping centre.
No, I don’t. I always go with my friends. Where do you go?
6 YOUR TURN Is there a free-time activity that you both do? Make suggestions about when you can do this activity together.
Shall we go shopping on Saturday afternoon?



THINK Look at the pictures. How would you describe the activities or situations? special dangerous difficult interesting boring exciting PAIR Work in pairs. SHARE Do you have the same ideas?
Now watch the video. Which activities do you do sometimes?

1
2
Do you like surprises?
A Only on my birthday.
B Of course. They’re fun.
C No, I hate surprises!
Do you have the same routine every day?
A Yes, but only on school days.
B No, every day is different.
C Yes, I always follow the same routine.
C Rarely or never. 3
4
How often do you try a new activity or hobby?
A Maybe once or twice a year.
B Every month.

Your friend says, ‘How about bungee jumping?’. What do you say?
A Maybe, let’s think about it.
B Awesome! Let’s do it!
C No way! It’s very dangerous.
5
When do you do your homework?
A I often do it quickly before the lesson.
B I sometimes forget to do it because I’m very busy.
C I always do it the same day I get it.



Your parents want to go to a new Mexican restaurant. What do you say?
A What’s the food like?
B Sounds great! Why don’t we go tonight?
C I’m not into foreign food.
Do you often take part in shows or concerts?
A Sometimes, but I need to practise carefully first.
B Yes, I’m really into acting and singing.
C No, I’m very shy.










1 Look at the photos. Match them to the quiz questions. There are two questions that haven’t got a photo.
2 Read and listen to the questions in the quiz. Tick (4) your answers.
3 Choose the correct description for each profile in the quiz.
You are comfortable with your routine and daily life but you don’t plan every day carefully. You sometimes try new or difficult things.
WRITING An interview
You’re a very organised person. You like routines. You don’t often try new activities and you never want to be the centre of attention.
4 Read the interview with Bear Grylls. What is his job?
Luca Hi Mr Grylls. Are you adventurous?
Bear Yes, I am. I’m very adventurous.
Luca (1) do you try new things?
Bear I always try new things. It’s very important for me to have new experiences.
Luca (2) do you do?
Bear I’m a TV presenter and adventurer.
You have a free spirit and are very adventurous. You always like new experiences. You are often bored because life isn’t exciting every day!


Luca (3) the same routine every day?
Bear No, I don’t. Sometimes I work at home and I’m often in different countries for my TV programmes. I also work with young people in the Scout organisation.
Luca (4) do you do?
Bear I go climbing every week. I go swimming and sailing in summer. And I often do difficult and dangerous activities for my TV shows.
Luca Thanks Mr Grylls.
5 Now complete the interview questions with the words from the box. How often • What sports • Are you • Do you have • What
6 Write an interview with a famous/invented person to find out about his/her lifestyle and adventures. Use the example in ex. 4 to help you.
WRITING TIPS
Ricordati di invertire il soggetto e l’ausiliare do/does quando fai le domande.



She never washes her car
1 Come possono i quattro ragazzi procurarsi le cose che servono per la games room? Rispondi. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo il dialogo e controlla.
2 Completa il dialogo con le domande nel riquadro. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
What do you think Chloe? what do you want in the games room? Does your dad sing? where can you get those things?
Simon So, (1)
Ben I don’t know. Maybe a big screen, a karaoke kit…
Simon And (2)
Ben I can have my dad’s old karaoke stuff. He doesn’t use it now.
Simon (3)
Ben Yes, he does. It’s so cringe!
Chloe Oh no, my mum wants to pick me up now. I don’t want to go home.
Simon So, donations are fantastic, but we need some money too.
Ben Shall we organise a sponsored activity? (4)
Chloe I’m all out of ideas. Sorry.
3 BE REAL Completa i mini-dialoghi con le espressioni nel riquadro.
It’s so cringe. • I’m all out of ideas. • You mean…
Keira What do you want to do this afternoon?
Harry (1) You decide!
Leo Shall we go to the park after school?
Theo (2) The park near the school?
Ella Do your parents make videos for social media?
Jack Yeah, sometimes. (3)
1
Ascolta e ripeti. Poi scrivi la traduzione. Free-time activities (2) and sports cook do voluntary work go bowling go to a party go the gym go for a walk listen to music
meet friends
paint play board games play cards
text friends
athletics
ballet basketball cycling football
gymnastics
hockey horse riding running
skiing swimming volleyball boxing climbing cycling
diving
fencing
ice skating motor racing
sailing
scuba diving (wind)surfing
table tennis
Sport equipment
bat goal
helmet
net
racket
skates
skis
surfboard


VOCABULARY MAPS
2 Scrivi le attività del tempo libero nel gruppo corretto.
friends • board games • a meal • to the radio • a sport • bowling • for a walk • at a café • to a podcast in town • online games • cards • to music • to a party • the piano • to the gym • for your family FREE-TIME ACTIVITIES
3 Completa le espressioni nel riquadro con play, do o go. Poi completa la mappa. do gymnastics • horse riding • rugby • swimming • skiing • yoga football • basketball • running • ballet • volleyball • karate








suggestions 3 Completa le frasi con le parole mancanti. Poi abbinale alle risposte. Shall we go to the park this afternoon?
meet at my house!
meet at 11.30
want to watch a film?
shall we do? a I can’t. I’ve got dance class this morning. b Sorry, I’m busy this afternoon. c Good idea. A thriller?






5 Ascolta e scrivi per ciascun dialogo l’ora e il luogo corretto.
8 Abbina le domande alle risposte. When do you meet friends?
c
1 What do you usually do on Saturday afternoon? 2 Do you play board games in the winter?
3 What time do you go to football practice?
4 Do you usually have lunch at school?
a Yes, I always have lunch at school.
b No, I never play board games.
c I usually meet my friends in the evening.
d I usually go to the park.
e I go to football practice at 3.30 p.m.
6 Guarda le immagini e
9 Scrivi delle domande. When / you / play sports? When do you play sports?
1 you / play a musical instrument / in the afternoon?
2 you / usually / have dinner with your family?
3 what / you / usually / do in the evenings?
4 when / you / play cards with friends?
10 Rispondi alle domande dell’es. 9 in modo che siano vere per te.
COMMUNICATION ROUND-UP
11 Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare il dialogo.
Angela What do you time / usually do at the (1) Saturday / weekend, Kiera?
Kiera Oh, I usually (2) meet / have friends and do yoga.
Angela Oh right. (3) When / What do you do yoga?
Kiera I usually do yoga on Sunday (4) 9 o’clock / morning
Angela (5) Can we / Let’s do yoga together next Saturday?
Kiera Sure! (6) Shall / Let’s meet at the park at 10!


Present simple Affirmative form
LEARN IT!
La forma negativa si ottiene con l’ausiliare doesn’t per la terza persona singolare (he, she e it) e don’t per le altre persone (I, you, we e they) + la forma base del verbo. She doesn’t speak German. I don’t like maths.
La forma contratta è la più usata nell’inglese parlato e in quello scritto informale.


Mentre la forma negativa di have got è haven’t got, la forma negativa del verbo have è don’t/doesn’t have.
I don’t have lunch at school on Mondays.
1 Completa le frasi con la forma negativa dei verbi tra parentesi.
Our school doesn’t have (have) a big gym.
1 Alice (wear) a school uniform.
2 My grandparents (live) in the city centre.
3 I (meet) my friends in the evening.
4 Nick and David (do) their homework in their bedroom.
5 Jane and I (have) breakfast on the bus!
6 Michael (brush) his teeth at night.
2 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa del Present simple.
We have a break at 11.15 a.m.
We don’t have a break at 11.15 a.m.
1 You and Lisa speak three languages.
2 Sofia lives in a cottage.
3 I love art and music.
4 Mum makes cakes at the weekend.
5 My grandma goes for a walk every day.
6 Leo and I play hockey in the school team.
7 My brother has a shower every morning.
8 My sister and I have got a dog named Russel.
Present simple Interrogative form and short answers
IT!
La forma interrogativa si ottiene così: do / does + soggetto + forma base del verbo + ?
Do you live in England? Does he play volleyball?
Le risposte brevi si formano così:
• Yes, + soggetto + do / does
• No, + soggetto + don’t / doesn’t


Il verbo do, oltre a essere usato come ausiliare nel Present simple, è anche un verbo autonomo e significa “fare”.
Do you do gymnastics or karate at school?
3 Abbina le domande alle risposte.
Do you live in Scotland?
1 Does your mum go to bed early?
2 Does Emily play the guitar?
3 Do you and your sister go shopping at the weekends?
4 Do you have lunch at school?
a No, she doesn’t. She plays the piano.
b Yes, I do. I eat in the school canteen.
c No, I don’t. I live in Wales.
d No, we don’t. We go shopping on Mondays.
e Yes, she does. She goes to bed at 9.30.
4 Riordina le parole e scrivi le domande. Poi rispondi con risposte brevi affermative (4) o negative (8). you / up / early / wake / do / ? (8) ‘Do you wake up early?’ ‘No, I don’t.’
1 Michael / does / school / to / walk / ? (8)
2 you / music / listen / do / to / ? (4)
3 shower / you / in / a / do / have / morning / the / ? (4)
4 late / Mark / does / go / bed / to / ? (8)
5 school / does / Anna / by / to / bike / go / ? (4)
6 do / your / running / evening / parents / go / the / in / ? (4)

5
Completa il dialogo con la forma corretta del Present simple dei verbi tra parentesi e le risposte brevi.
Mum Do you finish (finish) school at 3.30 today?
Louis No, I (1) . I finish at 5 today, remember? There’s art club after school.
Mum Oh yes, it’s Tuesday today!
(2) you (have) a lot of homework?
Louis Yes, I (3) ! I’ve got a French test tomorrow.
Mum (4) Dad still (have) his old French dictionary?
Louis I (5) (not need) that, Mum! It’s all online now!
Present simple Question words
6 Leggi le risposte e completa le domande con la parola interrogativa corretta.
‘Which book do you want to read?’ ‘Frankenstein.’
1 ‘ do you do in your free time?’
‘I ride my bike.’
2 ‘ do you watch TV?’ ‘After dinner.’
3 ‘ do you like horror stories?’ ‘Because they are exciting.’
4 ‘ do you go with your friends?’ ‘To the cinema.’
7 Leggi le parole sottolineate nelle risposte e scrivi le domande.
time do you get up?
get
I go to bed at 9.30.
I go shopping at the weekend.
Si usano How often…? e gli avverbi e le espressioni di frequenza per chiedere e indicare con quale frequenza avviene un’azione.
How often does your brother play basketball? He often plays basketball. / He plays basketball twice a week.
• Gli avverbi di frequenza (always, usually, often, sometimes, rarely, never) si mettono sempre prima del verbo, ma dopo il verbo be Yolanda rarely goes to the cinema. I am always late for school.
• Sometimes può anche andare all'inizio o alla fine della frase.
Sometimes I watch TV series.
• Le espressioni di frequenza (every day/week/month; once/twice/three times a day/week/month) si mettono solitamente alla fine della frase. He plays tennis three times a week


In inglese, a differenza dell'italiano, never (“mai”) non ha mai il verbo alla forma negativa.
We never go running in the morning. Noi non andiamo mai a correre la mattina.
8 Riscrivi le frasi inserendo l’avverbio di frequenza nella posizione corretta. He goes to school by bike. (always) He always goes to school by bike.
1 Rachel has a big breakfast. (never)
2 I have a shower in the evening. (usually)
3 We are early for the bus. (always)
4 Ted goes swimming in the afternoon. (often)
5 I am at home during the week. (rarely)
9 Scrivi domande con How often. Poi completa le risposte usando le parole tra parentesi.
you / go for / a walk? (every)
‘How often do you go for a walk?’ ‘Every day.’
1 Susan / go out / with friends? (once)
2 you / have a test / at school? (twice)
3 you / play / rugby? (once)
4 Max / play / video games? (three)



GRAMMAR ROUND-UP
10 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Hi Visha,
How are you? I’m Julia and I live in Birmingham in the UK. What / Where do you do at the weekends?
I (1) usually / do go swimming on Saturday morning and I play online games with friends in the afternoon. (2) Does / Do you often go dancing at the weekends?
My sister (3) don’t / doesn’t like dancing so I go with my friend, Hattie. I (4) often / how listen to podcasts or play volleyball on Sundays, oh, and I (5) have / do my homework, of course! (6) Which / When do you do your homework?
Write and tell me about you.
Bye for now,
Julia
11 Completa il testo con le parole nel riquadro.
Does • Do • How • once • Does • usually • Do
Do you spend all your summers in the city? (1) often do you get bored? (2) you need a place for holiday activities? Read about our camps, courses and summer activities. There are a lot of interesting things to do. (3) Mohanna want to make new friends? (4) Hiro want to experience new sports? This is the right place for them. We (5) play outdoor games, night basketball, and Cosplay (6) a week.

12 Scegli l'opzione corretta (A, B o C).


Harry Edward Kane is the captain of the English national football team. So what does he do every day? (1) he play football all day? No, he (2) ! H – that’s his nickname – lives in Essex with his wife and four children. He gets up early (3) morning and he (4) goes for a walk with his dogs. He (5) walk to football training – he goes by car. He (6) has a healthy lunch and he plays golf (7) times a week. In the evenings, he watches TV but he (8) goes to bed late.
A where B what C when
1 A Does B Do C Don’t
2 A do B doesn’t C don’t
3 A once B every C on
4 A never B twice C usually
5 A do B does C doesn’t
6 A always B doesn’t C once
7 A every B three C one
8 A don’t B doesn’t C never
13 Ascolta il dettato e scrivi il testo.
14 Traduci le frasi. I never listen to rap music. Non ascolto mai la musica rap.
1 How often do you do voluntary work?
2 I don’t go to the gym on Sunday.
3 What time does Kevin do yoga?
4 My cousin goes for a walk every day.
5 Mia often paints in the park.

1 Guarda le foto. Quali sport vedi? Leggi il testo velocemente. Erano corrette le tue idee?
Football is a very popular sport in Europe, South America and many (1) F too.
But ‘football’ isn’t always the same sport because there are different types of football in different countries and they (2) . In the USA, for example, football is called ‘soccer’ and American ‘football’ is a very different sport!

In Ireland there is a Gaelic football. In this sport, the ball is round but there are 15 players and you (3) and your feet. Is it rugby then? No, because you don’t throw the ball, you can only punch it! There are male and female teams and children (4) . Patrick, 14, says, ‘Our school team is good at playing Gaelic football. It’s lots of fun!’
In the other hemisphere, there is Australian Rules football. This sport has got some things in common with Gaelic football but the ball is oval, like a rugby ball. In this game, there are (5) . They can use their hands and can kick the ball too. Adele, 15, says, ‘At our school only boys can play Australian Rules football. It’s not fair. Luckily, I often play with my brothers in the park and now (6) !’


round rotonda throw lanciare punch colpire con un pugno kick calciare It’s not fair Non è giusto
2 INVALSI Rileggi il testo e scegli la frase corretta per ciascuno spazio. Ci sono due frasi in più. Poi ascolta e controlla.
A can use your hands
B hasn’t got a ball
C have all got unique rules
D 18 players on each team
LISTENING
3 K Ascolta e indica (4) l’opzione corretta (A, B o C).
1 What time does the boy usually get up?



2 When does the girl do her homework?
A after lunch
B before dinner
C after dinner

E in Australia and New Zealand
F other places around the world
G I can play very well
H can play the game at school too
3 How often does the boy have guitar lessons?
three times a week
twice a week
once a week 4 Where do the friends decide to go?





1 Completa le attività.
1 listen to
2 bowling 3 play board 4 friends 5 do work
2 Scrivi le parole nel riquadro all’interno del gruppo corrispondente.
swimming • gymnastics • basketball • hockey • ballet horse riding • athletics • rugby • yoga • cycling play do go
5 Riscrivi le frasi inserendo l’avverbio di frequenza nella posizione corretta.
1 We go running in the winter. (rarely)
2 Dan does karate at the weekends. (always)
3 I am late for school. (often)
4 Thomas chats to friends online in the evening. (sometimes)
5 Lyla and Grace meet their friends on Saturdays. (usually)
6 My dad is at home on Wednesdays. (never)
3 Completa le frasi con la forma negativa del Present simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
1 Rachele (work) in a hospital.
2 My brother (walk) to school.
3 I (know) that woman.
4 Beth and I (go) running.
5 Ilenia and Ola (do) yoga.
4 Abbina le domande alle risposte, completando alcune domande con le parole nel riquadro.
Where • What • When • What time
1 Do you and your friends chat online?
2 do you live?
3 Do you go skiing in the winter?
4 does your mum have for breakfast?
5 do you get up in the morning?
6 Does Jack do athletics at the weekend?
7 do you do your homework?
a No, he doesn’t.
b She usually has cereal and coffee.
c Yes, we do.
d I always do my homework in the afternoon.
e I live in Germany.
f No, I don’t.
g I usually get up at half past seven.
6 Scrivi le domande con How often e le risposte con le parole tra parentesi.
1 you / go dancing? (once a month)
2 Ted and Mike / play board games? (never)
3 Anna / do athletics? (every day)
7 Riordina le frasi del dialogo e completalo con le parole nel riquadro.
good • half • running • time • shall • can’t
Will What do you have practice?
Hugh Yes, that’s a idea.
Will OK. Well, we meet at six?
Hugh It’s at past four.
Will Let’s go this afternoon!
Hugh Sorry, I . I’ve got basketball practice.

1 Guarda la pagina web. Di che cosa tratta?
Do you sometimes have problems sleeping? Follow our tips for a good sleep routine.
Studies show that regular exercise helps you sleep. It is a good idea to do some exercise three or four times a week.
Do you usually use your phone in the evening? The blue light disturbs your sleep so it’s a good idea to switch your phone off early, and never have your phone next to your bed at night.
It isn’t a good idea to eat a lot before bed. You can have your dinner early, then drink some chamomile tea before you go to bed.
It is a good idea to go to bed at the same time every night and it is important that your bedroom isn’t too warm
disturbs disturba switch ... off spegnere warm calda



2 Ora leggi la pagina web e sottolinea gli avverbi e le altre espressioni di frequenza.
3 Leggi di nuovo e segna (4) quali consigli metti in pratica. Hai una buona routine del sonno?
4 Student A, leggi la routine di Mia. Student B, leggi quella di Arnie.


Mia gets up at 7.10 a.m. for school, but she’s always tired. She goes swimming three times a week in the afternoon. In the evening, she usually plays online games for two or three hours. She has a snack before bed, but she never goes to bed at the same time. She often uses her phone and texts her friends in bed and she doesn’t sleep well.


Arnie usually gets up at 7 a.m. every day. He never plays any sports, but he sometimes goes for a bike ride at the weekend. In the evening, he usually plays video games until 9.30 p.m. and then goes to bed at about 10.30 p.m. He never uses his phone in bed, but he sometimes reads until late. He always sleeps well and isn’t tired.
5 PAIRWORK Usate i suggerimenti nel riquadro per fare domande e rispondere sulle routine del sonno di Mia e Arnie.
often tired? • What time / get up? • How often / do sport? What / do in the evening?
• use phone in bed? have a snack before bed?
• What time / go to bed? What / do in bed? • sleep well? • have a good sleep routine?
6 PAIRWORK Ora rispondete alle domande nel box di autovalutazione. Poi confrontatevi tra voi. Ripetete l’attività se necessario.
Durante la conversazione:
sono riuscito/a facilmente a fare domande con il Present simple sono riuscito/a facilmente a collocare avverbi ed espressioni di frequenza al posto giusto sono riuscito/a facilmente a comprendere le domande del/la mio/a compagno/a e a rispondere di conseguenza
PEER FEEDBACK
Durante la conversazione, il/la mio/a compagno/a:
ha fatto domande corrette con il Present simple, invertendo il soggetto e l’ausiliare ha risposto usando correttamente sia la forma affermativa che quella negativa del Present simple ha pronunciato correttamente le attività del tempo libero e gli avverbi e le espressioni di frequenza


What sports do children and young people like? Popular sports in the UK are, of course, football, basketball, swimming and tennis. There are other sports that are popular but they’re not very well-known in other countries. Children and young people often play these sports at school and at local clubs.
There are two teams, with seven players on each team. Each player plays on a specific part of the court and can’t move to other areas. It’s similar to basketball because there is a hoop at each end of the court to score goals, but you can’t run with the ball. Girls usually play netball at school.



1 PAIRWORK Look at these objects. Which sports can you think of?



In this game you’ve got a racket and a net, like in tennis, but the net is high and similar to a volleyball net. You don’t use a ball, but a special object called a shuttlecock. You hit the shuttlecock over the net but it doesn’t bounce. You can play this game as singles or doubles. Professional matches are inside on a court, but you can play a fun game in your garden or on the beach.



2 Read and listen to the text. Match the names of the sports to the objects in ex. 1. Which sports use two of the objects?
3 Read the text again and answer the questions.
1 How many players are on a netball team?
2 What can’t you do in netball?
3 What objects do you use for a badminton match?
4 Is badminton an individual sport?
5 Why do cricket players wear protection on their legs and head?
6 When do people usually play cricket?

This is a very popular game in England, with two teams of eleven players. You use a ball and a bat. The players wear a helmet and protection on their legs because the ball is very hard. The matches are outside and they usually take place in the summer because you can’t play cricket in the rain. The rules are very complicated and a match can last for five days! It isn’t an Olympic sport but there are a lot of national and international competitions. Cricket is popular with men, but there are also separate competitions for women.

campo canestro shuttlecock volano colpire durare

Citizenship: The importance of sport

1 What do you know about cricket? Answer the question. Then watch the video or listen, and check.
Where is cricket very popular?
Tick (4) the countries.
England
USA
France India Japan
Australia

2 Answer the questions. Then watch or listen again, and check.
What time of year do people play cricket? In the summer.
1 What colour clothes do cricketers traditionally wear?
2 Do girls play cricket at school?
3 What colour is a traditional cricket ball?
4 How many wickets (=porte) are there?
3 YOUR TURN What are popular team sports in your country? Do some research on one sport and take notes. Think about:
• where people play it
• the equipment you need

• the number of players
• how you play it
4 ORAL PRESENTATION Now use your notes from ex. 3 and give your presentation to the class.


STEP 1 – LET’S START
1 Listen to Sara reading a page from her journal. Tick (4) the sections you hear.
I’m grateful for…
My challenge of the day is…
My goal for the day is…
Today I feel…
My to-do list is…
Today I’m proud of…
STEP 2 – THINK
2 PAIRWORK Choose three good reasons to keep a journal, then share them with your partner. Are they the same?







keep memories find your own space reflect on your daily life tell secrets write about your emotions improve your writing skills develop your creativity
STEP 3 – YOUR TURN
3 Look at the beginning of the sentences in ex. 1. Choose three to include in your journal for today and write full sentences.
4 Present your journal to the class. If you want, you can make a short video of your presentation and share it with your classmates.


LET’S START
1 PAIRWORK Which subjects are difficult for you? Which are easy? Compare your ideas with a partner. Give reasons for your choices.

2 You and your classmates want to study together for the next tests. Look at the timetable to see when the exams are and the number of pages you need to study. Take notes.
3 GROUPWORK You and your classmates decide to meet twice a week (8 meetings). Together, discuss which subjects and the pages to study each day and complete your study plan.
Starting the discussion OK. We have ... pages to study. Which subjects are difficult? Suggesting ideas We can start with maths. Can we study two subjects in one meeting? Checking understanding Is this okay with you? Is everything clear?
Agreeing or disagreeing That’s a good idea. I’m not sure that’s a good plan. Making decisions Let’s do this subject first. Okay. Let’s write it in the plan.


PEER FEEDBACK
4 PAIRWORK Think about the groupwork activity. Answer the questions.
AI ACTIVITY
Ask a generative AI program to create your study plan.
Step 1 Describe the situation to the chatbot (see ex. 2 and 3).
Ask the chatbot to suggest a study plan. Step 2 Look at the results.
1 How similar are the plans?
2 Are there any mistakes? If so, why? 3 Do you think using AI chatbots to create study plans is a good idea? Why? / Why not?







I’m starving
Ben I’m starving. What have you got for lunch?
Noah A cheese and tomato sandwich and a strawberry yogurt.
Ben I’m allergic to strawberries. This is a killer burger.
Noah A lot of meat isn’t good for you, Ben.
Ben It’s a plant burger, actually.
Noah Are you a vegan now? Lexi’s a vegan.
Ben No, I’m not. I love eating meat, but this is delicious.
Noah And healthy, and good for the planet. Lexi says…
Ben Yeah, whatever. Can I have a biscuit?
Noah Sure! These are my vegan biscuits for Lexi. They haven’t got any eggs or butter.
Ben Mmm... maybe later.
Noah I love cooking. Shall I make some cakes for our car wash day?
Ben Good idea. I don’t like cooking and I can’t stand washing cars or cleaning. Can I just take photos?
Noah No, we’re all part of the youth club and we can all wash cars. Okay?
Ben Okay. I’m in! plant (qui) vegetariano

1 Look at the picture. Does Ben like his burger?


2 Watch the video or listen. What’s special about Ben’s burger?
3 Now read, listen and repeat.
4 Read the dialogue again and answer the questions. What has Noah got for lunch? He’s got a sandwich and a yogurt.
1 Why can’t Ben eat strawberries? 2 Who is a vegan?
3 What does Noah love doing?
4 Why does Ben want to take photos on the car wash day?


a in realtà b Sto morendo di fame! c Ci sto! d pazzesco
5 Complete the sentences. Then check your answers using the dialogue.


SEL Read the question and talk with your partner. Noah rimprovera Ben perché tutti devono collaborare allo stesso modo. Quali qualità credi siano necessarie per lavorare bene in squadra?




Vocabulary Booster pp. 252-253
1 Match the words to the photos. Then watch the video or listen, and check.
sausages • eggs • strawberries • mushrooms • rice • apples • steak • cheese butter • potatoes • carrots • pears • salad • tomatoes • bread • tuna • chicken yogurt • milk • water • fruit juice • fizzy drink • ice cream • cakes
Listen to the words from ex. 1 in American English. Note that: fizzy drinks soda biscuits cookies crisps chips bread



Si può usare il verbo have per parlare di quello che mangiamo spesso.
I have biscuits and milk in the morning.




























2 Complete the words. The first letter is given. For breakfast, I have milk or fruit juice to drink.
1 For lunch, my dad has a vegetarian sandwich with b and c
2 In the summer, we often have i c in the afternoon.
3 At the school cafeteria, we can’t buy f d , only water.
4 My favourite pizza is margherita with t and cheese.
5 Joe sometimes has a y or an a as a snack at school.
3 Read the definitions and write the name of the food. This is a type of white meat. chicken
1 These are long, thin and orange vegetables.
2 It’s white and you use it for sushi.
3 You need these to make chips.
4 These sweet things are perfect for birthdays.
5 This meat is in a long shape.
6 This fruit is small, red and sweet.
4 Listen to three friends talking about the food at school. Which meal is Harry’s favourite? Which is Molly’s favourite?
Harry Molly






SOUNDS GOOD
5 Listen and repeat the words. /ı -/ fish chip its drink /i:/ meat cheese tea she
6 Listen and tick (4) the sound you hear. /ı -/ /i:/ milk
1 please 2 biscuits
3 three 4 tin
5 peas
6 chicken 7 tea
7 PAIRWORK Ask and answer questions about what you and your family eat at different times of the day. Use the prompts from the box to help you.
have for breakfast / lunch / dinner? have a snack at school / after school?
I have some biscuits and a glass of milk. What do you have for breakfast? Yes, she does. She has a sandwich or an apple. Does your sister have a snack at school?


8 Watch the video or listen. Where are the biscuits from?
9 Now read and complete the dialogue with the words from the box. Then listen again and check.
like making • can’t stand • love baking • like watching
Lexi These vegan biscuits are good! Which shop are they from?
Noah They’re my biscuits. I (1)
Lexi Really? Me too! Do you (2) videos for new recipes?





Noah Yes, I do, but I (3) the ‘What I eat in a day’ videos.
Lexi Why? I (4) them sometimes.
Noah You make videos? Oh, well… they aren’t so bad, after all.
Do you like vegetables? What’s your favourite food? What drinks do you like?
Do you like cooking? What do you think of fast food?
Yes, I do. I love them. / No, I don’t. I hate them.
My favourite food is pizza.
I really like milk. / I can’t stand coffee. Yes, I love it. / No, I don’t like it.
I love it, especially kebabs. / It’s okay, but I don’t like burgers very much.
10 Put the dialogue in the correct order.
Lisa I love fizzy drinks, but I drink them once or twice a week.
Lisa I can’t stand it. I don’t like hot drinks.
Lisa Hi Julian. What’s your favourite drink?

Lisa I have milk and cereal for breakfast, or a yogurt. What do you eat?
Julian Really? I love tea. I have tea for breakfast every day.
Julian I don’t like eating in the morning so I only have tea.
Julian I love bubble tea. What drinks do you like?
Julian What do you think of tea?
11 PAIRWORK Ask and answer questions about what you like eating and drinking for different meals. breakfast • lunch • snack • dinner
Lucia, what’s your favourite food for lunch? I like...
I love pasta but I don’t like tomatoes. I usually have pasta with cheese. What snacks do you like?

12 Write two words for each picture. Then listen, check and repeat. fresh • spicy • sweet • salty • healthy • delicious Spicy and crisps and salad and chocolate cake


14 Watch the video or listen. What’s Ms Harris’s food like?
15 Put the dialogue in the correct order. Then listen again and check.
Ms Harris Lunch is ready! Here’s a typical dish from Thailand.
Ms Harris Try it! It’s delicious.
Ms Harris It’s spicy, but healthy with a lot of vegetables.
Ben Oh, Noah says ‘Shall we have lunch together at my house?’ Sorry Mum!
Ben I don’t like spicy food.
Ben What’s it like?
What do you think of Italian food? What are these crisps like? Is this popcorn salty? It’s delicious and healthy. They’re salty and spicy. No, it isn’t. It’s sweet.


Other adjectives: disgusting bitter tasty SPEAKING TIPS


16 PAIRWORK Ask and answer questions about different food. Use the ideas from the box, or your own ideas. burgers • salad • fish • tacos • sushi
What is sushi like?
13 In pairs, take turns to say a food and an adjective to describe it. Delicious. Fizzy drinks? It’s healthy and delicious. Chocolate?


I love eating meat.
hate / can’t stand don’t like don’t mind like really like/love
I verbi di preferenza (like, love, hate, can’t stand) sono seguiti da un nome o dalla forma in -ing. He loves pizza. He loves eating pizza.
La forma in -ing si ottiene aggiungendo -ing alla forma base del verbo.
eat ➞ eating, cook ➞ cooking, play ➞ playing
VARIAZIONI ORTOGRAFICHE
• Se il verbo termina in -e, la -e cade. have ➞ having live ➞ living
• Se un verbo di una sola sillaba termina in vocale + consonante, si raddoppia la consonante. run ➞ running swim ➞ swimming
1 Write the -ing form of these verbs. listen
2 Complete the sentences with the -ing form of
write • do • play • make • study • visit • cook
We love visiting our grandparents.
1 I hate homework!
2 The students love videos.
3 We don’t like at the weekend!
4 Ellie can’t stand short stories.
5 My dad doesn’t like fish.
6 Do you like football?
3
Write sentences about Liam and Nicole’s likes and dislikes. Use like, love, hate and can’t stand.

chat to friends play video games shop read listen to music go to the cinema play sports Liam doesn’t like chatting to friends and reading.
4 What things do you like / don’t you like? Write six true sentences.
Countable and uncountable nouns
/
numero. I nomi non numerabili (uncountable) hanno solo la forma del singolare (bread). Non possono essere preceduti da a/an/the o da un numero.


5 Look at the pictures and write C (countable) or U (uncountable).








6 Write the countable nouns in ex. 5 in the plural form.
7 Choose the correct alternative.

A lot of meat isn’t good for you, Ben. They haven’t got any eggs or butter. Shall I make some cakes for our car wash day?
Nomi numerabili Nomi non numerabili
I’ve got a lot of sandwiches.

4
There’s a lot of sugar in this cake!
There are some bananas on the table. There is some milk in the fridge.
8 There aren’t any tomatoes. There isn’t any juice.
? Are there any apples? Is there any cheese?
• A lot of (“molto, molti”, ecc.) si usa per parlare di grandi quantità.
• A lot of, some e any possono essere usati sia con i nomi numerabili sia con quelli non numerabili. Ricorda che si usa some nelle frasi affermative e any in quelle negative e nelle domande.
Unit 3, p. 77
Plural nouns p. 78 Rules p. 187
Here’s my lunch box for school. So, what’s inside? Well, there are a / two cheese and salad (1) sandwiches / sandwich, (2) a / an apple and a (3) yogurts / yogurt. Oh, I’ve got (4) five / a biscuits and (5) water / waters too. I love opening my lunch box because there’s always a surprise inside. What is it today? Aha! Yes, it’s mum’s chocolate (6) cakes / cake!
Revision of a, an, the
8 Complete the dialogue with a, an, the.
Luke Let’s make an apple pie.
Sue OK. I've got (1) lemon, (2) apple, some flour.
Luke We need more apples and two eggs. Can you go to (3) shops?
Sue No, (4) money I’ve got is not enough.
Luke Let’s go together then. You buy (5) apples and I buy (6) eggs, OK?
Sue Sounds great!



Look at the pictures and write a lot of, some or any. There is a lot of water in the bath.





That’s Marta. Do you know her? I don’t want any fish, I don’t like it.
Subject pronouns I you he she it we you they Object pronouns me you him her it us you them
10 Choose the correct alternative. Toby doesn’t like carrots, he doesn’t eat us / them
1 Where’s my calculator? I need it / him.
2 Sophie is my best friend. I really like it / her.
3 That’s Thomas. Do you know her / him?
4 Is this present for me / you? Thank you!
5 We’re hungry. Can you make us / me a snack?
6 Can I tell you / me a secret?
11 Complete the mini dialogues with the pronouns from the box. him • it • them • me • you • her • us
1 Lisa Dad, we’re late. Can you drive us to school?
Dad Yes, no problem.
2 Jack These old video games are so cool! Ben Really? I don’t like (1)
3 Sarah Mum, I’ve got a note from school for (2) . Mum Okay, thanks dear. Put (3) on the table.
4 Emma Who’s that boy with red hair? Dan I don’t know (4) . I think he’s new.
5 Josh Dad, can you help (5) with these maths problems?
Dad Mum’s good at algebra – can you ask (6) ?
12 K Choose the correct option (A, B or C) to complete the text.
Every summer my family goes to a cabin in the forest in Scotland. It’s a special place and I love staying there. The cabin hasn’t got the Internet so we can’t use our tablets or phones, but there are still (1) fun things to do. I (2) walking in the forest with our dog Toby. You can see (3) animals and birds and I like taking photos of (4) . Toby (5) swimming in the lake too but I don’t like it – I hate cold water! My dad likes (6) at the cabin because there’s a big barbecue. My brother Christopher and I love burgers and Dad makes them for (7) every day! He cooks (8) of burgers – we’re always very hungry when we’re there!

A staying B stay C stays
1 A some B any C much
2 A likes B to like C like
3 A a lot of B an C any
4 A it B me C them
5 A hatest B loves C doesn’t like 6 A cook B cooking C cooks
7 A them B you C us
8 A a lot B some C any
13 Find ten mistakes in the text and correct them.
Hi, I’m Huw and I’m from Port Talbot in Wales. I love eat but I also like cook. For breakfast I have bread with butter and jam and milks or, at the weekend, I make pancakes. I love making it and serving it with banana and any chocolate –yum! I also liking preparing fruit smoothies for breakfast. I put yogurt, fresh fruit and a sugar in them and they’re delicious! In the evening my mum and I often make dinner together. She don’t like cook and she’s happy when I help her. My speciality is chicken risotto – we all love him. eating

1 Listen to a presentation about food in England and in Japan. What do they talk about? breakfast lunch dinner at home at a restaurant at school
2 Listen again and write J (Japan), E (England) or B (both). The packed lunch often includes a yogurt.
1 The food looks like cartoon characters.
2 Students can have a packed lunch from home or lunch from the canteen.
3 The packed lunch has rice.
4 The packed lunches are healthy.
5 The food has lots of different colours.
3 Complete the extracts. Then listen again and check.

ESPEAKING


In a Japanese student’s packed lunch there is usually (5) rice with fish, meat or (6) egg, as well as a (7) vegetables and fruit. These packed lunches in Japan are called bento boxes. Japanese mums usually prepare them for their children and (8) people make incredible creations with the food. A typical packed lunch in the UK is a sandwich, with (1) fruit and (2) yogurt. (3) schools in the UK have rules about students’ packed lunches. They can’t have (4) chocolate, cake or fizzy drinks because they’re not healthy foods.

4 PAIRWORK Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
1 What do people usually eat for lunch in your country? What do you usually have?
2 Are there foods or dishes that you love? What are they like?
3 What typical foods from your country don’t you like?
4 What do you usually eat on special occasions, for example a birthday or other celebration?
5 YOUR TURN Use the questions above to help prepare a short presentation on the food you eat every day and on special occasions.
I nomi di alcuni cibi e piatti italiani rimangono uguali in inglese – mozzarella, pizza, lasagne, spaghetti. Altri nomi invece non hanno un corrispondente in inglese, per cui puoi usare la parola italiana e aggiungere una breve descrizione del cibo o piatto.


SEE Look at the pictures. What foods can you see? THINK What do you think about these foods? WONDER What would you like to know about popular English foods?
Now watch the video. What foods do you like? fish and chips jacket potato full English breakfast roast dinner
1
Well, there’s the full English breakfast, but people don’t have it every morning. They don’t have much time before work or school to cook and eat sausages, eggs, mushrooms and bacon! Cereal, toast, tea and coffee are more common.

2
Meat, potatoes and vegetables are often the main ingredients in these two meals. One example is Shepherd’s Pie. This is meat and vegetables and there is mashed potato on the top. Toad in the hole is another classic. This is sausages and a batter of eggs, milk and flour. And, of course, everyone knows fish and chips. But do you know that mushy peas are the typical vegetable that people like eating with this dish?




3
Food in the UK today reflects the cultures present in the country and British people love eating a lot of different dishes, such as Italian, Mexican or Indian. Japanese food is very trendy at the moment.
Supermarkets have a lot of products from around the world so it is easy to find the ingredients to cook a meal at home. And there are a lot of places to eat food from different countries, from very expensive restaurants to cafés where you don’t spend a lot of money.
more più mashed potato puré di patate batter pastella mushy peas piselli schiacciati



READING
1 Match the names of the dishes in bold in the text to the photos.
2 Read and listen to the text. Write the correct heading for each paragraph.
What other food can you find in the UK?
What about lunch and dinner?
What do people have for breakfast?
3 INVALSI Read the text again and answer the questions using a maximum of 4 words.
When do people eat a Full English breakfast? In the morning.
1 What are the ingredients for Shepherd’s Pie?
2 What do people eat mushy peas with?
3 What do British people like eating?
4 Where can you eat food from different cultures?
WRITING A summary
4 Which of these expressions describe a summary?
short long lots of information complicated key words simple
5 Complete this summary of the text on page 180 with the words from the box. for example • about • but • or • and • because
The text is about popular English foods.
For breakfast, people sometimes eat a full English breakfast, but they usually have cereal and toast (1) they don’t have time.
For lunch (2) dinner there are a lot of dishes with meat, potatoes and vegetables, (3) British people also like dishes from other countries, (4) Italian, Mexican, Indian and Japanese food. You can buy the products for these dishes in the supermarket (5) you can eat them in restaurants and cafés.
6 ES Read the text on pages 192-193 and write a summary. Use this guide to help you.
This text is about what three different teens eat on special occasions.
Lucy talks about what she and her family usually eat at Christmas. On Christmas Day, they always have (small sausages with bacon) and Christmas pudding with a lot of dried for Rashid says that for Diwali (the Festival of Lights) they usually eat
He helps but sometimes Connor .
WRITING TIPS
Prima di iniziare a scrivere, sottolinea le parole chiave e le parti principali del testo. Poi scrivi il tuo riassunto usando frasi brevi e semplici.


I’m starving
1 Indica (4) le cose che Ben e Noah hanno da mangiare a pranzo. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo il dialogo e controlla.
cheese sandwich
yogurt plant burger cakes
ham sandwich apples chips biscuits
2 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo il dialogo e controlla.
Noah (1) A lot of / Any meat isn’t good for you, Ben.
Ben It’s a plant burger, actually.
Noah Are you a vegan now? Lexi’s a vegan.
Ben No, I’m not. I love (2) eat / eating meat, but this is delicious.
Noah And healthy, and good for the planet. Lexi says…
Ben Yeah, whatever. Can I have (3) a / some biscuit?
Noah Sure! These are my vegan (4) biscuit / biscuits for Lexi. They haven’t got (5) any / some eggs or butter.
Ben Mmm... maybe later.
3 BE REAL Completa il dialogo con le espressioni nel riquadro.
actually • I’m starving • killer • I’m in
Kai Is it lunchtime? (1)
Dad Yes, it’s 12.30. Where do you want to go?
Lucy Let’s go to Piccolo’s! They have (2) pizzas.
Dad I don’t like their pizzas (3) They’re very salty.
Kai Let’s go to Sakura!
Lucy Sushi? Perfect. (4) !

1 Ascolta e ripeti. Poi scrivi la traduzione.
Food apples
bread
butter cakes
carrots
cheese chicken
eggs
ice cream
mushrooms
pears potatoes
rice
salad
sausages
steak
strawberries
tomatoes
tuna yogurt
Drinks
fizzy drink
fruit juice
milk
water
Adjectives for food
delicious
fresh healthy
salty spicy
sweet


VOCABULARY MAPS
2 Completa la mappa con le parole nel riquadro.
cakes
3 Aggiungi alla mappa altre parole che conosci.


Food and drinks
1 Completa le parole.






3 Completa il dialogo con le parole nel riquadro.
fruit • strawberry • cake • sandwich steak • cake • milk
Mark What’s for dinner tonight, Mum? I’m starving!
Mum Steak and chips.
Mark Great! Is it ready?
Mum No, it’s only four o’clock! Do you want a snack? Look, there’s (1) in the bowl, there’s grandma’s (2) or I can make you a cheese (3) .
Mark OK, a big piece of (4) and a glass of (5) , oh, and a (6) yogurt as well.
Mum Oh, you really are hungry!
about likes and dislikes
4 Completa il dialogo con le espressioni nel riquadro.
what’s your • do you like • really like chicken I hate • stand • love cake • like pasta
David Oh look, chocolate cake! I love cake!
Grant Me too but I can’t (1) cooking.





David Really? I like cooking, especially with my grandma. So, (2) favourite food?
Grant That’s a difficult question! Er, well, I (3) and chips but my favourite food is pasta.















David Really? I don’t (4) I love burgers.














Grant And (5) fruit?
David Yes, I do. I love apples and strawberries but (6) pears.

5 Ascolta le domande e abbinale alle risposte.
a Yes, I love it.











b I love pasta.
c I really like bananas and strawberries.
d No, I don’t. I hate them.
e It’s OK, but I don’t like tomato pizza very much.

6 Completa il dialogo con una parola per ogni spazio.
Ilaria Do you want a sandwich, Omar?
Omar Thanks. What’s in it?
Ilaria It’s tuna and salad. Do you (1) tuna?
Omar Yes, I (2) . I love it. Is there butter in it?
Ilaria Yes, there is.
Omar Ugh, I (3) stand butter.
Ilaria Oh come on, Omar. Try it.
Omar OK. Mmm.
Ilaria What do you (4) of it?
Omar It’s OK, but I (5) like butter.
7 Trova sei aggettivi per descrivere il cibo nel wordsnake.
8 Sottolinea la sillaba accentata. Poi ascolta e controlla. strawberries • apple • salad • sausages • butter delicious • potatoes • healthy • mushrooms
9 Riordina il dialogo.
Nick My chicken quesadilla? It’s delicious! Try it… there’s chicken, cheese and vegetables in it. 1
10 Leggi la domanda e scegli la risposta corretta (A, B o C).
Are these sausages salty?
A Four, please.
B No, they aren’t.
C Yes, I do.
1 What’s the salad like?
A It’s delicious.
B I don’t like cakes.
C I can’t stand them.
2 What do you think of the steak?
A No, it isn’t.
B Yes, I love them.
C It’s very salty.
3 Are the vegetables fresh?
A No, they aren’t.
B No, I hate it.
C No, not for me, thank you.
4 What are the strawberries like?
A I love it.
B I don’t like pears.
C They’re very sweet.
COMMUNICATION ROUND-UP
11 Scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C).

Alice So, what do you think of Mexican food?
Alice Is it salty?
Alice …and it’s healthy too.
Alice What is this chicken like?
Nick Yes, that’s right. The vegetables are always very fresh.
Nick No, it isn’t… come on, try it!
Nick Oh, I love it. I really like spicy food.
Do you like fizzy drinks? I love them but they’re not very (1) so I can only have (2) fizzy drink a week. My favourite food is definitely burger and chips but I (3) vegetables too. I can’t stand mushrooms and I don’t like rice. What about you? What do you (4) of British food? I love it! The cakes are (5) ! So, reply to my blog and answer these questions. What’s your favourite food? (6) it like? What drinks do you like? Bye!
A drinking B drinks C drink
1 A delicious B salty C healthy
2 A one B an C the
3 A hate B stand C like
4 A like B think C want
5 A delicious B spicy C salty
6 A Where’s B What’s C Why’s


like, love, hate + -ing
Si usano i verbi di preferenza (like, love, don’t mind, hate, can’t stand) per parlare di gusti e dire quello che ci piace e non ci piace.
Questi verbi possono essere seguiti da un nome o dalla forma in -ing del verbo.
She hates chicken. My parents love eating Chinese food.
La forma in -ing si ottiene aggiungendo -ing alla forma base del verbo.
eat ➞ eating speak ➞ speaking
• Se il verbo termina in -e, si toglie la -e e si aggiunge -ing. live ➞ living
• Se il verbo è di una sola sillaba e termina in vocale + consonante, si raddoppia la consonante. stop ➞ stopping
1 Completa le frasi con la forma in -ing dei verbi tra parentesi.
Martin loves eating (eat) fast food.
1 Haya doesn’t mind (study) at the weekend.
2 My uncle likes (watch) football on TV.
3 I don’t like (drink) fruit juice in the morning.
4 Rachel and Jules love (live) in France.
5 Heidi can’t stand (play) hockey at school.
6 Grant and his brother like (run) marathons.
7 Maya likes (make) cakes.
8 Noah and Kim really like (swim) in lakes.
2 Guarda la tabella e scrivi delle frasi su Lisa e Tom.
3 Guarda le emoji e completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei verbi di preferenza e la forma in -ing di quelli tra parentesi.
Alice loves shopping (shop) on Saturdays.
1 I (cook) dinner.
2 My sister (go) for a run in the mornings.
3 Chris and Dan (speak) French.
4 Luke (drink) milk at lunchtime.
5 Heisha and Leila (make) cakes at the weekend.
Countable and uncountable nouns
• I nomi numerabili (countable nouns) indicano cose, animali e persone che si possono contare; hanno il singolare e il plurale: egg, eggs
• I nomi non numerabili (uncountable nouns) indicano cose che non si possono contare; hanno solo il singolare: sugar
• Solo i nomi numerabili possono essere preceduti da a/an/the o da un numero.
• Per indicare una quantità precisa con i nomi non numerabili si usano altre espressioni: a bottle of water a cup of coffee Containers p. 152
4 Completa la tabella con le parole nel riquadro. water • apple • pear • milk • butter rice • potato • snack • cheese fruit • sugar • biscuit
5 Ora aggiungi altre due parole in ciascun gruppo dell’es. 4.
Lisa

6 Completa le frasi con le parole nel riquadro. Poi scrivi se le parole sono numerabili (C) o non numerabili (U). Ci sono tre parole in più.
eggs • apples • sandwiches • biscuits • mushrooms water • butter • salad • sugar • cake
Mum makes me jam sandwiches (C) every day.
1 I always take a bottle of ( ) to football practice.
2 I love putting ( ) on my bread.
3 Would you like a piece of ( )?
4 You need three ( ) to make the omelette.
5 I have milk and ( ) for breakfast.
6 Do you want ( ) in your coffee?
7 Sottolinea nel testo i nomi dei cibi che trovi. Poi inseriscili nella colonna giusta.
Do you like cakes and biscuits? Then, come to Maggie’s Cake Shop. We’ve got really tasty chicken and tuna sandwiches for lunch or just have a cup of coffee. Do you like fruit juice? We’ve got lots of flavours, but we’ve got fizzy drinks too. See you soon!
Countable nouns Uncountable nouns
Singular Plural Only singular cake cakes a lot of, some, any (2)
LEARN IT!
• Per parlare di quantità con i nomi numerabili e non numerabili si usano a lot of, some, any.
• A lot of (“molto/molti”) si usa per parlare di grandi quantità. Si usa nelle frasi affermative. Lots of è la forma più colloquiale di a lot of. There’s a lot of/lots of meat sauce, we can make lasagna.
• Some e any (“alcuni”) si usano per parlare di quantità indefinite. Some si usa nelle frasi affermative e any in quelle negative e nelle domande. We’ve got some potatoes, but there aren’t any onions.


Quando si tratta di richieste e offerte, si usa sempre some anche nelle domande.
Would you like some sugar?
Can I have some water?
8 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Have you got any / a lot of cheese for the sandwich?
1 There is a lot of / any salt in the pasta!
2 Are there some / any apples in the cake?
3 There isn’t any / some fruit juice in the fridge.
4 We’ve got some / a lot of butter but not a lot.
5 Has she got some / any water with her?
6 There’s some / any tuna in the salad.
7 Would you like any / some biscuits?
8 Can we have some / any tea?
9 Completa il dialogo con a lot of, some o any.
Mum Greta, can you go to the supermarket for me? We need some things.
Greta OK… tell me what to buy.
Mum OK, well, we haven’t got (1) bananas or strawberries and we need (2) milk.
Greta OK.
Mum And get (3) bread and eggs too. Have you got (4) money?
Greta No, I haven’t got (5) money.
Mum OK, here’s (6) money. Oh, get some ice cream as well. We’ve still got (7) chocolate ice cream, but there isn’t (8) vanilla.
Greta OK, just vanilla then!
LEARN IT!
Si usano i pronomi personali complemento per evitare di ripetere un nome. Si mettono sempre dopo un verbo o una preposizione. I really like him She doesn’t know them Listen to me, please.



10 Completa le frasi con i pronomi personali complemento nel riquadro.
him • her • us • you • it • them • me
Look! It’s Francesca! Do you remember her?
1 I don’t like fizzy drinks. I never drink .
2 Can you help , please?

3 Can you say that again? I don’t understand .
4 Where’s my smartphone? I can’t find
5 Mark is my cousin. I really like
6 Dad! Harry and I are hungry. Can you make a sandwich, please?
11 Completa il dialogo con i pronomi personali complemento corretti.
Max Have you got a present for me?
Zara Yes, I’ve got some fresh strawberries for (1) .
Max Oh thanks but I don’t like (2)
Zara Oh right.
Max My mum likes strawberries. Let’s take (3) to (4)

13 K Scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C).































Zara OK. Good idea. Can you take (5) on your scooter, I mean… me and you?
Max Yeah, but can you make (6) a snack first, please?
Zara No way!
GRAMMAR ROUND-UP
12 Scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C).
Helen can’t stand cooking on Sundays. A to cook B cooking
1 Is there water on the table?
some B a C any
2 We like studying at the weekend. A do B doesn’t C don’t
3 Can you help with the shopping?
4 I haven’t got money – my wallet is empty.
some
5 What do you hate in the holidays? A to do B do C doing
6 Would you like coffee? A an B any C some
7 There are delicious biscuits in the box. A any B some C a lot


Hi! I’m Miriam and I love food! I really (1) cooking and (2) cakes. My speciality is pasta with potatoes, peas and mushrooms – Mum and Dad love (3) ! I also make a fantastic omelette with sausages and (4) cheese, but when I haven’t got (5) sausages, I use chicken. Yummy! And cakes… I make 6) of cakes every week – three or four at least!













A loves B love C to love 1 A like B hate C can’t stand 2 A make
































15 Traduci le frasi.
I need to buy some eggs for the cake. Ho bisogno di comprare delle uova per la torta.
1 Your cake is delicious! I love it!
2 I love chips – I eat them every day.
3 Helen and Ivan hate going shopping. 4 Mum likes eating healthy food.
5 Rob can’t stand fish, but he doesn’t mind tuna.



READING




2 K Rileggi il testo e scrivi Melanie (M), Tyler (T) o Sky (S).










1 Leggi e ascolta il testo. Abbina i nomi delle persone al loro piatto preferito.











Which teen… has a family member with a restaurant? M
1 can’t eat chocolate?
2 eats different food to the rest of the family?
3 eats junk food once a month?
4 likes trying new things?
5 cooks once a week?
LISTENING



Today let’s talk to some teenagers about their favourite foods. Do they all eat junk food every day or do they eat healthy food, too?
‘I’m really adventurous with food and I like ALL food. My favourite? That’s very difficult. I like spicy things, so my favourite is Mexican food – tacos with meat and chilli. My granny is from Turkey and she has a restaurant, but I rarely go there to eat – only about once a month. I want to try new and different dishes!’
‘I love burgers, chips, kebabs… My mum isn’t happy about that but I only go to a burger bar or kebab shop about once a month, so I think that it’s okay. I eat healthy food at home: salad, pasta, fish and lots of vegetables. My diet is good. I never have fizzy drinks and I don’t eat any chocolate because I’m allergic to it.’
‘My family loves food. They eat many different things, but I’m a bit fussy. There are many things that I don’t like – carrots, broccoli, apples, milk, cheese – the list is very long. But I love pasta! It’s my favourite food and I make it every Saturday for my family. It’s the only thing we all eat together! But no cheese for me!’
3 Ascolta la conversazione tra due ragazzi e indica (4) dove si trovano. at home in the school canteen on a picnic in a café

4 INVALSI Ascolta di nuovo e abbina le due parti delle frasi. Ci sono due opzioni in più.
a school lunches. b chips. c spicy food. d picnics. e mushrooms. f Italian food. g pizza.


1 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
1 I always drink water / fruit / fizzy juice in the morning.
2 Do you like milk / rice / ice cream?
3 My favourite fruit is mushrooms / potatoes / pears.
4 Nadine usually has a salad / butter / bread for lunch.
5 Is there any yogurt / cake / cheese in the sandwich?
6 Can I have sausages / strawberries / apples and chips, please?
7 Does Matt have milk and tuna / biscuits / rice for breakfast?
8 Let’s have a quick egg / sugar / snack.
2 Completa le frasi con le parole mancanti. La prima lettera di ciascuna parola è data.
1 Mmm, this chocolate ice cream is d !
2 Have you got any f fruit?
3 I love this fruit juice – it’s s !
4 These crips are very s .
5 The Mediterranean diet is very h .
6 Mexican food is often very s
GRAMMAR
3 Completa le frasi con la forma in -ing dei verbi nel riquadro.
cook • shop • drink • chat • have • study
1 Richard loves coffee in the morning.
2 We really like for clothes.
3 I hate for tests.
4 Alex can’t stand fish.
5 Do you like to friends online?
6 What does your brother love for a snack?
4 Scrivi C (Countable) se la parola è numerabile o U (Uncountable) se non è numerabile.
1 cheese 2 water 3 potato
5 Completa le frasi con some, any, a o a lot of.
1 Do you want tea?
2 We’ve got tomatoes in the fridge, maybe three or four.
3 There are apples, two or three kilos.
4 Helen doesn’t want sandwich for lunch.
5 Have they got steak on the menu?
6 Fran doesn’t need bread.
6 Scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C).
1 Oh no, I’m late! Mum, can you take to school? A her B me C us
2 Strawberries? I love ! A it B him C them
3 Liam loves cooking – ask to make lunch. A him B her C it
4 I’ve got some sandwiches for – here you are. A her B you C me
5 Is that my coffee? Can you put on the table? A them B us C it
6 Rebecca is my sister. Do you know ? A her B me C it
7 Completa il dialogo con una parola per ogni spazio.
Will What do you (1) of Spanish food, Ellen?
Ellen Oh, I love it. (2) delicious and healthy.
Will (3) your favourite Spanish food?
Ellen Tapas, definitely, and you?
Will I really (4) paella but my favourite food is burger and chips.
Ellen Ha! And what drinks (5) you like?
Will Water, milk and fruit juice.
Ellen Ugh milk no, I (6) stand it! Come on, let’s get a cup of tea!


Explaining your favourite recipe
1 Guarda queste due ricette. Poi ascolta e indica (4) quale ricetta Matt e sua madre vogliono fare.

• 200g flour
• 1 tbsp sugar
• 3 large eggs
• 25g butter
• 200ml milk
- 450g sugar
- 1 packet of butter (225g)
- 150g chocolate
- 5 eggs - 110g flour - 55g cocoa

2 Ora completa la descrizione degli ingredienti per la ricetta ‘Chocolate brownies’.
For chocolate brownies, you need a lot of sugar, 450 grams. Then you need (1) packet of (2) and (3) chocolate, about 150 grams, and (4) eggs. This recipe makes (5) of brownies – 24!
3 Qual è la tua torta o biscotto preferito?
Trova una sua immagine, poi scrivi la lista degli ingredienti e delle quantità di cui hai bisogno.
4 PAIRWORK Student A, spiega la tua ricetta a Student B. Usa il testo dell’es. 2 come modello. Student B, leggi le domande del box di autovalutazione e prendi appunti. Poi scambiatevi di ruolo.
5 PAIRWORK Ora rispondete alle domande del box di autovalutazione. Poi confrontatevi fra voi. Ripetete l’attività se necessario.
SELF-FEEDBACK
Nella mia presentazione: ricordavo facilmente i nomi degli ingredienti ricordavo quali nomi sono numerabili e quali no sono riuscito/a a dire facilmente le quantità
PEER FEEDBACK
Nella sua presentazione, il/la mio/a compagno/a: ha usato correttamente a/an ha usato correttamente some, any, a lot of ha pronunciato correttamente i nomi degli ingredienti è riuscito/a a dire correttamente le quantità


‘In my family, we have a lot of traditional foods at Christmas. On Christmas Day, we always have roast turkey with pigs in blankets for lunch. The name is very strange, but they’re delicious. They’re small sausages wrapped in slices of bacon. Yum! There are lots of roast potatoes and vegetables too. My dad always makes a Christmas pudding for dessert. It’s got lots of dried fruit, sugar and butter. I don’t like it very much but I usually have a small piece so my dad is happy.’








‘For Diwali, the Festival of Lights, I help my mum prepare mithai – Indian sweets. There are many types of sweets and they’re all delicious. The main ingredients are usually different types of flour, milk, and sugar. My favourites are Kalakand and Gulab Jamun. Kalakand has nuts on the top and Gulab Jamun are small balls in a sugar syrup. The original recipes can take a long time to make, so sometimes we buy the sweets at our local shop.’

1 Write the words from the box under the correct picture.

















2 Read and listen to the text. Match the foods in bold in the text to the pictures.



‘This is my favourite time of the year. I love spooky things. I decorate the house and garden with spiders, witches, pumpkins and skeletons. I make biscuits with my mum and we decorate them with orange, black and white icing. Some people make or buy toffee apples at Halloween. You put a stick in an apple and then you cover the apple in toffee. I can’t stand them. They’re really hard and the sugar is bad for your teeth.’


c

1
a not good for your
f take a lot of time
4 Write sentences about Lucy, Rashid and Connor. What food do/don’t they like? Use the expressions from the boxes to help you.


What do you know about drinking tea in the UK? Answer the question. Then watch the video or listen, and check.
How many cups of tea do people in the UK drink every day?
250 million
60 million
100 million

2 Put the steps in order. Then watch or listen again, and check.
Pour the tea into the cup.
Boil some water in a kettle.
Add the boiling water.
Add some cold milk and sugar.
Put the teabags in the teapot.
Let the tea infuse.
3 YOUR TURN What food or drink is popular every day or on special occasions/festivities in your country? Choose one thing and do some research. Think about:
• the name of the food/drink
• when people eat/drink this
• the main ingredients and how to make it
• your opinion of it
4 ORAL PRESENTATION Now use your notes from ex. 3 and give your presentation to the class.









Lexi Are we ready? Where’s Noah? What’s he doing?
Chloe He’s writing the signs for the car wash.
Lexi Is Ben helping him?
Chloe No, he isn’t. He’s getting some buckets and sponges
Lexi Perfect. Now we want a lot of people with dirty cars.
Chloe And a lot of money!
Noah What are we waiting for?
Ben Let’s wash cars!
Chloe Ben! Noah! What are you wearing?
Noah A swimming costume and flip flops… perfect for washing cars. You girls aren’t wearing the right clothes…
Chloe We’ve got jeans and a T-shirt. What’s the problem?
Lexi Guys! Our first customer! Come on, let’s start!
Later…
Lexi I’m exhausted… Chloe, what are you doing?
Chloe I’m counting the money… and guess what? We’ve got £175!
Lexi Awesome! That means we can start planning for the new games room…
Chloe Watch out! Ben, what are you doing?
Lexi Noah! Not fair!
Ben & Noah Water fight!! buckets secchi sponges spugne counting contando
1 Look at the picture. Tick (4) the clothes you see. flip flops trainers
baseball cap jeans
T-shirt swimming costume
2 Watch the video or listen. What is the total amount of money they have got at the end of the day?
3 Now read, listen and repeat.
4 Read the dialogue again and complete the sentences with one or two names.
Noah is writing the signs for the car wash.
1 is getting some buckets and sponges.
2 are wearing swimming costumes and flip flops.
3 are wearing jeans and T-shirts.
4 is counting the money.


BE REAL
Find the English equivalent for these expressions in the dialogue.
1 Sono esausta
2 Indovina?
3 Stai attenta!
4 Non vale!
5 Match the two parts of the dialogue. Then read the dialogue again and check your answers.
1 What’s he doing?
2 Is Ben helping?
3 What are we waiting for?
4 What are you wearing?


a Let’s wash cars!
b A swimming costume and flip flops.
c He’s writing the signs for the car wash.
d No, he isn’t.

BE SATISFIED
SEL Leggi la domanda e discutine in coppia.
Gli amici si sono impegnati e hanno raggiunto il loro obiettivo di raccogliere soldi per la games room. Come ti senti quando realizzi un tuo obiettivo?


Listen to the words from ex. 1 in American English.
Note that: trainers sneakers trousers pants jumper sweater


1 Match the words to the photos. Then watch the video or listen, and check your answers.
T-shirt • jacket • shoes • trainers • trousers • shirt • jeans • socks • skirt jumper • shorts • coat • hoodie • dress • top • belt • sandals • scarf • boots • cap

coat


BE CAREFUL
Si usa l’espressione a pair of con le parole jeans, trousers, shorts, socks, shoes, trainers, sandals, boots
I’ve got six pairs of jeans.
Jack needs a new pair of trainers.








2 Listen again and repeat.












3 Write the words from ex. 1 in the correct group. Can you add other words?
SUMMER
BOTH

WINTER
T-shirt shoes jacket
4 Whose wardrobe is it? Listen and match.
Liam • Anna • Sam



5 GROUP WORK In groups of four, ask and answer questions about your favourite clothes. Use the prompts to help you.
• what / clothes / you / like?
• have got / favourite / clothes or accessories?
• what clothes / like wearing / at the weekend?
• what clothes / like wearing / at school?
What clothes do you like?
Have you got a favourite pair of trainers?
6 Report back to the class about a member of your group. Matilde likes hoodies and jeans. Her favourite hoodie is…
I like jeans and hoodies. Yes, I love my white trainers!




Cosa comprano di solito i teenagers inglesi? Le loro cose preferite sono i jeans, le scarpe da ginnastica, zaini e... lucine e decorazioni


7 Watch the video or listen. What colour and size T-shirt does Ben want?


Have you got this in blue?

8 Complete the dialogue with the missing questions. Then listen again and check.
Assistant Can I help you?

Ben Yes, have you got this in blue?
Assistant (1) ?
Ben Medium.
Assistant No, I’m sorry we haven’t. We’ve got this one in blue.
Ben (2) ?
Assistant It’s £49.99
Ben £49.99? Thanks, but it’s a bit (un po’) expensive.
Can I help you?
Have you got this top in red?
How much are they/is it? What size are you?
La valuta del Regno Unito è la sterlina, pound (£) in inglese.
1£ = 100 pence
I prezzi si possono dire in modi diversi.
It’s £19.99 ➞ It’s nineteen pounds ninety-nine pence. / It’s nineteen ninety-nine.


Yes, have you got this in black? / I’m just looking, thanks. Yes, here you are. / No, I’m sorry we haven’t. They’re £10.99. / It’s £19.99 Medium. / I’m a medium.
9 Match the answers to the questions. There are two answers for each question.
1 Can I help you?
2 How much are these shorts?
3 What size are you?
a I’m just looking, thank you.
b I’m a small, please.
c They’re only £10.
d Yes, have you got this in small?
e That pair is £18
f I’m not sure. Large, I think.
10 PAIRWORK Student A, you are the shop assistant. Student B, you are the customer. Follow the instructions to create a dialogue.
Shop assistant
Customer
Chiedi se puoi aiutare. Chiedi se hanno una T-shirt della tua taglia.
Chiedi il colore. Rispondi.
Rispondi di sì. Ringrazia. Chiedi quanto costa. Rispondi con il prezzo. Ringrazia.

11 Write the words from the box under the correct pictures. Then listen, check and repeat.



12 Watch the video or listen. Why does Ben want a new pair of jeans?



13 Put the dialogue in the correct order. Then listen again and check.
Chloe There’s baggy and then there’s… baggy. What are they for?
Chloe Absolutely not! You can’t wear casual clothes for that. Let’s look for some smart trousers and a shirt!
Chloe I like the colour but they’re very big.
Ben What do you think?

Ben I want to wear them for my orchestra show.
Ben I like baggy jeans.
14 PAIRWORK Role play shopping with a friend. Take turns to ‘try on’ one of the items of clothing on page 196 and ask for your partner’s opinion.
Do you like this jumper?

like baggy jeans.

BE FLUENT No, it’s awful and unfashionable, but I like the colour.
What do you think? Does it fit me? Do you like it?
I like it. / It suits you. / It’s awful! No, it looks very big. / Yes, it looks fine. Yes, I do. It’s cool/lovely/nice.


He’s writing the signs for the car wash. You girls aren’t wearing the right clothes.
Forma affermativa
Estesa Contratta
I am doing I’m doing
‘Is Ben helping him?’ ‘No, he isn’t.’
Forma negativa
Estesa Contratta
I am not doing
I’m not doing you are doing you’re doing you are not doing you aren’t doing he / she / it is doing he / she / it’s doing he / she / it is not doing he / she / it isn’t doing we / you / they are doing we / you / they’re doing we / you / they are not doing we / you / they aren’t doing
Forma interrogativa Risposte brevi
Am I doing?
Yes, you are No, you aren’t Are you doing? Yes, I am. No, I’m not. Is he / she / it doing? Yes, he / she / it is. No, he / she / it isn’t. Are we / you / they doing? Yes, we / you / they are No, we / you / they aren’t
Rules pp. 210-211
LEARN IT!
Il Present continuous si usa per parlare di azioni che stanno accadendo nel momento o nel periodo di tempo in cui si parla. ‘Is Josh doing his homework?’ ‘No, he’s texting Sarah.’ Emma is learning Spanish at the moment.
Per le regole ortografiche della forma in -ing, Unit 7, p. 186
1 Look at the pictures. Complete the sentences with the Present continuous of the verbs from the box.






2
Complete the sentences with the Present continuous affirmative (4) or negative (8) form of the verbs in brackets.
Sam is doing his homework in the library. (do / 4)
1 Katie her new jeans. (wear / 4)
2 My brother maths this year. (study / 8)
3 Mum pizza in the kitchen. (make / 4)
4 The students lunch in the canteen. (have / 8)
5 You slowly, I can’t understand. (speak / 8)
6 I to school today. (walk / 8)
7 A Carl! You ! I can’t believe it! (sleep / 4) B I ! I ! (sleep / 8, think / 4)
8 It's very cold, but Lisa in the lake. (swim / 4)
3 Find and correct the mistakes in these sentences. Then listen and check.
You is downloading the film from the website. are
1 Sean isn’t have a shower, he’s in the kitchen.
2 Matthew are brushing his teeth.
3 We is having a snack.
4 I aren’t wearing my hoodie today.
5 The boys are play football in the park.
6 You isn’t talking on the phone.
4 Look at the picture. Write six sentences about what the people are doing / not doing. Use two verbs from the box in each sentence.
walk • run • ride • play • eat • read look at • chat • play football • watch talk • swim • sit • ride a horse

The children aren’t swimming in the lake, they’re playing


5 Put the words in the correct order to make questions.
your mum / texting / are / you / ? Are you texting your mum?
1 listening / Toby / music / is / to / ?
2 for / are / studying / you / the test / ? 3 is / dad / working / your / today / ? 4 making / Sophie / a cake / is / ? 5 is / baby brother / your / walking / ? 6 they / are / judo / doing / ?
6 Use the prompts to make questions about people you know.
your family / sleep in bed / now? Are your family sleeping in bed now?
1 your classmates / learn French / now?
2 your mum / work / today?
3 you / do exercise 5 / now?
4 your friend / wear trainers / today?
5 your teacher / use a computer / in this lesson?
6 you / look at your phone / now?
7 Now write short answers that are true for you.
Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t.


Present continuous Question words
What are you doing? Who are they talking to? Where is she going? Why are you laughing?
Rules p. 212
8 Read the answers and write the questions.
A what / read? What is she reading?
B She’s reading a manga.
1 A where / go?
B We’re going to the supermarket.
2 A who / call?
B They’re calling their friend Thomas.
3 A why / run?
B Because she’s late for school.
4 A what / listen to?
B I’m listening to a voice message on WhatsApp.


Il Present continuous non si usa con i seguenti verbi (verbi di stato): be, have got, like, love, hate, want, believe, know, understand
Joe likes this game at the moment. I know you’re sorry about the test.
9
Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Then listen and check.
Anna Hi Karen, what are you doing (do) here?
Karen Oh hi Anna. I (1) (buy) some new trainers. (2) you (like) them?
Anna Yes, they’re really cool!
Karen (3) you (shop) for shoes too?
Anna No, I (4) (look) for a skirt.
Karen But you (5) (hate) wearing skirts, Anna!
Anna I know, I (6) (not like) them but today I (7) (buy) a skirt for school.
Karen Why don’t you go to Flip Fashions? They (8) (have got) a lot of nice skirts.
Anna Good idea! See you later Karen.
10 Read the interview about a fashion show and choose the correct option (A, B or C).
Toby Welcome to the Gray’s School of Art summer fashion show. This year we are presenting designs from five of our top students.
Mason Yes Toby, and they’re all very talented students! So, what (1) the first model wearing today?
Toby First, we have Sasha. She’s wearing a dress from Kirstin Holt’s summer collection. It’s white with big red buttons. She’s also (2) us some lovely red sandals.
Mason She looks great! Who’s next, Toby?
Toby Next we’ve got Greg in a jacket from Jack Denby’s men’s summer collection.
Mason He (3) wearing trousers, Toby, that’s unusual!
Toby No, he isn’t, Mason! He (4) a pair of white shorts instead. Remember this is a style for summer.
Mason Now, what exactly (5) these two girls wearing?
Toby Ella and Laura are both wearing long skirts and tops, some lovely designs by Isabella Santini. Now Ella (6) on her sun hat and… she (7) ready for a day at the beach!
Mason I (8) these clothes are perfect in a lot of different situations, Toby!
Toby Yes Mason, you’re right!

A present B are presenting C presenting 1 A is B are C am 2 A showing B shows C is showing 3 A is B isn’t C can’t
A got B ’ve got C ’s got
5 A is B are C does
6 A is putting B isn’t putting C are putting 7 A are B is being C is
8 A ’m thinking B think C thinks

1 Listen to a conversation between two cousins, Lucy and Andy. What do Lucy and Andy wear at school? Write L (Lucy) and A (Andy) next to the correct picture.




2 Listen again and decide if the sentences are T (true) or F (false). Lucy is feeling bored. T
1 Andy is looking for a new hoody.
2 Lucy’s school uniform is blue and white.
3 Andy doesn’t like trendy clothes.
4 Andy can wear trainers at school.
3 Match the questions to the answers. Then listen and check.
1 Andy, are you busy?
2 Do you want to go shopping?
3 Don’t you wear jeans and hoodies at school?
4 I like your trainers too. Where are they from?
SPEAKING
4 PAIRWORK Ask and answer the questions.
1 What do you usually wear at school?
2 What are you wearing today?
3 What do you wear in the summer? At a friend’s party?
5 YOUR TURN Use your partner’s answers to the above questions and prepare a short presentation about his/her style, favourite clothes, shopping habits and what he/she is wearing.


a They’re nice, right? They’re American.
b No, we can’t wear casual clothes.
c No, I’m playing on my phone.
d Yes, good idea. I’m looking for a smart jacket for school.

4 Where can you get trendy clothes in your area?
5 Have you got a favourite shop?
6 How often do you go shopping?
Nadeem likes trendy clothes. At school he usually wears baggy T-shirts, jeans and trainers. Today he’s wearing a black and white…
SPEAKING TIPS
Ricorda di usare il Present simple per parlare della moda che piace in generale, ma il Present continuous per descrivere cosa il/la tuo/a compagno/a indossa oggi.


SEE Look at the photos. What do you see?
THINK What do you think about shopping?
ME What connections can you make between you and the topic of shopping?
WE How can we connect the topic of shopping to other topics or stories in the world?
Now watch the video. Where do you go shopping with your friends?
Where are you today? What are you buying?
Four teens tell us about the best places in their city!
I’m with my friend in the shopping centre and we’re looking at tops. This shop isn’t expensive and the clothes are trendy. Our friends come here too. There are some shops with designer brands but I never go inside because the prices are very high.




This is my favourite shop. They sell clothes from the ’90s and the prices are good. My style is very individual and I don’t want to the same things as my friends. They never come here because the clothes aren’t trendy. I love this tartan shirt!

I rarely go to shopping centres, I prefer the market. It’s every Saturday and you can find some unusual stuff. I wear a uniform every day at school, so at the weekend I want to wear different clothes. Today I’m looking for a new jacket because my old one doesn’t fit me.
I go into town every week with a friend. We love going to the high street because there are lots of shops and we meet other friends in a café, too. Today I’m shopping with my mum because I need some school trousers. I’m really bored.
the best migliori designer brands firme the same things as le stesse cose dei tartan scozzese high street via del centro

READING
1 Read and listen to the texts. Match them to the photos.
2 K Read the texts again and write the paragraph (1-4) where you find the information. This place is only open on Saturday. 2
1 This place has some very expensive shops.
2 You can buy previously used things here.
3 This person is looking for clothes for his / her uniform.
4 This person wears different clothes during the week and at weekends.
5 This person doesn’t go shopping in the same shops as his / her friends.
WRITING Describing pictures
3 Look at this photo and read the text. Which of these things does the text describe? objects clothes physical appearance emotions/feelings relationship time of day place actions
In this photo there are two teenagers. They are in a park with a lot of trees. They’re studying together and they’re taking a selfie. The girl has got long, blonde hair and she’s (1) . She’s wearing (2) , black glasses. The boy has got (3) brown hair and (4) eyes. They’re wearing (5) clothes.
The girl’s wearing a (6) T-shirt and a (7) shirt.
The boy’s wearing a (8) blue shirt and a (9) T-shirt.

4 Now complete the text with the adjectives from the box. white • casual
grey • baggy • red and white • thin
curly • round • brown • long
5 Choose a picture (from this book, the Internet, or one with your friends) and write a description. Use these questions to help you.
Students’ own answers
1 Who are the people in the photo?
2 Where are they?
3 What are they doing?
4 What do they look like? What are they wearing?
5 Do you like their clothes? Why? / Why not?
WRITING TIPS
Cerca di usare qualche aggettivo per rendere più interessante la tua descrizione. Per descrive l’aspetto fisico, ripassa gli aggettivi che hai studiato a p. 48.



1 Chi inizia la water fight? Rispondi. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo il dialogo e controlla.
2 Riordina il dialogo. Poi guarda o ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
Lexi Are we ready? Where’s Noah? What’s he doing?
Chloe Ben! Noah! What are you wearing?
Lexi Perfect. Now we want a lot of people with dirty cars.
Ben Let’s wash cars!
Chloe And a lot of money!
Lexi Is Ben helping him?
Chloe He’s writing the signs for the car wash.
Noah What are we waiting for?
Chloe No, he isn’t. He’s getting some buckets and sponges.
Noah A swimming costume and flip flops… perfect for washing cars. You girls aren’t wearing the right clothes…
3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Ava What’s the problem?
Gabriel I’m exhausted. / Not fair! Can we have a break?
Thiago Watch out! / Guess what? I’ve got an A- in my science test.
Lily Well done! That’s fantastic.
Jason Not fair! / Watch out! That box is really heavy.
Alice Okay, can you help me then?

MY GLOSSARY
1
Ascolta e ripeti. Poi scrivi la traduzione.
Clothes and accessories
belt
boots
cap
coat
dress
hoodie
jacket
jumper
sandals
scarf
shirt
shoes
shorts
skirt
socks
T-shirt
trainers
trousers
bracelet
braces
earrings
flip-flops
gloves
handbag
necklace
pyjamas
ring
slippers
suit
swimming trunks
swimsuit / swimming costume
tie
tights
tracksuit
Adjectives for clothes
awful baggy
casual nice
smart
tight
trendy
unfashionable


VOCABULARY MAPS
2 Completa la mappa con i capi di abbigliamento e gli accessori nel riquadro.
3 Aggiungi alla mappa altre parole che conosci.
4 Completa la mappa abbinando gli opposti degli aggettivi nel riquadro. big • baggy • smart • awful • nice • trendy • unfashionable • casual • small • tight


1 Guarda l’immagine e completa i capi di

2 Guarda le immagini e scrivi i capi di abbigliamento.






4 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Hi! I’m Meg and I just love clothes! I’ve got three pairs of top / trainers and four pairs of blue (1) jeans / skirts.
I wear a uniform at school but at the weekends I really like wearing jeans and a (2) skirt / hoodie. When I go out with my family, I usually wear a (3) dress / socks or a (4) trousers / skirt. Today, I’m wearing an orange (5) scarf / top, grey trousers and black shoes. I’m also wearing a blue (6) belt / skirt.
Buying clothes
Talking to the shop assistant
5 Abbina le domande alle risposte. Ci sono due risposte in più. Have you got this skirt in yellow?
1 What size are you?
2 How much is this cap?
3 Can I help you?
a I’m just looking, thank you.
b Yes, here you are.
c No, I’m sorry we haven’t got them in blue.
d She’s a medium.
e It’s £10.99
f I’m a small.
6 Guarda l'immagine. Leggi le domande e scrivi le risposte.

1 How much are the jeans? 2 Have they got any sunglasses? 3 What size is the T-shirt?
4 How much is the baseball cap? b

7 Ascolta i dialoghi e abbinali alla funzione corretta.
dialogue 1 asking about size
dialogue 2 asking about colour dialogue 3 asking about price
8 Guarda le immagini, fai domande sul prezzo e rispondi. Scrivi i prezzi.


‘How much is this T-shirt?’ ‘It’s twelve pounds twenty-five pence.’

9 Completa il dialogo in modo personale.
Assistant Can I help you?

You Yes, (1) ?
Assistant What size are you?
You (2) .
Assistant Here you are.
You Thanks. (3) ?
Assistant £25.
You Thank you.
10 Completa le frasi con gli aggettivi nel riquadro. trendy • small • unfashionable • casual • awful
This T-shirt is an XS. I wear an M, so it’s small for me.
1 I like wearing trainers, but they’re often very expensive.
2 Dad, I really don’t like that shirt. It’s !
3 Mrs Jones wears smart clothes to the office, but clothes at the weekend.
4 Fashion isn’t important for me so I don’t mind wearing clothes.
11 Sottolinea la sillaba accentata. Poi ascolta e controlla.
trousers • awful • sandals • trainers hoodie • unfashionable • jacket
Talking to a friend
12 Riordina il dialogo.
Emily Do you like them?
Emily Okay. Let’s look for another pair.

Emily What do you think? Do these shorts fit me?
Amir Yes, they do, but…
Amir No, sorry. They’re unfashionable and the colour is awful.
COMMUNICATION ROUND-UP
13 Indica (4) la domanda corretta per le seguenti risposte.
I like it. It suits you.
A What do you think?
B Can I help you?
1 No, sorry. We’ve only got black or white.
A Have you got this T-shirt in red?
B Do you like it?
2 Small.
A Does it fit me?
B What size are you?
3 Here you are.
A How much is it?
B Have you got this in large?
14 YOUR TURN Ora scrivi risposte appropriate alle altre domande dell’es. 13. 1
Can I help you?
No, thanks. I’m just looking.
15 Ascolta una conversazione in un negozio. Cosa comprano le due ragazze?







IT!
Il Present continuous si usa per:
• indicare azioni che si stanno svolgendo nel momento in cui si parla
I’m watching a great film on TV.
• indicare azioni temporanee (ma che non accadono nel momento preciso in cui si parla)
We’re living in London this summer.
La forma affermativa si ottiene con il Present simple di be (am, is, are) + la forma in -ing del verbo.
I’m studying maths at the moment.
La forma contratta è più comune nel linguaggio informale. They’re wearing casual clothes today.
Il Present continuous è spesso accompagnato da espressioni di tempo come at the moment (“al momento”), now (“adesso”) e today (“oggi”).
She’s wearing a red cap today.
1 Completa le frasi con ’m, ’re o ’s. You’re wearing smart clothes today.
1 It raining, but we’ve got an umbrella.
2 They buying party clothes right now.
3 It’s 8 p.m. and we having dinner.
4 ‘Can I help you?’ ‘Yes, please. I looking for a blue shirt.
5 Jack! Andy! Listen! I talking to you.
6 It snowing today. We wearing coats.
2 Completa le frasi con il Present continuous dei verbi nel riquadro.
run • shop • sit • sing • watch • do • play • ride • listen
He’s sitting on the floor.
1 She her bike.
2 We for clothes.
3 They video games.
4 You because you are late.
5 I karaoke.
6 We a film on TV.
7 My brother to rock music at the moment.
8 You your homework right now.


Non si può usare il Present continuous con i verbi di stato come see, hear, like, love, want, know, believe, ecc.
I want a new pair of trainers. (No: I’m wanting a new pair of trainers.)
3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
The boy doesn’t like / isn’t liking his school uniform.
1 We are playing / play football today.
2 The baby cries / is crying at the moment.
3 Grandma is wanting / wants a new telephone.
4 Kamila is watching / watches a film now.
5 Kevin is waiting / waits for me at the moment.
6 We are being / are tired today.
4 Completa il testo con il Present continuous o il Present simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
Hi everyone and welcome to Stanford School fashion show! This evening, Charlie, Jack and Molly are showing (show) some amazing clothes and the school (1) (hope) to raise a lot of money for charity. The audience (2) (wait) and the music (3) (play), everything is ready… and yes, it (4) (start).
Here is Molly.
She (5) (wear) a beautiful red top, jeans and white trainers. And here are Jack and Charlie… they (6) (walk) behind Molly.
Wow! I (7) (love) Charlie’s red hoodie and Jack’s green jacket is so cool! (8) you (like) them too?
Follow us on Instagram.


Present continuous Negative and interrogative forms
LEARN IT!
La forma negativa del Present continuous si ottiene con la forma negativa del verbo be (am / is / are + not) e il verbo in -ing.
Per la forma interrogativa si invertono il soggetto e il verbo be: She is going to school. ➞ Is she going to school?
Le risposte brevi sono uguali alle risposte brevi di be (Present simple): si usa la forma estesa nelle risposte brevi affermative, e la forma contratta nelle risposte brevi negative.
5 Trasforma le frasi dell’es. 2 alla forma negativa.
He isn’t sitting on the floor.
6 Guarda le immagini e completa le frasi con la forma corretta del Present continuous. Usa i verbi nel riquadro.






5
7 Abbina le domande alle risposte brevi.
b Are Leila and Jamal playing video games in the living room?
1 Is your mum doing yoga at the moment?
2 Are you and your friends listening to the teacher?
3 Are you wearing your new earrings?
4 Is your granny making a cake for your birthday?
5 Are the boys studying for their test?
a Yes, she is. She’s making a chocolate and pear cake.
b No, they aren’t. They’re playing in the study.
c Yes, we are. She’s talking about the school trip.
d Yes, she is. She does it three times a week.
e Yes, they are. They’re revising history now.
f Yes, I am. Do you like them?
8 Scrivi domande e risposte brevi con il Present continuous. Poi ascolta e controlla. they / listen? (4) ‘Are they listening?’ ‘Yes, they are.’
1 you / help / Mum? (8)
2 the girls / have / breakfast? (4)
3 Dad / work / today? (4)
4 the boys / study / hard? (8)
5 Grandma / cook / lunch? (4)
6 you / buy / these horrible shoes? (8)
9
Completa il dialogo con la forma corretta del Present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.
Jack Hey Martha! What are you doing (you / do)?
Martha I (1) (look) at clothes online. I need some new trousers.
Jack But you (2) (wear) your new trousers.
Martha No Jack, these trousers are old.
Jack Old?! What, three days old…?
Martha Yes, well, anyway, (3) (you / help) Mum with lunch?
Jack No, I (4) . I (5) (do) my history project.
Martha Mmm, well, you (6) (not / do) your project now and I’m busy!



LEARN IT!
Nelle domande con il Present continuous, le parole interrogative come what, who, where e why precedono il verbo be. Ricorda che a queste domande non si può rispondere solo con un ‘sì’ o ‘no’.
‘Why are you using dad’s mobile phone?’
‘I can’t find my phone.’
‘What are you doing?’
‘I’m making a cake for Lucy.’
10 Completa le domande con la parola interrogativa corretta. Poi abbinale alle risposte. Ci sono due risposte in più.
c What are you doing?
1 are they laughing?
2 are you reading?
3 is the baby crying?
4 are Holly and Sam going?
5 are you drinking?
6 is Kerry calling?
7 are your parents eating?
a A new comic.
b She’s hungry.
c I’m chatting to Alex.
d They’re going to the gym.
e Yes, we are.
f Sushi, I think.
g They’re watching a comedy.
h Her sister in London.
i They’re blue and white.
j An apple juice.
11 Usa i suggerimenti per scrivere domande al Present continuous. Poi scrivi delle risposte che siano vere per te.
what / you / wear / today?
What are you wearing today? A pair of trousers and a T-shirt.
1 what / your best friend / do / now?
2 where / your teacher / sit / now?
12 K Scegli l’opzione corretta (A, B o C).
This is Noah Schnapp. He’s famous for his role as Will Byers in the TV series Stranger Things In this photo, he’s wearing grey trousers and a white shirt. He (1) in front of a poster and he (2) at the camera.
So, (3) he doing now? Well, he (4) on new acting projects all the time.
So, (5) is he posting his new videos and photos? On his social media account, of course!


1 A stands B ’s standing C to standing
2 A ’s smileing B smiling C ’s smiling
3 A where’s B what’s C why’s
4 A works B ’s working C working
5 A who B why C where
14 Traduci le frasi.
Why are you wearing those jeans? Perché indossi quei jeans?
1 Tanya is studying for her maths test.
2 Grant is wearing a black hoodie, a grey T-shirt and jeans.
3 My parents are eating lunch in the garden.
4 The boys aren’t playing basketball today.
3 what / you / study / now? A wears B wearing C ’s wearing
5 Who is Nadia talking to?
6 I’m not working at the moment.

READING
1 Leggi e ascolta il blog. Abbina le foto ai paragrafi corretti.



Hi! It’s Allie here again with a new post. Are you growing quickly? Have you got a lot of clothes that don’t fit you? Maybe there are also some things in your wardrobe you don’t like. What can you do with these items? Here are three of my green ideas for you! Leave a comment at the end and tell me your ideas!
There are many apps you can use to sell old clothes. Take some photos, write a description of the item, add the price, and wait. My sister Kelly is 19 and she uses these apps all the time.
Some clothes shops have projects for recycling clothes. You take your old clothes to the shop – the condition or the brand of the clothes isn’t important –and they give you a voucher to spend in the shop.
My aunt is very creative. She uses old clothes to make new objects! At the moment she’s making a picture for my bedroom with some of my dad’s old heavy metal T-shirts. She uses old jeans to make bags too.
2 Ora abbina i titoli nel riquadro ai paragrafi. RECYCLE • SELL • CREATE
3 INVALSI Rileggi il blog e indica se le frasi sono vere (T), false (F) o se il dato non è presente (NG). Allie has a lot of clothes that don’t fit her. NG
1 All of her ideas for old clothes in the blog are ‘green’.
2 Selling apps have photos and descriptions of the clothes on them.
3 The condition of the clothes is important for recycling.
4 The vouchers aren’t for a lot of money.
5 Allie’s aunt uses old things to make new ones.
4 K Ascolta e indica (4) la risposta corretta. How much is the belt?



What is the girl taking a photo of?



What is the boy wearing?



What is the girl looking for in the shop?



What is the boy’s dad doing?






1 Leggi le definizioni e scrivi le parole.
1 You wear this on your head.
2 They are long and you wear them on your legs. They are usually blue.
3 You wear them on your feet when you play sports.
4 You wear this around your neck when it’s cold.
5 You wear this on the top of your clothes when it’s cold.
6 You wear these on your feet but they’re not shoes!
2 Completa gli aggettivi.
1 tr y
2 t g t
3 c l
4 b g y
3 Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa del Present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.
1 I (wear) a baggy shirt today.
2 Jake and Marco (have) lunch at the moment.
3 Mrs Maxwell (walk) to work this morning.
4 You (make) a lot of noise.
5 My brother (do) his homework.
6 Evan and I (chat) on the phone.
4 Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa o negativa del Present continuous dei verbi nel riquadro.
play • swim • make • listen • watch • wear
1 Greta in the pool. (4)
2 Ted a birthday cake for his mum. (4)
3 Fran a hoodie today. (8)
4 Dan and Fred football in the park. (4)
5 Hiroshi and I TV this afternoon. (8)
6 I to music. (8)
5 Scrivi domande e risposte brevi.
1 you / do / your homework / now? (8) A B
2 John / have / a snack? (8) A B
3 your parents / go / to the shopping centre / at the moment? (8) A B
4 Lucie and Polly / wear / jeans? (4) A B
5 you and your sister / eat / cakes? (4) A B
6 you / cry? (4) A B
6 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
1 We not are / aren’t laughing at you!
2 When / Who are they talking to?
3 Yulia are / is making a tuna sandwich.
4 What / Why are you doing?
5 ‘Are you cycling to school today?’ ‘Yes, I’m / I am.’
6 Frank isn’t not / isn’t sleeping.
7 Completa il dialogo con le parole mancanti.
help • here • like • medium • much • size
Assistant Hello. Can I (1) you?
Luke Have you got any white polo shirts?
Assistant Yes. What (2) are you?
Luke Medium.
Assistant (3) you are. This is a (4) .
Luke Do you (5) it, Mum?
Mum Yes, it looks fine for school. How (6) is it?
Assistant It’s £19.99.
Mum Great, thanks.



What are you doing? Do you want to meet?
Sorry, I’m at the shopping centre with my mum. We’re looking for a new dress for her birthday party.
Can you chat? Are you in bed?
No, I’m not sleeping. I’m studying. I’ve got a maths test tomorrow.
What? It’s late!
I know, but I’m panicking

2 PAIRWORK Guardate le foto. Dove si trovano Hope e Jason? Che cosa stanno facendo?

1 Leggi i messaggi e sottolinea gli esempi di (in rosso).

3 PAIRWORK Guardate le foto.
Student A, tu sei Hope. Student B, tu sei Jason.

Student A, leggi le istruzioni e scrivi il tuo primo messaggio, poi passalo a Student B. Student B, leggi il messaggio e segui le istruzioni per scrivere una risposta. A turno, continuate la conversazione per messaggio.
Student A
Chiedi a Jason che cosa sta facendo.
Rispondi e chiedi se vuole aiutarla a comprare online un nuovo berretto.
Di’ che gli stai mandando una foto e chiedi se gli piace.
Rispondi che costa 15 sterline.
Rispondi di sì.
Student B
Rispondi e chiedi che cosa sta facendo lei.
Rispondi di sì.
Rispondi di sì e chiedi quanto costa.
Dille che stai andando al parco e chiedi se vuole venire.
Di’ che vi vedete lì.
4 PAIRWORK Ora rispondete alle domande del box di autovalutazione. Poi confrontatevi tra voi. Ripetete l’attività se necessario.
SELF-FEEDBACK
Scrivendo i miei messaggi: sono riuscito/a facilmente a seguire le istruzioni ricordavo facilmente come si forma il Present continuous ricordavo come si chiede/dice il prezzo di qualcosa ricordavo come si fanno proposte
Scrivendo i suoi messaggi, il/la mio/a compagno/a: ha saputo rispondere alle mie domande ha usato correttamente il Present continuous ha saputo distinguere quando bisognava usare il Present continuous e quando il Present simple


1 PAIRWORK Look at the pictures and answer the questions.
1 What places can you see in the photos?
2 What are people buying in the photos?
3 Do you like shopping in markets like these?
2 Read and listen to the text. Mark the location of the markets on the map of London.

London offers great shopping and the markets are a fantastic place to go shopping and see London life at the same time. Here are five famous London markets for you to explore!
B This market is in the area around Regent’s Canal, near Camden Town Tube Station. It’s got around 1,000 unique stalls and shops and it’s open seven days a week. You can find secondhand clothes and alternative fashion from new designers, jewellery, accessories, vinyl and art. There are also stalls with food and snacks. It’s very trendy and popular with young people and tourists, and the weekends are extremely busy.
3 Tick (4) which market(s) these sentences are about.
A This market, near Notting Hill Gate Tube Station, sells fruit and vegetables, fashion, and second-hand items. It’s open from Monday to Saturday, but the best days for a lot of people are Friday and Saturday because you can also find the market’s main attraction – antiques. The streets are full of stalls and a fantastic atmosphere. You can also admire the beautiful multi-coloured houses of Notting Hill.
C This market is once a week on Sundays. There are actually many markets – crafts, vintage fashion, electrical products –as well as food stalls and restaurants with food from around the world, particularly India and Bangladesh. The area is very colourful and full of character, with some fantastic murals and street art to see. Brick Lane Market is in East London and you can get there by tube to Aldgate East Station.
This market isn’t open every day.
1 There are a lot of people here on Saturdays and Sundays.
2 This market isn’t in the open air.
3 You can buy a snack or have a meal here.
4 Once a week there are some different stalls here.
5 Near this market, you can see people singing or playing music.
6 Here you can see artwork in the streets and on the walls.
7 In this area there are some interesting houses.

D Covent Garden is an important London landmark. Once a fruit and vegetable market, it is now full of great shops, cafés and a selection of market stalls every day of the week. You can find all kinds of things from handmade toys to souvenirs. There are often street entertainers like musicians and magicians too. You can get the tube to Covent Garden Station, but it is extremely busy at weekends.
E This is a covered market close to Liverpool Street Station. The building and roof are beautiful and date from Victorian times. The market is open seven days a week and the stalls sell a mix of contemporary and vintage clothes, toys and items for the house. On Thursdays, you can find some extra stalls with antiques.
Tube metropolitana di Londra stalls bancarelle crafts artigianato once una volta, in passato covered coperto date from risalgono a

1 What do you know about London? Answer the questions. Then watch the video or listen, and check.
1 What is the name of the London Underground?
2 What colour are the buses in London?

2 Choose the correct alternative. Then watch the video or listen again, and check. The London Eye is by the river / in a park
1 The London Eye moves quickly / slowly.
2 Speaker’s Corner is in Kew Gardens / Hyde Park.

3 The statue of Eros / Nelson is in Piccadilly Circus.
4 London has 7 / 17 football teams.
5 The London Underground is 100 / 160 years old.
6 Tourists love taking photos of red phone boxes / black cabs
3 YOUR TURN Which towns and cities are famous in your country? Choose one place and do some research. Use these questions to help you.
• Where is it?
• Is it modern or old?
• What can you see and do there?
• Is it popular with tourists?
4 ORAL PRESENTATION Now use your notes from ex. 3 and give your presentation to the class.
Citizenship: Sustainable fashion



STEP 1 – LET’S START
1 What does ‘upcycling’ mean? Choose from the definitions. Making old things new.
Throwing away things you don’t need. Selling things on the Internet.
Buying new things in shops.
2 Listen to Sara and check your answer.
STEP 2 – THINK
3 Why don’t you try upcycling? Think about the old things you have and find a way to give them a second life. Be creative! Think about:
• clothes
• shoes
• pieces of furniture
• boxes
• containers

STEP 3 – YOUR TURN








4 Present your upcycling project to the class. If you want, you can make a short video of your presentation and share it with your classmates.


LET’S START
1 PAIRWORK Ask and answer the questions.
1 Do you shop online? How often do you do it?
2 What do you usually buy? How do you pay?
3 Do your parents help you?
4 Do you think there are risks when shopping online? Why?
INPUT
2 PAIRWORK Read the leaflet about the risks of online shopping. Ask your teacher for any difficult words.
KEY TIPS
> Check the website: Only shop on trusted websites with ‘https’ in the URL
> Avoid sharing personal information: Don’t give your address or credit card details to people or companies you don’t know
> Use secure payment methods: Pay only with secure platforms like PayPal
> Look for reviews: make sure the reviews are good and people had good experiences
OUTPUT
3 PAIRWORK Student A, you are a new student who doesn’t understand English very well. Student B, explain the flyer using simple language. Then change roles with another pair.
You must check the website. Does it start with ‘https’?
PEER FEEDBACK
4 PAIRWORK Think about the activity. Answer the questions.
1 Sei riuscito/a a spiegare il volantino con parole semplici?
2 Ti è stato spiegato bene?
3 Come ti sei sentito/a dopo aver spiegato il volantino con parole tue?




Ask an AI chatbot to create a leaflet.
Step 1 Describe the situation to the chatbot (see ex. 2).
Ask the chatbot to give tips about safe online shopping.
Step 2 Look at the results.
• Are they the same as the leaflet?
• Are you happy with these tips?
• Can you add any other tips?


READING – True, False, Not Given
1 Leggi il testo e cerchia le parole che non conosci. Riesci a dedurne il significato dal contesto?
Japan is a country in Asia. It is an archipelago of over 6,000 islands. Its main islands are five: Hokkaido, Honshu, Shikoku, Kyushu and Okinawa. Its capital is Tokyo. Its flag is white with a red circle in the middle. Its language is Japanese.
2 Leggi le frasi e sottolinea nel testo dell’es. 1 dove puoi trovare queste informazioni. Quali informazioni invece non si trovano nel testo?
1 Japan is an Asian country.
2 It is in East Asia.
3 It is a group of islands.
4 Tokyo is the name of its capital.
3 Leggi il testo.
Hi! My name is Hiraku and I’m 12. I’m from Kyoto in Japan. My dad is Japanese but my mum is from South Korea. My first language is Japanese but I’m also fluent in Korean. My school is in the city centre and my favourite subject is geography. Here I am with my dog at home. His name is Samu. Here is a list of curiosities about Japan, my country.

EXAM STRATEGIES
• Leggi velocemente il testo per capire il senso generale.
• Poi leggi le domande e sottolinea le parole chiave.
• Ricerca quelle stesse parole nel testo.
• Se non trovi quell’informazione nel testo, scegli NOT GIVEN (NG) e vai avanti!
5 The Japanese flag is red and white.
6 It is a country with over 123 million people.
69% of Japan is forest land!
There are 110 active volcanoes in Japan.
Earthquakes are very common in Japan!
The sun is a Japanese Symbol. It’s the red circle on the Japanese flag.
Tokyo is a megacity with a population of over 13 million people! fluent fluente earthquakes terremoti
4 INVALSI Rileggi il testo. Poi leggi le frasi e indica se sono vere (T), false (F) o se il dato non è presente (NG).
Hikaru isn’t from Tokyo. T
1 Her mum isn’t Japanese.
2 Her favourite language is Korean.
3 Her dog is five years old.
4 Volcanoes aren’t active in Japan.
5 A yellow sun is on the Japanese flag.


LISTENING – Matching names to pictures
1 Guarda le immagini e per ciascuna fai un elenco delle parole che ti aspetteresti di sentire.



2 Ascolta Claudia descrivere suo padre. Indica (4) l’immagine corretta dell’es. 1.
3 Guarda l’immagine dell’es. 4. Chi pensi che siano le persone? Scegli tra le parole nel riquadro.
stepmother • sister • stepbrother • grandmother • Polly • Claudia
4 INVALSI Ora ascolta Claudia descrivere la sua famiglia. Scrivi i nomi delle persone negli spazi (1-5).

EXAM STRATEGIES
• Osserva bene l’immagine. Avrai 20 secondi a disposizione prima dell’inizio dell’audio.
• Pensa alle parole che ti aspetteresti di sentire nell’audio.
• Usa il primo ascolto per scrivere le tue risposte e il secondo per controllarle.


EXAM STRATEGIES
• Leggi le domande e individua quali informazioni cercare nel testo.
• Poi leggi il testo e sottolinea le parole in cui si trovano le risposte alle domande.
• Scrivi le risposte. Ricordati che non devono superare le quattro parole – inserisci solo le parole chiave!
READING – Short answer questions
1 Scegli l’opzione corretta.
1 Where / What / Who is the house? 2 What / How / Where is the house like? 3 Where / What / Why is in the kitchen? 4 When / Where / What is in the garden?
2 Sottolinea le parole chiave nelle risposte e abbinale alle domande dell’es. 1.
a It’s old and very large.
b There’s a swimming pool and a BBQ.
c It’s near the sea in Brighton.
d There’s a dishwasher and a washing machine.
3 INVALSI Leggi il testo. Rispondi alle domande. Usa un massimo di quattro parole.

Beautiful two-bedroom cottage in Oxford
Bathroom with shower and bath
Modern kitchen and small living room with space for sofa and TV
Large garden with six apple trees Garage for two cars £250,000
the email address?

LISTENING – Multiple matching with pictures
1 Ascolta Nick parlare delle cose che sa e non sa fare e indica (4) quali attività vengono menzionate.
play chess read comics ride a bike go skateboarding sing play the guitar
2 Ascolta di nuovo e indica (4) qual è il suo hobby preferito.




3 INVALSI Ascolta dei ragazzi parlare delle attività che sanno fare. Abbina le immagini ai nomi dei ragazzi. Ci sono due immagini che non devi usare.
EXAM STRATEGIES
• Osserva attentamente le immagini prima dell’ascolto e leggi i nomi delle persone.
• Durante il primo ascolto cerca di abbinare tutte le immagini.
• Usa il secondo ascolto per controllare le tue risposte.



EXAM STRATEGIES
• Leggi gli avvisi e pensa a dove potresti trovarli.
• Individua le parole chiave in ogni avviso.
• Poi leggi le frasi e cerca di individuare anche qui le parole chiave.
• Aiutati con le parole chiave che hai individuato per fare l’abbinamento.
READING – Matching sentences with notices
1 Leggi gli avvisi. Dove si trovano? Sottolinea le parole chiave in ciascun messaggio.
Canteen opens at 12 and closes at 1.45.
After-school club 3.30-4.40
Football club 4.00-5.00 IT club 3.45-4.45
Chess club 3.30-5.00
2 Ora leggi la seguente frase. A quale avviso si abbina? This message gives information about when to get food.
Evan, Don’t forget swimming class is at 6 p.m. Your bag is in the living room.
See you later, Mum
3 INVALSI Abbina gli avvisi alle frasi. Puoi usare ciascun avviso più di una volta.

Melissa, Dinner is at 7 p.m. Don’t be late and do your homework! Dad
Today’s science lesson is in the science lab and not in room 4. Lesson starts at 2.15. New message Send From: Ms Nichols To: All Year 8 students
Join us for an exciting week of sport. Starts on Monday at 3 p.m.
Speak to Mr Wilson, the PE teacher.
Frimton High School
Special one-day art class this Thursday.
Price: £5 per student. Starts at 9 a.m. and finishes at 4 p.m. Bring a packed lunch!
This notice includes a recommendation.
1 This notice tells students the cost of a course.
2 This notice is from a father to a daughter.
3 This notice tells students to bring lunch.
4 This notice says who to get information from.
5 This notice is about sports activities.
6 This notice is about a change of classroom.


LISTENING – Four-option multiple choice
1 Ascolta un ragazzo parlare di quello che fa ogni fine settimana e indica (4) gli sport menzionati.


2 Ora ascolta di nuovo e rispondi alla domanda. What does Tom do every weekend?


3 INVALSI Ascolta una conversazione tra un’insegnante e un ragazzo che vuole frequentare un campus estivo in Inghilterra. Scegli la risposta corretta (A, B, C o D) per le domande 1-4.
1 What time do lessons start?




2 What do students usually do after lunch?




3 How often do students go swimming?




4 What can students do every Tuesday evening?




EXAM STRATEGIES
• Prima dell’ascolto, leggi le domande e cerca di capire l’argomento della conversazione.
• Poi guarda le immagini e cerca di individuare quali parole potresti sentire nell’audio.
• Durante il primo ascolto cerca di eliminare le opzioni sicuramente sbagliate.
• Usa il secondo ascolto per controllare le tue risposte.


EXAM STRATEGIES
• Leggi le frasi e sottolinea le parole chiave.
• Leggi le opinioni. Quale frase ne riassume meglio il significato? Guarda le parole chiave che hai sottolineato.
• Abbina le frasi alle opinioni. Se un abbinamento non ti convince, passa agli abbinamenti successivi e, solo alla fine, ritorna sull’abbinamento lasciato in sospeso.
READING – Matching opinions with sentences
1 Leggi questa recensione di una nuova paninoteca. Quali sono le parole chiave?
Mark Yesterday, 22:47
I’m vegan and this burger place makes a delicious vegan burger!
87 0

2 Ora leggi queste frasi e sottolinea le parole chiave in ciascuna. Quale frase riassume meglio l’opinione dell’es. 1?
A It’s very expensive.
B It has food for non-meat eaters.
C The staff are polite.
3 INVALSI Leggi le opinioni (0-5) di alcuni clienti di un nuovo ristorante e abbinale alle frasi (A-G). C’è una frase in più.
Fran • Manchester 0
I take the bus every time I go here because it’s just opposite the bus stop.
Will • London 1
The food is excellent and the staff are very helpful too.
Tom • Edinburgh 2
The prices are high this year. I need to find another place for my family.
A The food is good and the waiters are nice and polite.
B The restaurant is very busy on Saturday and Sunday.
C Visiting this restaurant is a good experience every time.
Marie • Oxford 3

We always have a fantastic time at this restaurant. Nice, clean place with lots of choice for kids on the menu.
Isla • Brighton 4
I usually have a great time at the restaurant but today the food is very salty and the fish is very expensive.
Lucie • Nottingham 5
This place is fantastic during the week but don’t go at weekends because there are big queues to get a table.
D The restaurant is easy to get to by public transport.
E The salads and pasta are very healthy and cheap.
F The food is too expensive for families.
G The experience is not positive today.
LISTENING – Short answer questions
1 Ascolta e indica (4) il capo di abbigliamento che Mandy sta indossando.


2 Leggi le risposte e abbinale alle domande.
1 What are you wearing?
2 What colour are your jeans?
3 Do you like shopping?
4 How much is the blue top?
5 What size are you?



a I’m a medium.
b Yes, I love it.
c I’m wearing my new trainers.
d They’re grey.
e It’s £15.99
3 INVALSI Ascolta Mandy che parla al telefono con sua mamma. Mentre ascolti, rispondi alle domande. Usa non più di quattro parole.
What is Mandy doing? She’s shopping.
1 What is Dani doing?
2 What is Mandy looking for?
3 Why isn’t Mandy listening?
4 What time is the bus?
5 What is Dani wearing?
6 Is she buying a £150 top?

EXAM STRATEGIES
• Prima dell’ascolto leggi le domande e cerca di capire l’argomento.
• Durante il primo ascolto cerca di rispondere a più domande possibile.
• Durante il secondo ascolto rispondi alle domande che hai lasciato in sospeso.
• Ricordati che le risposte non devono superare le quattro parole – inserisci solo le parole chiave!




If hatred starts with words, peace starts with education.
The United Nations International Day of Education is on 24th January every year. On this day, UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization) asks all governments to make education their top priority. It is a government’s duty to make education available for everyone because it is a basic human right.
Free and compulsory elementary education is included in article 26 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Quality education is also Goal 4 of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development but, in fact, education is essential for the success of all 17 goals.
The aims of Goal 4 are to make education inclusive and to promote learning opportunities for all. But there are problems with this and education for all is difficult to achieve. Millions of children and young people around the world do not go to school, and in developing countries, only 1 in 5 children with disabilities is at school. Some governments do not allow girls to continue their education after primary school.
Good, quality education for all is important to reduce poverty and help children and young people succeed in life. It is the key to prosperity and it is important for self-respect.
hatred odio available disponibile, accessibile aims obiettivi achieve raggiungere developing in via di sviluppo allow permettono succeed avere successo
Every year on International Education Day, UNESCO invites people to think about how important education is for society, for example the role education has in world peace.
• Study and think about how lucky we are to go to school.
• Give money to organisations that help children go to school.
• Talk to people about these problems.
1 PAIRWORK Why is education important in human life? Look at the photos and discuss with a partner. Rank the ideas from 1 (very important) to 5 (not very important). work in groups and collaborate take tests and be evaluated socialise with classmates make new friends learn new things
2 Read and listen to the text and decide if the sentences are True (T) or False (F). Correct the false ones.
25th June is the International Day of Education. F 24th January is the International Day of Education.
1 Education is not in the Declaration of Human Rights.
2 Goal 4 of the 2030 Agenda is about education.
3 Some children haven’t got access to a good education.
4 In developing countries, all disabled children are at school.
5 Education isn’t necessary for success or prosperity.
COMPITO DI REALTÀ A slide presentation about your school
Task one GROUP WORK Your school is organising an open day for new students and your class wants to prepare a slide presentation to present all the extracurricular activities and projects at your school. Work in groups and prepare a plan of what you want to include in your slide presentation. Make a list.
Task two Write a short description of each activity or project on your list from Task one. Then, prepare your slide presentation. Remember to add a title to each slide and include photos if possible.
Task three Practise presenting your slide presentation in your groups. Take turns to speak, with each student presenting two or three slides.
Task four Present your slide presentation to the class.

1 Match the words to their translation. right 1 free 2 compulsory 3 education 4 primary 5 duty a gratuito b istruzione c dovere d elementare e obbligatorio f diritto
2 Complete the text with the words from exercise 1.
3 Quality Education is also Goal 4 of the 2030 Agenda. Do you know what the other objectives are? Watch the video.
4 Watch the video again and write the objective number in the correct place in the 5 Ps of Sustainable Development.
1,
5 PAIRWORK Do you know any other articles of the Italian Constitution? Do they have anything in common with the 17 Goals of the 2030 Agenda? Discuss with your partner and do some research. Report your findings to the class. f Articles 33 and 34 of the Italian Constitution are about (1) . It is the government’s (2) to make schools open to everyone. (3) education is (4) and (5) Everyone has got the (6) to education.

5 Ps OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Water is a basic human right and is vital to human life. We need water to stay alive but it is also important to reduce poverty, for food security, for our ecosystems and for peace.



Water is a renewable resource, but it is not inexhaustible. We now have a global water crisis caused by intensive agriculture, industry, deforestation, urbanisation and climate change. The population on Earth is expanding and, therefore need for clean water is growing. This is why another name for water is ‘blue gold’.
In many countries around the world, water is not clean, there isn’t enough for everyone or people have to travel long distances to collect it. Goal 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development aims to give safe drinking water to everyone and improve water quality and sanitation. Then there is Goal which aims to reduce marine pollution and protect the water ecosystems, like rivers, lakes and seas.
Audrey Hepburn actress and humanitarian (1929-1993) Water is life and clean water means health.
Every year on the 22nd of March people celebrate World Water Day. There is a different theme each year, for example, Glacier Preservation in 2025 and Water for Peace in 2024. In fact, water can make peace when countries and communities share this precious resource but it can also start conflict and wars. World Water Day aims to balance everyone’s needs and protect this valuable resource. food security sicurezza alimentare caused by causata da therefore pertanto enough abbastanza pollution inquinamento


• Save water – turn off the tap when you brush your teeth or take two-minute showers.
• Clean your local beach, river or lake.
• Share stories on social media about water problems.
1 PAIRWORK Work in pairs. Write four things we use water for. Use the photos to help you. drinking,
2 Read and listen to the text. Match the words to the correct information. Water is
a to improve water quality.
b focuses on different water themes every year.
c war or peace.
d vital to human life.
5 Water can create
e to protect water ecosystems.
f a global water crisis.
QUIZ Are you a water saver or water waster?
Task one Do the quiz and find out!
Rank 5-0 (5 = always; 0 = never).
Do you leave the tap on when you brush your teeth? 1
2 Do you have long showers?
3 Do you have baths?
4 Do you wash dishes by hand instead of using a dishwasher?
5 Do you wash fruit and vegetables with the tap on instead of using a bowl?
6 Do you use tap water for watering your garden or your plants instead of rainwater?
7 Do you drink bottled water?
8 Do you wash your bike or parents’ car every week?
Check your score!
Mostly 4/5
You are a good water saver! Well done! Mostly 3 Good! You’re doing well to save water.
1 Read the text. Then complete the mind map below with the highlighted words.
Water covers 3/4 (about 71%) of the Earth’s surface, but we can only use a small part because 97% of it is salt water from oceans and seas. Only 3% of water is freshwater. You can find 79% of freshwater in glaciers and permanent snow, and 20% in the subsoil (groundwater). Only 1% of freshwater is in lakes, rivers, in the atmosphere (water vapour), in the soil, in the human body and living organisms.
(2) and permanent snow
4)
(5) lakes (1) water freshwater
2 What do you remember about the water cycle? Watch the video.



























































You
Task two GROUP WORK Work in groups. Compare your answers with the other students in your group. Then create a pie chart showing the quiz results.
3 PAIRWORK Put the words from the video into a logical order according to the water cycle.
Condensation
Evaporation




Millions of people around the world celebrate World Earth Day on 22nd April with the aim of doing things to protect the environment. From the first Earth Day in 1970, this day is a way to highlight the importance of green issues like global warming and renewable energy Climate change and man-made changes are the reason why many animal species and forests are disappearing.
We all need to change our habits and lifestyles. There are lots of little things we can do every day, for example:
• buy fewer clothes and plastic
• buy fewer single-use things
• recycle more
• buy only things we really need
Earth provides enough to satisfy every man’s needs, but not every man’s greed .’

• Plant a tree in your garden or local park.
The World Earth Day also encourages people to do something for their local environment, like plant a tree or clean up a park.
Now more than 190 countries around the world take part in events on 22nd April. So what can you do to help?
• Organise a clean-up day of your local park or beach.
• Use less plastic – don’t buy bottled water or single-use plastic, for example.
• Walk or cycle to school.
• Recycle your clothes.
1 PAIRWORK What can you do to help look after the environment? Look at the photos and discuss with your partner. Use the verbs in the box to help you.
plant • clean • recycle • use / reuse • reduce
2 Read and listen to the text and match the two parts of the sentences.
c
World Earth Day is
1 Complete the diagram with the words from the box. plant • fungi • animal • protista • monera
Five Kingdom Classification
You can plant a
More than 190 countries
a take part in World Earth Day events.
b to help your environment.
c on 22nd April.
d everyday habits.
e a green issue.
f die every year.
QUIZ How much do you love planet Earth?
Task one Do the quiz and find out!
Choose A, B or C. Then listen and check your answers.
Where is the Great Barrier Reef?
2 Complete the sentences with the information from the box.
A South America B Australia C Canada
Which is the largest ocean on Earth?
A Pacific Ocean B Atlantic Ocean C Indian Ocean
There are about trillion trees on Earth.
A 2 B 9 C 3
Which place is very cold?
A Canada B Antarctica C Russia
Which is the largest continent?
A 4 B 400 C 4,000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A Asia B Africa C North America
Approximately how old is planet Earth?
A 6 billion years B 4.5 billion years C 8.2 billion years
Which continent is home to the Amazon Rainforest?
A Europe B South America C Asia
A glass bottle takes about years to decompose in water.
Check your score! up to 8 correct
You love the Earth and you know a lot about it! up to 6 correct You know quite a lot about the Earth but you can learn more… up to 4 correct
You don’t know much about the Earth Remember, it’s important to know the place where we live!
Task two GROUP WORK Work in groups. Compare your answers with the other students in your group. What could you do to learn more about the environment and how to protect it?
vertebrates and invertebrates microscopic living things • other living things very primitive • trees, plants and vegetation
Animal kingdom: There are two large groups –vertebrates and invertebrates.
1 Plant kingdom: make up this kingdom.
2 Fungi kingdom: The species feed from
3 Protista kingdom: This group is .
4 Monera kingdom: This is the kingdom of .
3 Watch the video and complete the sentences.
1 This is the story of our changing and what we can do to it thrive.

2 Share the wonder of the extraordinary we call .
4 PAIRWORK Discuss with your partner your favourite scene from the video.




The European Road Safety Day is an annual campaign. Its aim is to reduce the number of deaths from accidents in cities. Nowadays, there are enormous risks for pedestrians and cyclists in towns and cities, and these risks are increasing every day as traffic grows. There are more than 1.2 million traffic accidents every year. Half of the people involved are pedestrians, cyclists or motorcyclists.
The European Road Safety Day is part of a large plan by the United Nations called ‘Vision Zero’. The goal of Vision Zero is to reduce the number of people who get hurt on roads by 50% by 2030 and to achieve zero deaths on roads by 2050


Vision Zero started in Sweden in 1997. The main principle is that it is unacceptable for people to die or get hurt on the roads. The responsibility is not only on the people who use the roads but also on the people who design them. The aim of Vision Zero is not to stop all accidents, but to make them less dangerous. Some ideas from Vision Zero include: slow speed limits for cars, more space for pedestrians, special cycle lanes for bikes, safer cars with new technology and teaching people how to keep safe on the road.
The Vision Zero approach is very successful and many countries are now following this model.
deaths morti increasing aumentando more than più di get hurt rimangono ferite started ha avuto inizio less meno safer più sicure
• Wear a helmet when you cycle.
• Wear a seatbelt in the car.
• Use pedestrian crossings.
• Always respect traffic light signals.
• Never use your phone when you cycle.
1 PAIRWORK Tick (4) the things you shouldn’t do when you ride a bike.
Wear a helmet.
Ride and talk on your phone.
Wear dark clothes.
Cycle on the cycle lane.
Use hand signals to indicate when you turn left or right.
Wear headphones.
2 Read and listen to the text and complete the sentences with one word.
6th May is the European Road Safety Day.
1 Nowadays cities are dangerous especially for , cyclists and motorcyclists.
2 By the UN aims to reduce road deaths and injuries by 50%
3 The Swedish Vision Zero plan wants to have deaths from road accidents by 2050
4 Vision Zero does not expect to stop but to find solutions to reduce deaths and serious injuries.
5 limits and cycle lanes can help reduce the problem.
COMPITO DI REALTÀ An event invitation
Task one GROUP WORK Your class wants to celebrate the European Road Safety Day. Work in groups and decide what activities you want to organise. Make a list.
1 Match the signs to the words from the box. traffic lights • no entry • cycle lane • speed limit pedestrian crossing • turn left
2 PAIRWORK Look at these slogans for road safety. Which is your favourite? Why? Discuss with your partner.
Task two Now each group prepares an invitation to an event to promote road safety. Include a title for the event, date, time and place of the event, a brief description of it.
Help Make Our Roads Safe!
We’re happy to invite you on the 6th May at p.m. to at for the European Road Safety Day! Activities: , , and Come and join us!
Task three Compare your invitation to the invitations of the other groups. Are your activities similar? Are they original? a quiz about road signs invite an expert on road safety

3 PAIRWORK Now create a new slogan about road safety with your partner.
4 Compare your slogan with the slogans of your classmates. Stop, look and listen!
by Sting
1 Read the fact file about Sting and complete the text.
Sting’s real name is (1) .
He was born in (2) on the (3)
In the early 1980s, he plays the (4) in the band The Police. He goes solo after The Police break up in (5) .
He often receives (6) for his work.
2 PAIRWORK Read the lyric. What do you think it means? Share your ideas with another pair of students.
Be yourself, no matter what they say.
3 Listen to the song ‘Englishman in New York’ and watch the video. What does it make you think of? Does it make you feel happy or sad?
4 Complete the extract from the song with the verbs from the box.
like • hear • take • walk • talk • see


I don’t drink coffee, I (1) tea, my dear
I (2) my toast done on one side
And you can (3) it in my accent when I (4)
I’m an Englishman in New York
(5) me walking down Fifth Avenue
A walking cane here at my side I take it everywhere I (6) I’m an Englishman in New York
I’m an alien, I’m a legal alien I’m an Englishman in New York
Real name Gordon Matthew Thomas Sumner
Nationality British
Birthdate 2nd October 1951
Main instruments vocals, bass guitar, guitar
Career bass guitarist in the band The Police (1977-1984), then solo career
Awards many awards, both for his music and his charity work


5 Listen to the song again and check your answers.

was born nacque break up si sciolgono done cotto
walking cane bastone da passeggio everywhere ovunque
1 Read the fact file about Harry Styles and decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F).
1 Harry Styles isn’t from Scotland.
2 He doesn’t write his songs.
3 He is The X Factor 2010 winner.
4 He is an actor as well as a singer.
5 One of his songs is about being kind to people.
2 PAIRWORK Read the lyric. Who or what do you think the pronoun she refers to? Share your ideas with another pair of students.
I don’t know who she is.
3 Listen to the song ‘She’. What do you like about it? Why? the lyrics the music the guitar solo the rhythm
4 Complete the extract from the song with the words from the box.
kids • why • coffee • who • with • morning


Nine in the (1)
The man drops his (2) off at school
And he’s thinking of you Like all of us do
Sends his assistant for (3) in the afternoon
Around 1:32
Like he knows what to do
She She lives in daydreams (4) me
She’s the first one that I see
And I don’t know (5)
I don’t know (6) she is
5 Listen to the song again and check your answers.
Nationality English
Birthdate 1st February 1994
Job(s) singer and songwriter; actor
Instruments vocals
Career competitor (not winner) of The X Factor 2010; singer in the boy band One Direction (2010-2016), then solo singer
First film Dunkirk (2017)
Slogan ‘Treat people with kindness’ – in fact, one


Shrove Tuesday is the last day before Lent, the forty days before Easter. Most people know it as Mardi Gras, a time for carnival in places like Rio de Janeiro in Brazil and Venice in Italy, but in England this day is usually called Pancake Day. Why? Because it is the tradition to eat pancakes, made with eggs, flour, butter and milk and filled with lemon and sugar, before the Christian period of abstinence from sugary or fatty foods.
As well as eating pancakes, in England there are pancake races. You run and toss a pancake at the same time, but you can’t drop it! This is a tradition from 1445! You can also play a 12th-century game called ‘mob football’. You just need two teams, with as many players as you want, one football and two goals at the opposite ends of a long street. Atherstone, in the Midlands, is famous for this game.




Easter is an important holiday in the UK. Many people go to church, especially on Good Friday and Easter Sunday, and there are lots of traditional activities and food. Families organise Easter egg hunts for children. The parents hide eggs in the house and garden and the children run around and try to find lots of eggs. The eggs are chocolate or plastic with a small gift or sweets inside. Eggs are an ancient symbol of life and fertility.
Hot cross buns are a typical food. They are a type of bread and you eat them warm with butter. The cross on the top symbolises the crucifixion of Christ.
At Easter there are often parades or fairs with costumes and competitions for the best Easter strange customs like the Easter Egg Roll – rolling eggs down a hill without breaking them! They even do it every year at the White House in Washington DC!

Lent Quaresima flour farina toss si lancia drop farlo cadere hunts cacce bonnet cappello



3 YOUR TURN Prepare a presentation about a festival in your country. Think about these points:
• why you like this festival
• the traditional food or drink
• the traditional decorations / lights / songs etc.
• what you usually do on that day



1 Osserva la mappa. Ascolta e ripeti i nomi dei continenti.

3 Dove si trovano questi paesi? Trova l’intruso e scrivi il continente in cui si trova. France – Ireland – Japan – Germany Asia
1 Italy – Canada – Mexico – USA
2 Peru – Chile – Australia – Venezuela
3 Greece – Egypt – Spain – Poland
4 Argentina – Belgium – Denmark – Switzerland
5 China – Nigeria – Kenya – Tunisia
6 New Zealand – Australia – USA – Samoa
4 Scrivi le nazionalità nel riquadro accanto alla nazione corretta. Poi ascolta, controlla e ripeti.
Peruvian • Australian • Greek • Chilean • Moroccan • Argentinian • Indian • Japanese • Dutch • Swiss Mexican • New Zealander • Portuguese • Tunisian • Nigerian • South African • Russian • Turkish
5 Inserisci gli aggettivi di nazionalità dell’es. 4 nella colonna corretta.
6 PAIRWORK Osservate le immagini di questi luoghi famosi. A turno, dite la nazionalità e il continente in cui si trovano.









1 Osserva l’albero genealogico di Harry Potter. Completalo con i rapporti di parentela. Poi ascolta e controlla.

2 Osserva di nuovo l’albero genealogico dell’es. 1 e completa le frasi con i rapporti di parentela nel riquadro. C’è una parola in più. Poi ascolta e controlla. wife • husband • niece • nephew • only child
1 Harry Potter is Petunia Evans’ .
2 Dudley Dursley hasn’t got brothers or sisters. He’s an
3 James Potter is Lily Evans’ .
4 Petunia Evans is Vernon Dursley’s
3 Qual è la parola in più nell’es. 2? Qual è il suo corrispondente maschile / femminile? wife


PHYSICAL APPEARANCE
4 Osserva le immagini. Ascolta e ripeti i nomi delle caratteristiche fisiche. a beard a moustache bald glasses






BE CAREFUL
a moustache i baffi a beard la barba
5 Osserva di nuovo l’albero genealogico dell’es. 1 e completa le descrizioni con le parole mancanti.
beard • moustache • glasses
1 Harry Potter has got
2 Vernon Dursley has got a . 3 Fleamont Potter has got a and a moustache.
6 PAIRWORK A turno, contate e dite quante persone nella famiglia di Harry hanno le caratteristiche fisiche nel riquadro.
bald • moustache • red hair • short hair • glasses • curly hair • beard
Bald.
Zero people.
7 Leggi il testo su Ed Sheeran e completalo con le parole nel riquadro.
moustache • blue • red • plump • tall • beard • glasses • brother • British
Ed Sheeran is a British musician. His place of birth is Halifax, in England. He’s got a (1) but he hasn’t got sisters.
He isn’t very (2) and he’s a bit (3) , but I think he’s quite good-looking.
He’s got short, (4) hair, a (5) and a (6)
His eyes are (7) and he’s got (8) . In my opinion, Perfect is his best song.

8 PAIRWORK A turno, usate questi suggerimenti per fare domande e dare risposte su Ed Sheeran.
1 sisters?
2 short?
3 what colour / his hair?
4 beard?
5 moustache?
No, he hasn’t. He’s got a brother. Has Ed Sheeran got sisters?
6 what colour / his eyes?
7 glasses?


PARTS OF THE HOUSE
1 Ascolta e ripeti i nomi delle parti della casa.


FURNITURE
2 Ascolta e ripeti i nomi dei mobili e degli oggetti di arredamento.









3 Osserva le immagini e completa con le parole mancanti.

There is a





5 PAIRWORK A turno, descrivete le due stanze. Dite tutti gli oggetti che notate. Usate there is, there




Adjectives for describing objects and materials
ADJECTIVES FOR DESCRIBING OBJECTS
1 Ascolta e ripeti gli aggettivi per descrivere gli oggetti.







MATERIALS
2 Ascolta e ripeti i nomi dei materiali.




interesting interessante exciting eccitante cool fico/a difficult difficile trendy alla moda







Per chiedere e dire di che materiale è fatto un oggetto, si dice: ‘What’s it made of?’ ‘It’s made of leather.’


3
Osserva le immagini e completa le frasi con gli aggettivi corretti.




The bike is new. 1 Tom’s watch is . 2 My brother’s wallet is . 3 Mia’s skateboard is .




4 My sister’s sunglasses are 5 These comics are 6 Mum’s camera is 7 Her diary is
4 Completa le parole e decidi se descrivono un’opinione (O) o un materiale (M).
o t t
5 Completa le frasi con le parole dell’es. 4.
I’ve got a trendy leather jacket. Its colour is red and it’s my favourite possession!
1 I’m not good at maths. It can be very .
2 I’ve got a new chair in my room. It’s made of , not plastic.
3 My friend has got very clothes today.
4 The gate is big and heavy.
5 I’ve got a new mobile phone. It’s so !
6 PAIRWORK Seguite le istruzioni e create un dialogo.
Student A Student B
Chiedi qual è il suo oggetto preferito. Di’ che è il tuo violino.
Chiedi com’è.
Chiedi se è nuovo.
Di’ che è pesante ed è fatto di legno.
Rispondi di no. Di’ che è di tuo nonno, è vecchio ma è molto fico!


1 Ascolta e ripeti le azioni quotidiane.




BE CAREFUL















3 Completa le azioni con i verbi corretti.
4 Completa il testo con le parole nel riquadro. surfs
Joy is a creature of habit! She always follows the same routine. For example, on Saturday mornings, she goes shopping. She brushes her (1) and (2) the bus to the shopping centre. She does the (3) and (4) in a café. In the afternoon, she has a (5) and then she takes the dog for a (6) . At five o’clock, she makes a (7) and (8) the Net for an hour. After dinner, she (9) a bath and watches TV. She falls (10) at nine o’clock!

5 Ascolta e completa le informazioni sulla giornata tipica di Luca con i verbi mancanti. Poi ascolta di nuovo e controlla.
I start school at a quarter past eight. Start school. get up and have breakfast (1) a wash and dressed
(2) the bus to go to school (3) school (4) lunch in the canteen
(5) homework in the library (6) school and home (7) a snack and a nap
(8) my dog for a walk
(9) dinner with my family (10) the Net in my room
6 PAIRWORK Scrivete una pagina ‘My Day’ sul quaderno. Student A, scegli un’attività dalla pagina del/la tuo/a compagno/a. Student B, di’ quando fai quell’attività. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli.


SPORTS



























5 Aggiungi alla mappa dell’es. 4 altri sport che conosci.
6 Abbina le definizioni alle parole nel riquadro. surfboard • helmet • skates • skis • goal • racket
You wear this on your head. helmet
1 You use this when you play tennis.
2 You use this when you go surfing.
3 This is where the ball goes in football.
4 You wear these when you go skiing.
5 You wear these for ice skating. Yes, I can. Can you play table tennis? I can play it quite well. How well can you play it? And are you good at…? 7 PAIRWORK A turno, chiedetevi quali sport fra quelli dell’es. 1 sapete fare. Cercate di usare il maggior numero possibile di espressioni dell’unità 4.




















CONTAINERS










3 Trova l’intruso.
4 Completa le frasi con i nomi dei contenitori mancanti. This bottle of ketchup is empty.
1 There’s a of honey in the cupboard.
2 I have a of orange juice in the morning.
5 Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare il testo.
3 Can you open this of tuna?
4 Let’s buy a of milk for breakfast.
5 Would you like a of crisps?
On school days, Ella usually has only a bottle / glass of milk for (1) breakfast / dinner because she’s always late. Then she eats two (2) biscuits / cheese on her way to school. But Sundays are different and she has a large, healthy breakfast! She has a glass of (3) milk / bread, a (4) can / bowl of cereal and a glass of (5) tea / orange juice. But that’s not all! Sometimes Ella makes an omelette with cheese and (6) ham / steak and she has (7) toast / beans with bread, butter and jam – usually (8) strawberry / chocolate jam.

6 PAIRWORK A turno, chiedetevi quali fra gli alimenti dell’es. 1 vi piacciono e non vi piacciono. Cercate di usare il maggior numero possibile di espressioni dell’unità 7.
No, I can’t stand spinach! What do you think of peas? Do you like spinach?
I love them! They’re my favourite vegetables!


1 Ascolta e ripeti i nomi dei vestiti e degli accessori.




















2 Completa la mappa con le parole dell’es. 1.
Accessories
braces
pyjamas
3 Aggiungi alla mappa dell’es. 2 altre parole che conosci.
4 Leggi le definizioni e scrivi le parole corrispondenti. You wear a pair of these to hold your trousers up. braces
1 You wear these in winter on your hands.
2 You wear one or more of these on your arm.
3 You use it to tell the time (when your mobile is broken!)
4 You decorate your hands with these... and you wear a gold one when you get married!
5 You wear them in your ears.
6 You wear this around your neck. It’s often metal, like gold or silver.
5 Completa l’e-mail con le parole mancanti. La prima lettera di ciascuna parola è data.
Hi Lucy,
Here I am in Stockholm visiting my Dad. It’s a great city, but there is one bad thing: the weather.
In Sweden, summers are very cool. I have three pairs of shorts and lots of (1) T in my bag, but no (2) t , I haven’t got my (3) j !

My hands are freezing and I haven’t got a pair of (4) g ! And guess what? I don’t even have an (5) u , and it rains all the time!
Today I’m wearing a warm (6) h on my head, a jumper, and my Dad’s winter (7) j ... and I’m inside the house! The heating is off and it’s really cold! Also, I don’t have my favourite basketball (8) t with me, so I’m wearing my summer (9) s on my feet – without (10) s , of course!
Can you believe it? I actually miss our British summer!
Luke
6 PAIRWORK Osservate le foto e, a turno, descrivete le immagini, rispondendo a queste domande:
1 What is he/she wearing?
2 What is his/her style? (sporty, trendy, casual, smart, etc.)
3 Do you like wearing clothes like his/hers? Why? / Why not?







1 Completa la mappa con i pronomi soggetto e gli aggettivi possessivi nel riquadro. you • they • his • my • we • our • their • she • its • your
Pronomi soggetto I he it you your her
Aggettivi possessivi
2 Completa la mappa con le forme mancanti del verbo be.
Forma affermativa
Estesa Contratta I I You You
He / She / It He / She / It’s We / You / They are We / You / They
Forma negativa Estesa Contratta I I’m not You are not You He / She / It He / She / It We / You / They We / You / They aren’t
Forma interrogativa Am I? you? he / she / it? we / you / they?
Risposte brevi Affermative Negative
Yes, you are. No, you . Yes, I . No, I’m not. Yes, he / she / it . No, he / she / it . Yes, we / you / they . No, we / you / they aren’t.


1 Scrivi il pronome personale soggetto che corrisponde alle parole in blu.
Becky and Jack are 15. they
1 Flash is a black dog.
2 My mother is from Milan.
3 My father is British.
4 You and Carl are in group B.
5 Rob and I are from London.
2 Abbina l’aggettivo possessivo al pronome personale soggetto corrispondente.
5 Riscrivi le frasi dell’esercizio 4 con la forma contratta.
We’re on holiday.
3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
She’s my Spanish friend. His / Her name’s Carla.
1 Look at Paul and her / his friend.
2 What’s your / her surname, Julia?
3 I’m Peter and she’s my / her sister.
4 Gary and Penny are in his / their room.
5 Where are his / your parents from, Alex?
6 We’re Harry and Tom. We’re in our / their room.
4 Completa le frasi con am, are o is.
We are on holiday.
1 I from Italy.
2 He Josh.
3 We English.
4 She from Australia.
5 I twelve.
6 You friends.
7 They American.
8 It my passport.
6 Completa il testo con le parole nel riquadro. is • Her • Their • We • are • our am • It • he • his • is our his her my its
Hi! We are Lily and Susan, we (1) English and (2) school is Northwood Secondary School. (3) ’s a very big school in London. The name of our basketball team (4) the Northwood Kangaroos and it’s very strong. I (5) 13 and I’m in Year 9, but Lily is 12, she’s in Year 8. (6) brother is very nice, (7) name is Simon and (8) is in Year 9. (9) dog is very nice too, it’s white and brown and its favourite food (10) hamburger!
7 Completa le domande con le question words corrette.
Who is she? My sister.
1 are you? Fine, thanks!
2 ’s her surname? Smith.
3 is she from? Italy.
4 is he? 14.
5 ’s your name? Ryan.
6 is he from? France.
8 Riordina le parole e scrivi le domande.
A girl / that / is / who / ?
Who is that girl?
B That’s my sister Rachel.
1 A is / where / school / your / ?
B It’s in Baker Street.
2 A nationality / Jannik / Sinner’s / is / what / ?
B He’s Italian.
3 A family / how / your / is / ?
B They’re fine, thank you.
4 A grandparents / old / how / are / your / ?
B My granddad is 69 and my grandma is 66.
5 A those / are / what / ?
B Those are my old computer games.


1 Completa la mappa con le forme mancanti del verbo have got.
Forma affermativa
Estesa Contratta
I / You I / You’ve got He / She / It He / She / It We / You / They have got We / You / They
Forma interrogativa
I / you ? Has he / she / it got? we / you / they ?
2 Completa le mappe con le parole mancanti.
DEMONSTRATIVES
Forma negativa
Estesa Contratta
I / You have not got I / You He / She / It He / She / It hasn’t got We / You / They We / You / They
Risposte brevi Affermative Negative
Yes, you / I . No, you / I .
Yes, he / she / it . No, he / she / it hasn’t. Yes, we / you / they have. No, we / you / they .
is my dog. That woman is my aunt.
These books are old. are my parents.
Beth / car the students / books the women / bags
Lucy and Paul / dog

1 Completa le frasi con la forma contratta di have got. Brilliant! I’ve got a new smartwatch.
1 They cool sunglasses.
2 Hey! Where’s my bag? Holly! I your bag!
3 Leo a dog.
4 We two little cousins.
5 I long brown hair.
6 Ron freckles.
2 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa.
Alice has got one rucksack. Alice hasn’t got one rucksack.
1 Jason has got a good memory.
2 The kids have got mobile phones.
3 James and Rebecca have got green eyes.
4 Andrew has got two lunch boxes.
5 Thomas has got a cool digital camera.
6 Simon and Amy have got freckles.
3 Abbina le domande alle risposte. Have you got a dog?
1 Has she got blue eyes?
2 Have we got a French lesson today?
3 Have they got brown hair?
4 Have you got a black pen?
a No, I haven’t, but I’ve got a blue pen.
b Yes, she has.
c No, I haven’t, but I’ve got a cat.
d No, they haven’t. They’ve got blonde hair and brown eyes.
e No, we haven’t. We’ve got an English lesson today.
4 Jane e Noel vanno in gita scolastica. Osserva la tabella. Che attrezzatura hanno a disposizione? Scrivi domande e rispondi con risposte brevi.
5 Completa le frasi con this, that, these o those e la forma corretta del verbo be.


This is my friend Hanna. my American friends.


my friend. ’ our friend.


the Irish twins. the Irish twins.
6 Scrivi a cosa corrisponde la ’s nelle frasi tra is, has o ’s. Jake’s a very tall boy. is
1 My sister’s got a brown rabbit.
2 What’s Susan’s surname? ,
3 That skateboard’s my cousin’s. ,
4 My cousin’s skateboards are very old.
5 Charlie’s got red hair and Zoe’s blonde. ,
7 Completa le frasi con Whose… is o Whose… are. Poi scrivi le risposte.
A Whose T-shirt is this? / Rick
B It’s Rick’s.
1 A rucksack this? / Andy
2 A sunglasses these? / Jessica

Has Noel got a map? No, he hasn’t.
Have they got a digital camera? Yes, they have.
A hamster that? / George
children those? / Tim and Kate


1 Completa la mappa con le forme mancanti di there is / there are.
Forma estesa
Forma affermativa
Forma negativa
Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
Forma affermativa
Forma negativa
Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
2 Completa la mappa con le parole mancanti.
There a shower.
Forma contratta
Forma estesa
Forma contratta
Yes, there
No, there .
Forma estesa
Forma contratta
Forma estesa Is a shower?
Forma contratta
Are two showers?
SOME / ANY SOME ANY
Frase affermativa
There are beds. I’ve got some books.
There any beds. I haven’t got books.
There two showers.
There a shower. are not two showers.
–isn’t a shower.
There two showers.
Yes, there ’s a shower.
No, there
Frase negativa Frase interrogativa
Are there beds? you got any books?
1 Completa le frasi con There is / There are (4) o There isn’t / There aren’t (8).
(4) There is a wardrobe in my bedroom.
1 (8) a cat at the camp.
2 (4) two bathrooms in my house.
3 (4) three people here.
4 (4) a poster in his bedroom.
5 (8) a garden in my house.
6 (8) any bins in my classroom.
2 Osserva la casa di Mr Rick Rich. Completa le frasi utilizzando There is/isn’t o There are/aren’t.

3 Completa le domande con Is there o Are there. Is there

4 Scrivi le domande. Poi rispondi in modo personale. Internet / your school? ‘Is there Internet in your school?’ ‘Yes, there is.’
1 three bedrooms / your house?
2 sofa / your living room? 3 computer / your bedroom? 4 twenty desks / your classroom?
5 500 students / your school?
6 bath / your bathroom?
5 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Are there some / any chairs in the room?
1 There aren’t some / any glasses on the table.
2 I’ve got some / any sandwiches in my lunchbox.
3 There are some / any books on the sofa.
4 Are there some / any strawberries in the shop?
5 There aren’t some / any toys at school.
6 Are there some / any flowers in your garden?
7 We’ve got some / any red pens.
8 There aren’t some / any mirrors in this house.
6 Completa il dialogo utilizzando some o any.
Molly I like this youth club. Have you got any games?
Jack Yes, there are (1) games on the table.
Molly Are there (2) books?
Jack Sure, there are (3) books and comics on the shelves.
Molly That’s great! Have we got (4) computers?
Jack No, there aren’t (5) computers, but we’ve got (6) tablets.
Molly Super! It’s so cool here!
7 Completa le frasi con il plurale delle parole fra parentesi.
The children are in the garden. (child)
1 There are two in the fridge. (tomato)
2 The are very friendly. (dog)
3 He has got big . (foot)
4 There are some in the corner. (box)
5 The are in the café. (woman)
6 There are three in the attic. (mouse)



1 Completa la mappa con le forme mancanti del verbo can.
Forma affermativa
I / You can sing. He / She / It We / You / They
Forma interrogativa you / I dance hip-hop? he / she / it we / you / they
2 Completa la mappa con le parole mancanti.
Forma negativa
Estesa Contratta
I / You play football. I / You can’t play football. He / She / It He / She / It We / You / They We / You / They
Risposte brevi Affermative Negative Yes, I / you can No, I / you he / she / it he / she / it we / you / they we / you / they
play the piano very well / well. well. well / pretty play the piano well. at . I I
1 Osserva la tabella. Poi completa le frasi.
Chris Holly we you they
Chris can play the guitar, but he can’t dance.
1 Holly but she
2 We but .
3 You . 4 They
2 Scrivi le domande. Poi rispondi con risposte brevi. chickens / fly?
‘Can chickens fly?’ ‘No, they can’t.’
1 animals / count?
2 cars / speak?
3 a dog / sit down?
4 cats / swim?
5 we / speak English?
6 a turtle / run?
3 Scrivi due domande per ogni persona dell’esercizio 1 e rispondi con risposte brevi.
‘Can Chris play the guitar?’ ‘Yes, he can.’
‘Can Chris dance?’ ‘No, he can’t.’

4 Scrivi domande e risposte, utilizzando very well (s), quite well (n) e not at all (f).
John / ski? / f ‘Can Josh ski?’ ‘No, he can’t ski at all.’
1 Ellie / dance? / s
2 Meg / sing? / s
3 Bryan / play the guitar? / n
4 Joe / play the violin? / f
5 Bob and Kath / decorate the room? / f
6 Mr and Mrs Miles / cook? / s
5 Leggi ciò che racconta Sarah e indica se il verbo can viene usato come ability (A) o permission (P).
You know, music is my life, I can play the guitar but I can’t sing at all (1) ! I can’t go to concerts (2) when they’re in the evenings, but I can go to musicals (3) in the afternoon with my schoolmates.
I can use the computer quite well (4) and I can play video games (5) , but not late at night. I can’t play loud music (6) when my parents are at home, but I can (7) when they are at work! Don’t tell anyone! A
6 Chiedi il permesso di fare queste cose e immagina che cosa risponderebbero i tuoi genitori.
have some pocket money
‘Can I have some pocket money?’
‘OK. Yes, you can.’ ‘No sorry, you can’t.’
1 play video games
2 have a party
3 watch TV after dinner
4 go to bed late
5 go to the cinema
6 sleep at your friend’s



1 Completa la mappa con le forme mancanti.
Forma affermativa
Variazioni ortografiche
I . You . He / She / It . We / You / They live.
verbi che terminano in -o, -ch, -sh, -s, -ss, -x, -z
verbi che terminano in consonante + -y verbi irregolari + + do teach brush kiss relax study fly have
2 Completa la mappa con le parole nel riquadro.
2021 • ten o’clock • my birthday • winter • Tuesday • night • the afternoon • 23rd June • Christmas
in on at


1 Completa le frasi con i verbi nel riquadro.
live • work • play • help • take chat • read • get up • stay
She takes her dog for a walk!
1 Paul and Laura often in the kitchen.
2 We tennis every Saturday.
3 You at 7 every morning.
4 He only detective books.
5 Chuck in New York, in America.
6 I never with friends after dinner.
7 Zac’s father in a bank in London.
8 Helena with her grandparents in the summer.
2 Coniuga i verbi alla terza persona singolare facendo attenzione alle variazioni ortografiche.
finish finishes
1 know
2 miss
3 worry
4 go 5 say 6 kiss 7 match 8 ask
3 Completa le frasi con la terza persona singolare dei verbi nel riquadro.
go • teach • finish • study • watch • kiss • fly
He flies the drone very high.
1 She school at 4 o’clock.
2 Andrea to bed at 11 p.m.
3 My mum my baby brother at bedtime.
4 Simon French and Italian.
5 Frank the news on TV every day.
6 Mr Berger German history.
4 Completa il testo con la forma corretta di un verbo appropriato.
Hi, I’m Gwen. I’m a student. I get up at 7.00 in the morning and have a shower. I usually (1) toast, cereal and tea for breakfast. School (2) at 9.00 a.m. We (3) one hour for lunch. In the afternoon, there are 2 lessons and school (4) at 3.40 p.m. On Wednesday, I (5) volleyball after school. I (6) my homework in the evening and I (7) TV. I (8) to sleep at about 10.30.
5 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. He gets up at / in / on 7 a.m.
1 The lessons start in / at / on Tuesday.
2 My birthday is on / in / at July.
3 We often go to the cinema at / on / in weekends.
4 At / In / On summer we go to the beach.
5 He studies in / on / at the afternoon.
6 The next Olympics are in Los Angeles in / on / at 2028
7 The concert is in / on / at 9.30 p.m.
8 The exhibition opens at / on / in 17th September.
6 Completa il testo con le preposizioni di tempo mancanti.
Address 11 West 53 Street New York
Description It has a fantastic modern art collection, from the late 19th and 20th centuries.
Opening times The museum opens at 10.30 (1) the morning and closes (2) 5.30 (3) the evening, but (4) Fridays it closes (5) 8.00 (6) the evening. It is closed (7) Tuesdays. (8) July and August, the museum closes at 9.00 (9) Thursdays.
Please note that the MoMA is closed (10) Christmas.
Admission
Adults $30. Children under 16 free.
Matt has a geography lesson at five past nine on Mondays. Matt has a PE lesson at ten o’clock on Wednesdays.


1 Completa la mappa con le forme mancanti.
Forma negativa
I / You don’t get up at 7.30. He / She / It get up We / You / They get up
Forma interrogativa
Do I / you get up at 7.30? he / she / it we / you / they
Risposte brevi Affermative
Negative
Yes, I / you do. No, I / you don’t. he / she / it he / she / it we / you / they we / you / they
2 Completa la mappa con gli avverbi e le espressioni di frequenza mancanti.
Avverbi di frequenza Espressioni di frequenza always usually sometimes rarely every once / / three times day day a week month year year
1 Scrivi le frasi alla forma negativa.
I eat pizza every Saturday.
I don’t eat pizza every Saturday.
1 Betty likes watching tennis.
2 Drew and Alex play football.
3 You write emails to your friends.
4 The museum opens at 10 o’clock.
5 I know your brother.
6 We work in the summer.
2 Leggi le frasi e correggile.
Pandas eat meat. (bamboo)
Pandas don’t eat meat. They eat bamboo.
1 Kangaroos live in Africa. (Australia)
2 They speak Spanish in Tokyo. (Japanese)
3 Teachers work in banks. (in schools)
4 Billie Eilish comes from Portugal. (the USA)
5 LeBron James plays football. (basketball)
3 Riscrivi le frasi dell’esercizio 1 alla forma interrogativa. Poi rispondi con le risposte brevi affermative (4) o negative (8).
A Do you eat pizza every Saturday?
B Yes, I do. (4)

4 Guarda la tabella. Scrivi sei domande su cosa fanno i ragazzi e rispondi con risposte brevi.




and Lucy 4
‘Does Seth play video games?’ ‘Yes, he does.’ ‘Does Lauren play video games?’ ‘No, she doesn’t.’
5 Riordina le parole e scrivi le domande.
do / running / how often / go / you / ?
How often do you go running?
1 do / what / school / you / at / study / ?
2 the / how often / you / do / PlayStation / play / with / ?
3 meet / Saturdays / friends / you / your / on / usually / do / ?
4 what / start / time / does / lesson / your / ?
5 cake / a / do / birthday / make / we / your / for / ?
6 Scrivi le domande per queste risposte relative alla parte sottolineata.
Where does Nate come from?
Nate comes from Canada.
1
We play football on Saturdays 2
My brother is 17 3
I want to go to the Design Museum, not the Natural History Museum.
4
Jamie does karate at 5.00 p.m.
7 Scrivi le frasi al Present simple, mettendo l’avverbio tra parentesi nella posizione corretta.
Julia / go / to the beach / on holiday (usually)
Julia usually goes to the beach on holiday.
1 Sara / work / on Sundays (never)
2 Jack / play / board games with Molly (often)
3 I / be / early for school (never)
4 They / go / on day trips (sometimes)
5 My parents / be / happy / when I cook dinner for them (always)
6 Your father / travel / by train (never)


1 Completa la mappa con i verbi nel riquadro. hate • like • don’t mind • love • can’t stand • really like • don’t like
VERBS OF PREFERENCE / /
2 Completa la mappa con le parole nel riquadro.
Pronomi personali soggetto Nomi non numerabili I you he she it we you they
3 Completa la mappa con i pronomi personali complemento.
Pronomi personali complemento Nomi numerabili

1 Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei verbi nel riquadro.
play • go • watch • drink • live • read • get up
A Does Lucas like playing football?
B No, he doesn’t, but he loves watching it.
1 A Does Laura like in the morning?
B No, she doesn’t but she likes to bed late.
2 A What kind of books do you like ?
B I like thrillers and science fiction.
3 A Do cats like milk?
B Yes, they love it.
4 A Do they like in their town?
B Yes, they do, because they can go swimming every day in the sea.
2 Metti in ordine di preferenza ciò che piace / non piace a Lucy. La prima e l’ultima sono già in ordine.
Lucy loves black and white films.
She doesn’t like helping her mum.
She really likes rock music.
She doesn’t mind vegetables.
She likes studying French.
She hates spiders.
3 Scrivi le domande e le risposte usando i suggerimenti dati.
You / swimming?
‘Do you like swimming?’ ‘Yes, I love it.’
He / vegetables?
‘Does he like vegetables?’ ‘No, he hates them.’
1 John / rock climbing?
2 you / the Star Wars saga?
3 Sue / snakes?
4 they / sailing?
5 Clare / Marvel films?
6 you / Rihanna?
7 you / meat?
8 your brother / read comics?
4 Guarda l'immagine. Scrivi sul quaderno domande e risposte lunghe con some e any.

chocolate
‘Is there any chocolate?’ ‘Yes, there is some chocolate.’
1 bananas
2 sugar
3 butter
4 milk
5 apples
6 coffee
7 strawberries
8 fruit juice
5 Completa le frasi con il pronome complemento corretto.
A Do you like coffee?
B No, I don’t like it. (coffee)
1 A Do you see your grandparents very often?
B No, not often but they come to visit every Christmas. (our family)
2 A Where are my shoes?
B The dog has got ! (my shoes)
3 A There’s a letter for Neville.
B I can give it to . (Neville)
4 A Mrs Morgan is our new French teacher.
B Do you like ? (the teacher)
5 A Do you like The Flintstones?
B Sorry, I don’t know . (The Flintstones)
6 A Why don’t we play cricket this evening?
B No! I don’t like . (cricket)
6 Completa i dialoghi con i pronomi personali soggetto o complemento.
1 A I think your brother is nice. I like him!
B I don’t! ’s boring!
2 A Do you like vegetables?
B No, I don’t. ’re disgusting.
A Silly boy! I like a lot.
3 A I love rock climbing. ’s exciting!
B I don’t like . I think ’s scary.
4 A This is Julia, my best friend. I like
B I think ’s a lovely person.



1 Completa la mappa con le forme mancanti del Present continuous.
Forma affermativa I am wearing blue shoes. You He / She / It We / You / They
Forma negativa I blue shoes. You are not wearing He / She / It We / You / They
Forma interrogativa I wearing blue shoes? you Is he / she / it we / you / they
2 Completa la mappa con le parole interrogative.
Risposte brevi Affermative
Negative
Yes, you are. No, you . I . I . he / she / it . he / she / it . we / you / they we / you / they aren’t
PRESENT CONTINUOUS QUESTION WORDS are you crying? is she doing? is he going? are you talking to?

1 Riordina le parole per formulare delle frasi con il
Present continuous.
am / doing / I / homework / my I am doing my homework.
1 wearing / are / favourite / my / T-shirt / You
2 dinner / cooking / ’s / Peter
3 watching / They / TV / are
4 Net / the / Sam / surfing / is
5 They / studying / English / are
2 Completa l’e-mail di Alex con la forma corretta del Present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.
Dear Mum and Dad,
Hi! I’m writing (write) from the camp. How are you? I’ (1) (have) a great time with my new friends, and I love the food! At the moment, Mark (2) (make) pepperoni pizza and the other kids (3) (organise) a Charity Fashion Show. We are all very excited! I’ (4) (work) at the music playlist with Jamie, and the girls (5) (prepare) the collection. They’re really good stylists. Harry (6) (look) for a tennis partner, he doesn’t want to help but guess what? He’s the presenter! And I am one of the models! That’s all from the Camp for today.
Bye!
Oliver
3 Scrivi le frasi in base alle situazioni usando le espressioni nel riquadro.
make / playlist • run • design / new clothes • wear / coat show / start • sleep / sofa • visit / grandparents
It’s very hot today.
I’m not wearing my coat.
1 Harry’s really tired.
2 Alison is a talented stylist.
3 Silence please!
4 Emily is not at the camp today.
5 Ian is a very good DJ.
6 Shay is late for the show.
4 Scrivi le frasi con la forma corretta del Present continuous.
Susan / not play guitar / dance
Susan isn’t palying the guitar. She’s dancing.
1 Luke and Sam / not eat a sandwich / eat biscuits
2 Jake and Tom / not play football / study
3 Andy / not write / talk
4 Jane / not sleep / have a shower
5 Molly / not cook / listen to music
5 Scrivi le domande. Poi rispondi con le risposte brevi affermative (4) o negative (8). they / run? (4)
‘Are they running?’ ‘Yes, they are.’ we / move? (8)
‘Are we moving?’ ‘No, we aren’t.’
1 you / work hard? (4)
2 she / have a shower? (4)
3 I / dream? (8)
4 he / dance? (8)
5 the phone / ring? (4)
6 they / have fun? (4)
6 Abbina le domande alle risposte corrette. Where are you going?
1 What is he doing?
2 Where are they walking?
3 What are you eating?
4 Why are they running?
5 What is she wearing?
a In the park.
b He’s watching TV.
c To the cinema.
d Jeans and a T-shirt.
e Because they’re late!
f A cheese sandwich.
7 Completa le frasi con il Present simple o il Present continuous dei verbi nel riquadro.
run • talk • eat • sit • revise • switch • send
Noah usually eats in the school canteen.
1 I for the English test at the moment.
2 My mother always off her mobile phone at night.
3 We never text messages when we are at school.
4 Grandad on the terrace right now.
5 She on the phone now. Please wait a minute.
6 We 5 km every day.



A turno, formulate delle frasi come quelle dell’esempio. Avete quindici minuti di tempo per finire il gioco!
Nicolás is from Argentina. He’s Argentinian. The Sydney Opera House is in Australia. It’s Australian.
Kiwi • New Zealand
Eiffel Tower • France
Jan • Switzerland
Present simple of be Countries and nationalities
Players: 2
Time: 15-20 minutes
Equipment: a dice, a counter for each student

flamenco • Spain
Sanem • Turkey
four-leaf clover • Ireland
Carolina • Portugal Pyramids • Egypt
Big Ben • the UK
Tobias • Mexico
pretzel • Germany
Colosseum • Italy
The Carnival • Brazil
grizzly bear • Canada
Machu Picchu • Peru
Mount Fuji • Japan
Parthenon • Greece
Great Wall of China • China
Daria and Filipa • Poland
Statue of Liberty • the US
Student A, scrivi tutti i nomi femminili ( ) sul tuo albero geneaologico. Student B, scrivi tutti i nomi maschili ( ) sul tuo. Poi formulate domande e risposte come quelle dell’esempio per completare il vostro albero genealogico. Infine confrontate i vostri alberi. Sono uguali?
What’s Matthew’s brother’s name?


Her name is… Charlie
His name is Charlie. C-H-A-R-L-I-E. What’s Matthew’s wife’s name?




Present simple of be Possessive ’s Possessive adjectives
Family names Alphabet
Players: 2
Time: 15 minutes
Equipment: a pencil for each student


STEP 1
Tu e il/la tuo/a compagno/a volete rinnovare la stanza di Simone, il vostro migliore amico. Osservate la stanza di Simone.

STEP 2
Present simple of be
Prepositions of place there is / there are Parts of the house
Furniture
Colours
Players: 2
Time: 20 minutes
Equipment: coloured pencils for each student
Ora fai dei cambiamenti alla stanza di Simone e disegnali qui. Non mostrare il disegno al/la tuo/a compagno/a. Puoi cambiare:
• il colore dei muri, del soffitto e del pavimento
• la posizione dei mobili
• aggiungere tre oggetti (attenzione: devi sapere come si dicono in inglese!)

STEP 3
Formulate domande e risposte come quelle dell’esempio per capire quali sono stati i cambiamenti che il/la tuo/a compagno/a ha fatto alla stanza di Simone. Disegna la sua stanza qui. Poi confrontate i vostri disegni. Sono uguali?
What’s the colour of the…?
Where’s the bed now?
Is there a new object? Where is it?

Yes, there is…

1
Osserva la tabella. Poi cerca nella tua classe qualcuno/a che sappia fare ciascuna attività molto bene. Fai domande come quelle dell’esempio e compila la tabella seguendo la legenda. Hai otto minuti di tempo!
STEP 2
Dividetevi in gruppi di quattro e confrontate le vostre tabelle. Avete trovato un talento per ciascuna attività? Vince la squadra che ha trovato il maggior numero di talenti!



Osserva l’agenda della settimana di Amy – sabato pomeriggio farà una festa e un suo amico ha appena disdetto, quindi potrà invitare un’altra persona al suo posto. Fate il gioco dell’oca e scoprite il/la vincitore/trice che andrà alla festa di Amy!
Present simple
Preposition of time
The time
Free-time activities (1) and daily routine
School subjects
Players: 2
Time: 15-20 minutes
Equipment: a dice, a counter for each student
When and what time is skateboard practice? Youarelate forschoolGotoday. back twospaces. Yourfridge isemptyand youcan’thave breakfast. Miss aturn!
What subjects has Amy got on Wednesday?
Your maths test is perfect! Move on three spaces.
What time is Amy’s guitar lesson on Thursday?
Bus strikeYou can’t go to school! Go back two spaces.
Do your homework and miss a turn!
What’s Amy’s favourite subject?

Ask Amy to do something (qualcosa) with you on Tuesday morning.
When is Amy’s last lesson on Wednesday?
When and what time is the lunch with Sue?
You can’t find your maths book. Miss a turn!
What subjects has Amy got on Saturday?
Ask Amy a question about her party.
You are in the school football team! Move on two spaces.
Your teacher is very proud of you! Have another turn!
Amy has got science lessons twice. True or false?
What time is Amy’slesson?chess
You can help your classmate with his/her homework. Move on two spaces.
You haven’t got your house keys. Wait here until you roll a 6. Amyhasn’tgotschoolonThursdaymorning.Trueorfalse?

STEP 1 – STUDENT A
Che cosa fa Lucy il sabato? Student A, osserva le immagini della giornata di Lucy e decidi quando fa cosa. Abbina le immagini (A-I) agli orari nell’ordine che preferisci. Non mostrare la tua tabella a Student B!






STEP 1 – STUDENT B

Present simple
The time
Daily routine and free-time activities



Players: 2
Time: 15 minutes
Equipment: a pencil for each student
Che cosa fa Simon il sabato? Student B, osserva le immagini della giornata di Simon e decidi quando fa cosa. Abbina le immagini (A-I) agli orari nell’ordine che preferisci. Non mostrare la tua tabella a Student A!



STEP 2






Student A, scopri qual è la routine di Simon. Student B, scopri qual è la routine di Lucy. Formulate domande e risposte come quelle dell’esempio. Poi confrontate le routine che avete scritto. Sono uguali?
He/She… What does Simon/Lucy do at 8.30?


A turno, scegliete un cibo o bevanda fra quelli qui sotto. Gli altri studenti devono farvi un massimo di 5 domande per indovinare di che cibo o bevanda si tratta. Se il gruppo non riesce a indovinare il cibo o la bevanda in 5 domande, vincete un punto. Vince chi alla fine ha totalizzato più punti! Potete fare solo yes/no questions e chiedere:
• se si tratta di un frutto/una verdura/ecc.
• se è rosso/verde/ecc.
• se si mangia o si beve
• se è dolce/salato/piccante/ecc.






• se Student A/B/C… di solito lo mangia/beve a colazione/ pranzo/cena
• se piace o non piace a Student A/B/C…
Present simple Food and drinks
Adjectives for food
Players: 3/4
Time: 15-20 minutes








































A coppie, leggete le frasi e scoprite chi fa cosa. Scrivete i nomi degli studenti e delle studentesse. Poi mettete le lettere evidenziate nell’ordine corretto per scoprire qual è la materia che stanno studiando. Vince la coppia che trova per prima la materia corretta!
Present continuous
Prepositions of place
School actions
School subjects

Players: 2
Time: 10 minutes
Equipment: a pencil for each student

Mark is listening to the teacher. He is sitting at the end desk.
Charles is sitting next to Mark and he’s writing in his notebook.
Oliver is sharpening his pencil.
Richard is copying the notes from the board.
Laura is looking up a word in her dictionary.
Philip is drawing in his notebook.
Liam is sitting at a corner desk and he’s feeling very tired today.
Susie is opposite Laura and she’s listening to the teacher.
Olivia and Florence aren’t listening to the teacher because they are chatting.
Lily is sitting between Florence and Oliver.
What subject is the teacher explaining?


Subject pronouns Object pronouns Possessive adjectives
I you he she it we you they io tu egli, lui ella, lei esso, essa noi voi essi, esse, loro
simple of be
Forma affermativa
me you him her it us you them
me, mi te, ti lo, gli la, le lo, gli, la, le ci vi loro
my your his her its our your their
il mio, la mia, i miei, le mie il tuo, la tua, i tuoi, le tue il suo, la sua, i suoi, le sue (di lui) il suo, la sua, i suoi, le sue (di lei) il suo, la sua, i suoi, le sue (di esso/a) il nostro, la nostra, i nostri, le nostre il vostro, la vostra, i vostri, le vostre il loro, la loro, i loro, le loro
I am you are he / she / it is we are you are they are I’m you’re he’s / she’s / it’s we’re you’re they’re
Forma interrogativa
Am I... ?
Are you... ? Is he / she / it... ? Are we... ? Are you... ? Are they... ?
Forma affermativa
Estesa Contratta
I have got you have got he / she / it has got we have got you have got they have got
Forma interrogativa
Have I got…?
Have you got... ?
Has he / she / it got... ?
Have we got... ?
Have you got... ?
Have they got... ?
I’ve got you’ve got he’s / she’s / it’s got we’ve got you’ve got they’ve got
negativa
I am not you are not he / she / it is not we are not you are not they are not
Risposte brevi Affermative
Yes, you are. Yes, I am. Yes, he / she / it is. Yes, we are. Yes, you are. Yes, they are.
I’m not you aren’t he / she / it isn’t we aren’t you aren’t they aren’t
Negative
No, you aren’t. No, I’m not. No, he / she / it isn’t. No, we aren’t. No, you aren’t. No, they aren’t.
Forma negativa
Estesa Contratta
I have not got you have not got he / she / it has not got we have not got you have not got they have not got I haven’t got you haven’t got he / she / it hasn’t got we haven’t got you haven’t got they haven’t got
Risposte brevi
Affermative
Yes, you have. Yes, I have.
Yes, he / she / it has. Yes, we have. Yes, you have. Yes, they have.
Negative
No, you haven’t. No, I haven’t. No, he / she / it hasn’t. No, we haven’t. No, you haven’t. No, they haven’t.

Forma affermativa
I walk. You walk. He / She / It walks. We walk. You walk. They walk.
Forma interrogativa
Do I walk…?
Do you walk…?
Does he / she / it walk…?
Do we walk…?
Do you walk…?
Do they walk…?
Forma affermativa

Forma negativa Estesa Contratta
I do not walk. You do not walk. He / She / It does not walk. We do not walk. You do not walk. They do not walk.
Risposte brevi
Affermative
Yes, you do. Yes, I do.
Yes, he / she / it does. Yes, we do.
Yes, you do. Yes, they do.
Forma negativa Estesa Contratta Estesa
I am walking. You are walking. He / She / It is walking. We are walking.
You are walking. They are walking.
Forma interrogativa
Am I walking?
Are you walking?
Is he / she / it walking? Are we walking?
Are you walking? Are they walking?
I’m walking. You’re walking. He’s / She’s / It’s walking. We’re walking. You’re walking. They’re walking.
I am not walking. You are not walking. He / She / It is not walking. We are not walking. You are not walking. They are not walking.
I don’t walk. You don’t walk. He / She / It doesn’t walk. We don’t walk. You don’t walk. They don’t walk.
Negative
No, you don’t. No, I don’t. No, he / she / it doesn’t. No, we don’t. No, you don’t. No, they don’t.
I’m not walking. You aren’t walking. He / She / It isn’t walking. We aren’t walking. You aren’t walking. They aren’t walking.
Risposte brevi Affermative Negative
Yes, you are. Yes, I am.
Yes, he / she / it is. Yes, we are.
Yes, you are. Yes, they are.
No, you aren’t. No, I’m not.
No, he / she / it isn’t. No, we aren’t. No, you aren’t. No, they aren’t.
Regole ortografiche per la formazione della terza persona singolare del Present simple -ch, -sh, -ss, -x, -zz, -o watch wash kiss relax buzz do -es watches washes kisses relaxes buzzes does consonante + -y study vocale + -y play -ies studies -s plays
Regole ortografiche per la forma in -ing
Forma base eat play study have stop lie Forma in -ing eating playing studying having stopping lying


A /eɪ/ B /biː/ C /siː/ D /diː/ E /iː/ F /ef/ G /dʒiː/ H /eɪtʃ/ I /ʌɪ/
J /dʒeɪ/ K /keɪ/ L /el/ M /em/ N /en/ O /əʊ/ P /piː/ Q /kjuː/ R /ɑː/ S /es/ T /tiː/ U /juː/ V /viː/ W /’dʌbljuː/ X /eks/ Y /wʌɪ/ Z /zed/
/iː/ see /i/ happy /æ/ cat /ʌ/ jump /ɔː/ four /ɒ/ got /ə/ the /ɪ/ it /e/ bed /ɑː
/eɪ/ day /aʊ/ now /aɪ/ nine /ɪe/ hear /ɔɪ/ boy /eə/ hair /əʊ/ go /ʊə/ tour
p
/
/
/ si
/b/ book /g/ give /ð/ this /ʒ/ vision /dʒ/ juice /r/ run
/t/ table /f/ five /s/ sit /h/ he /m/ me /l/ look
/d/ desk /v/ very /z/ zoo /w/ we /n/ n

Aa lot of /ə lɒt əv/ molto, tanto a pair of /ə pɛː əv/ un paio di about /əˈbaʊt/ su, di (argomento); circa
accessory /əkˈsɛs(ə)ri/ accessorio achieve /əˈtʃiːv/ raggiungere act /ækt/ comportarsi; recitare action /ˈækʃn/ azione activity /ækˈtɪvəti/ attività actor /ˈæktə(r)/ attore/trice add (v) /ad/ aggiungere address (n) /əˈdres/ indirizzo address (v) /əˈdres/ rivolgersi adorable /əˈdɔːrəbəl/ adorabile adult /ˈædʌlt/ adulto advanced /ədˈvɑːnst/ avanzato adventure /ədˈventʃə(r)/ avventura affectionate /əˈfek.ʃ(ə)n.ət/ affettuoso
Africa /ˈæf.rɪ.kə/ Africa after /ˈɑːftə(r)/ dopo afternoon /ɑːftəˈnuːn/ pomeriggio again /əˈɡen/ di nuovo age /eɪdʒ/ età aim /eɪm/ obiettivo alarm clock /əˈlɑːm ˌklɒk/ sveglia all /ɔːl/ tutti
allergic /əˈlɜːdʒɪk/ allergico allergy /ˈælədʒi/ allergia allow /əˈlaʊ/ consentire alone /əˈləʊn/ da solo, solo alright /oːlˈrait/ bene also /ˈɔːlsəʊ/ anche always /ˈɔːlweɪz/ sempre American /əˈmer.ɪ.kən/ americano/a
answer /ˈɑːn·sər/ risposta apple /æpl/ mela apprenticeship /əˈpren.tɪs.ʃɪp/ apprendistato
April /ˈeɪ·pr(ə)l/ aprile
Argentina /ˌɑː.dʒ(ə)nˈtiː.nə/ Argentina
Argentinian /ˌɑː.dʒ(ə)nˈtɪn.i.ən/ argentino/a
arm /ɑːm/ braccio
armchair /ˈɑːmtʃeə(r)/ poltrona art /ɑːt/ arte
Asia /ˈeɪ.ʒə/ Asia ask /ɑːsk/ chiedere, domandare at all /ət ɔːl/ affatto athletics /æθˈletɪks/ atletica attachment /əˈtætʃ·mənt/ allegato attend /əˈtend/ frequentare
August /ˈɔː·ɡəst/ agosto aunt /ɑːnt/ zia
Australia /ɒsˈtreɪ.li.ə/ Australia
Australian /ɒsˈtreɪ.li.ən/ australiano/a
autumn /ˈɔːtəm/ autunno available /əˈveɪ.lə.b(ə)l/ disponibile, accessibile awards /əˈwɔːd/ premio awareness /əˈweənəs/ consapevolezza
awesome /ˈɔːsəm/ bellissimo, fantastico awful /ˈɔː·fəl/ orribile
Bback /bæk/ (in)dietro; schiena backpack /ˈbækpæk/ zaino bad /bæd/ cattivo, male bag /bæg/ borsa baggy /ˈbæɡ·i/ sformato bake /beɪk/ cuocere al forno balcony /ˈbæl·kə·ni/ balcone bald /bɔːld/ calvo ballet /ˈbæ·leɪ/ danza classica basket /ˈbɑː·skɪt/ cesto basketball /ˈbɑː·skɪt·bɔːl/ pallacanestro bat /bæt/ mazza bath /bɑːθ/ vasca da bagno bathroom /ˈbɑːθruːm/ bagno batter (n) /ˈbæt·ə(r)/ battitore/trice beach /biːtʃ/ spiaggia beard /bɪəd/ barba beautiful /ˈbjuː·tɪ·fəl/ bello bed /bed/ letto bedroom /bedruːm/ camera da letto bedside table /ˌbed.saɪd ˈteɪ.b(ə)l/ comodino before /bɪˈfɔː(r)/ prima begin /bɪˈɡɪn/ cominciare beginner /bɪˈɡɪnə/ principiante behind /bɪˈhaɪnd/ dietro behind the scenes /bɪˈhaɪnd ðə siːnz/ dietro le quinte believe /bɪˈliːv/ credere below /bɪˈləʊ/ sotto belt /bɛlt/ cintura big /bɪg/ grande bike /baɪk/ bici bin /bɪn/ cestino della spazzatura, bidone bird /bɜːd/ uccello birthday /ˈbəːθdeɪ/ compleanno biscuit /ˈbɪskɪt/ biscotto black /blæk/ nero block /blɒk/ palazzo, isolato blond(e) /blɒnd/ biondo, bionda blue /bluː/ blu board /bɔːd/ lavagna board game /ˈbɔːd ˌɡeɪm/ gioco da tavolo
boarding school /ˈbɔː·dɪŋ ˌskuːl/ collegio body /ˈbɒd·i/ corpo bonnet /ˈbɒn·ɪt/ cappello book /bʊk/ libro bookcase /bʊkkeɪs/ libreria boot /buːt/ stivale bored /bɔːd/ annoiato/a boring /ˈbɔːrɪŋ/ noioso both /bəʊθ/ entrambi bottle /ˈbɒt·l/ bottiglia bottom (n) /ˈbɒtəm/ parte bassa / inferiore bounce /baʊns/ rimbalzare
bowl /bəʊl/ ciotola bowling /ˈbəʊ·lɪŋ/ bowling box /bɒks/ scatola boxing /ˈbɒk·sɪŋ/ pugilato boy /bɔɪ/ ragazzo bracelet /ˈbreɪslɪt/ braccialetto braces /breɪsiz/ apparecchio per i denti bracket /ˈbrӕkit/ parentesi brand /brænd/ marca, marchio Brazil /brəˈzɪl/ Brasile Brazilian /brəˈzɪl.jən/ brasiliano/a bread /bred/ pane break (n) /breɪk/ pausa break (v) /breɪk/ rompere break up /breɪk ʌp/ separarsi, rompere breakfast /ˈbrekfəst/ colazione brilliant /ˈbrɪliənt/ brillante British /ˈbrɪt.ɪʃ/ britannico/a brother /ˈbrʌðə(r)/ fratello brown /braʊn/ marrone brush (v) /brʌʃ/ lavare, spazzolare bucket /ˈbʌk·ɪt/ secchio business /ˈbɪz·nɪs/ affari, commercio, industria busy /ˈbɪz·i/ impegnato, occupato butter /ˈbʌtə(r)/ burro button /ˈbʌt(ə)n/ bottone buy /baɪ/ comprare
Ccabin /ˈkæb·ɪn/ baita café /ˈkæfeɪ/ caffè, caffetteria cake /keɪk/ torta calculator /ˈkælkjuleɪtə(r)/ calcolatrice camera /ˈkæm.rə/ macchina fotografica, telecamera camp /kæmp/ campo, campeggio can (n) /kən/ lattina can (v) /kæn/ potere, saper (fare) Canada /ˈkæn.ə.də/ Canada Canadian /kəˈneɪ.di.ən/ canadese canteen /kænˈtiːn/ mensa cap /kap/ cappellino car /kɑːr/ automobile card /kɑːd/ carta, figurina; tessera careful /ˈkeəfl/ attento, cauto carefully /ˈkeəfəli/ con attenzione caretaker /ˈkeəˌteɪ·kər/ custode carrots /ˈkærəts/ carote carton /ˈkɑː·tən/ cartone, brik (per cibo e bevande) carve /kɑːv/ scolpire castle /ˈkɑːs·l/ castello casual /ˈkaʒjʊəl/ informale, casual cat /kæt/ gatto catch /kætʃ/ prendere, afferrare cause (v) /kɔːz/ provocare ceiling /ˈsiː·lɪŋ/ soffitto centre /ˈsentə(r)/ centro century /ˈsen·tʃ(ə)r·i/ secolo cereal /ˈsɪərɪəl/ cereali chair /tʃeə(r)/ sedia challenge (n) /ˈtʃælɪndʒ/ sfida change /tʃeɪndʒ/ cambiare
charity /ˈtʃærəti/ beneficenza chat /tʃæt/ chiacchierare cheap /tʃiːp/ economico check (v) /tʃek/ controllare cheese /tʃiːz/ formaggio chess /tʃes/ scacchi chest of drawers /ˌtʃest əv ˈdrɔːz/ comò chicken /ˈtʃɪkɪn/ pollo Chile /ˈtʃɪl.i/ Cile Chilean /ˈtʃɪl.i.ən/ cileno/a chilli /ˈtʃɪl·i/ peperoncino China /ˈtʃaɪ.nə/ Cina Chinese /tʃaɪˈniːz/ cinese chips /tʃɪps/ patatine fritte circle (v) /ˈsɜː·kl/ cerchiare city /ˈsɪti/ città class /klɑːs/ classe classmate /ˈklɑːsmeɪt/ compagno/a di classe
classroom /ˈklɑːsruːm/ aula clear /klɪər/ chiaro clever /ˈklevə(r)/ intelligente, abile climate change /ˈklaɪ.mət ˌtʃeɪndʒ/ cambiamento climatico climbing /ˈklaɪ·mɪŋ/ arrampicata clock /klɒk/ orologio clothes /kləʊðz/ vestiti coast /kəʊst/ costa coat /kəʊt/ cappotto coffee table /ˈkɒf·i ˌteɪ·bl/ tavolino cold /kəʊld/ freddo; raffreddore collect /kəˈlekt/ collezionare, raccogliere collection /kəˈlɛkʃ(ə)n/ collezione colour /ˈkʌlə(r)/ colore colourful /ˈkʌl·ə·f(ə)l/ variopinto comb (n) /kəʊm/ pettine comb (v) /kəʊm/ pettinare come along /kʌm əˈlɒŋ/ venire comfortable /ˈkʌmftəbl/ comodo, confortevole comic /ˈkɒmɪk/ fumetto communication / kəˌmjuː·nɪˈkeɪ·ʃən/ comunicazione compare (v) /kəmˈpeə(r)/ paragonare complete /kəmˈpliːt/ completo compulsory /kəmˈpʌl·s(ə)r·i/ obbligatorio computer /kəmˈpjuː·tə(r)/ computer context /ˈkɒn·tekst/ contesto continent /ˈkɒn.tɪ.nənt/ continente cook (v) /kʊk/ cucinare cooker /ˈkʊkə(r)/ fornello cool /kuːl/ fantastico, forte copy (n) /ˈkɒpi/ copia copy (v) /ˈkɒpi/ copiare correct /kəˈrekt/ corretto cost /kɒst/ costare cotton /ˈkɒt·(ə)n/ cotone count /kaʊnt/ contare country /ˈkʌntri/ paese, nazione court /kɔːt/ campo, tribunale cousin /ˈkʌz(ə)n/ cugino/a



cover /ˈkʌv·ə(r)/ coprire crafts /krɑːft/ artigianato, mestiere
create /kriːˈeɪt/ creare creative /kriˈeɪ·tɪv/ creativo crisp /krɪsp/ patatina fritta cup /kʌp/ tazza cupboard /ˈkʌbəd/ armadietto, credenza curly /ˈkɜːlɪ/ riccio curtain /ˈkɜː·t(ə)n/ tenda cushion /ˈkʊʃ·(ə)n/ cuscino customer /ˈkʌstəmə(r)/ cliente cut (n) /kʌt/ taglio cycle /ˈsʌɪk(ə)l/ andare in bicicletta
DD&T (design & technology) / dɪˈzaɪn ən tekˈnɒl·ə·dʒi/ disegno tecnico e tecnologia daily /ˈdeɪlɪ/ giornaliero, quotidiano dance /dɑːns/ ballare dangerous /ˈdeɪndʒərəs/ pericoloso dark /dɑːk/ buio, scuro date /deɪt/ data daughter /ˈdɔː·tə(r)/ figlia day /deɪ/ giorno dear /dɪə(r)/ caro death /deθ/ morte
December /dɪˈsem·bə(r)/ dicembre decide /dɪˈsʌɪd/ decidere degree /dɪˈɡriː/ grado delicious /dɪˈlɪʃ·əs/ delizioso depend /dɪˈpɛnd/ dipendere describe /dɪˈskraɪb/ descrivere designer brand /dɪˈzʌɪnə brand/ firma (di moda) desk /desk/ scrivania
develop /dɪˈvel.əp/ sviluppare developing /dɪˈvel·ə·pɪŋ/ in via di sviluppo
dialogue /ˈdaɪ·ə·lɒɡ/ dialogo diary /ˈdaɪ·ə·ri/ diario different /ˈdɪfrənt/ diverso dining room /daɪnin ruːm/ sala da pranzo dinner /ˈdɪnə(r)/ cena disabled (adj) /dɪˈseɪ·bld/ invalido dish /dɪʃ/ piatto dishwasher /ˈdɪʃwɒʃə(r)/ lavastoviglie disturb /dɪˈstɜːb/ disturbare diving /ˈdaɪ·vɪŋ/ immersion subacquea, tuffi do /duː/ fare documentary /dɒkjuˈmentri/ documentario dog /dɒg/ cane donation /dəʊˈneɪ·ʃ(ə)n/ donazione
done /dʌn/ fatto, finito door /dɔː(r)/ porta downstairs /daʊnsteəz/ al piano di sotto
draw (v) /drɔː/ disegnare, redigere
dress (n) /dres/ abito, vestito
dress (v) /dres/ vestirsi
drink (n) /drɪŋk/ bibita
drink (v) /drɪŋk/ bere
drop /drɒp/ cadere, abbandonare
drop off /drɒp ɒf/ lasciare, staccarsi
during /ˈdjʊərɪŋ/ durante
Dutch /dʌtʃ/ olandese, nederlandese
Eeach /iːtʃ/ ciascuno
ear /ɪə(r)/ orecchio
earbud /ˈɪə.bʌd/ cuffia
early /ˈɜːli/ in anticipo, prima, presto
earring /ˈɪərɪŋ/ orecchino
east /iːst/ est
Easter /ˈiːstə(r)/ Pasqua eat /iːt/ mangiare
economics /ˌiː·kəˈnɒm·ɪks/ economia
educate /ˈedʒ·ʊ·keɪt/ istruire
eggs /eɡz/ uova
Egypt /ˈiː.dʒɪpt/ Egitto
Egyptian /iˈdʒɪp.ʃ(ə)n/ egiziano/a empty /ˈemp·ti/ vuoto encourage /ɪnˈkʌrɪdʒ/ incoraggiare
energy /ˈen·ə·dʒi/ energia
English /ˈɪŋglɪʃ/ inglese enough /ɪˈnʌf/ abbastanza entertainment /entəˈteɪnmənt/ intrattenimento, svago entrance /ˈen·trəns/ ingresso equivalent /ɪˈkwɪv·əl·ənt/ equivalente
Europe /ˈjʊə.rəp/ Europa evening /ˈiːvnɪŋ/ sera every /ˈevri/ ogni everywhere /ˈev·ri·weə(r)/ ovunque
exam /ɪgˈzæm/ esame example /ɪɡˈzɑːm·pl/ esempio exercise /ˈeksəsaɪz/ esercizio expensive /ɪkˈspensɪv/ costoso expression /ɪkˈspreʃ·ən/ espressione extract (n) /ɪkˈstrækt/ estratto eye /aɪ/ occhio
Ffacility /fəˈsɪl·ə·ti/ attrezzatura, servizio fair /feə(r)/ giusto
fairy lights /ˈfɛːri lʌɪts/ fili di luci, luminarie
fall asleep /fɔːl əˈsliːp/ addormentarsi
false /fɔːls/ falso
family /ˈfæməli/ famiglia famous /ˈfeɪməs/ famoso fancy /ˈfænsi/ piacere fashion /ˈfaʃ(ə)n/ moda
fast /fɑːst/ veloce
father /ˈfɑːðə(r)/ padre favourite /ˈfeɪvərɪt/ preferito February /ˈfeb·ru(ə)r·i/ febbraio feel /fiːl/ sentire, percepire female /ˈfiːmeɪl/ femmina, donna fencing /ˈfen·sɪŋ/ scherma few /fjuː/ qualche, poco find /faɪnd/ trovare finger /ˈfɪŋ·ɡə(r)/ dito finish /ˈfɪnɪʃ/ finire fireplace /ˈfaɪə·pleɪs/ camino fish /fɪʃ/ pesce fit /fɪt/ andare / stare bene, calzare
fizzy /ˈfɪz·i/ frizzante
flag /flæɡ/ bandiera flat /flæt/ appartamento flip-flops /ˈflipˌflops/ infradito floor /flɔː(r)/ pavimento, piano flour /ˈflaʊə(r)/ farina flower /ˈflaʊə(r)/ fiore fly /flaɪ/ volare
follow /ˈfɒləʊ/ seguire food /fuːd/ cibo
food security /ˌfuːd sɪˈkjʊə.rɪ.ti/ sicurezza alimentare
foot /fʊt/ piede
football /ˈfʊtbɔːl/ calcio foreign /ˈfɒr·ən/ straniero forest /ˈfɒrɪst/ foresta
former /ˈfɔː·mə(r)/ precedente fox /fɒks/ volpe frame /freɪm/ cornice
France /frɑːns/ Francia freckles /ˈfreklz/ lentiggini free /friː/ gratuito, libero free time /friː taɪm/ tempo libero French /frentʃ/ francese frequency /ˈfriː·kwən·si/ frequenza fresh /freʃ/ fresco
Friday /ˈfraɪdeɪ/ venerdì fridge /frɪdʒ/ frigo friend /frend/ amico friendly /ˈfrend·li/ amichevole from /frɒm/ da front door /frʌnt dɔː(r)/ porta principale fruit /fruːt/ frutta fruit juice /fruːt dʒuːs/ succo di frutta
full /fʊl/ pieno fun (adj) /fʌn/ divertente fun (n) /fʌn/ divertimento function /ˈfʌŋk·ʃən/ funzione funny /ˈfʌni/ buffo, divertente furniture /ˈfɜːnɪtʃə(r)/ mobilio fussy /ˈfʌs·i/ esigente
Ggame /geɪm/ gioco
game console /ˈɡeɪm ˌkɒn.səʊl/ console
gameplay /ˈɡeɪm.pleɪ/ esperienza di gioco
gap /ɡæp/ divario, lacuna garage /ˈgærɑːʒ/ garage
garden /ˈgɑːd(ə)n/ giardino gate /ɡeɪt/ cancello
generous /ˈdʒen·ər·əs/ generoso geography /dʒɪˈɒgrəfi/ geografia
German /ˈdʒɜː.mən/ tedesco/a Germany /ˈdʒɜː.mə.ni/ Germania get /get/ ricevere; ottenere; raggiungere get up /get ʌp/ alzarsi girl /gɜːl/ ragazza give /ɡɪv/ dare glass /ɡlɑːs/ bicchiere; vetro glasses /glɑːsɪz/ occhiali global warming /ˌɡləʊ·b(ə)l ˈwɔː·mɪŋ/ riscaldamento globale glove /ɡlʌv/ guanto glue /ɡluː/ colla go /gəʊ/ andare goal /ɡəʊl/ gol, porta gold /ɡəʊld/ oro good (adj) /gʊd/ bravo, buono goodbye /ɡʊdˈbaɪ/ arrivederci grade (US) /ɡreɪd/ voto grain /ɡreɪn/ chicco, grano granddaughter /ˈɡrændˌdɔː·tə(r)/ nipote femmina di nonni grandfather, grandpa grandad /grænˈfaːðə(r), ˈɡrænpɑː, ˈɡræn·dæd/ nonno grandmother, grandma /grænmʌðə(r), grænmɑː/ nonna grandson /ˈɡrænd·sʌn/ nipote maschio di nonni great /greɪt/ grande Greece /ɡriːs/ Grecia greed /ɡriːd/ avidità Greek /ɡriːk/ greco/a green /griːn/ verde greet /griːt/ accogliere, salutare grey /greɪ/ grigio ground /ɡraʊnd/ suolo ground floor /ɡraʊnd flɔː(r)/ pianterreno group /ɡruːp/ gruppo guest /ɡest/ ospite guide dogs /ˈɡaɪd dɒɡ/ cane guida guitar /gɪˈtɑː(r)/ chitarra gym /dʒɪm/ palestra gymnastics /dʒɪmˈnæstɪks/ ginnastica
Hhair /heə(r)/ capelli, pelo half /hɑːf/ mezzo half-brother /ˈhɑːfˌbrʌð·ə(r)/ fratellastro (da genitore comune)
half-sister /ˈhɑːfˌsɪs·tə(r)/ sorellastra (da genitore comune) hall /hɔːl/ corridoio ham /hæm/ prosciutto hamster /ˈhæm·stə(r)/ criceto hand /hænd/ mano handbag /ˈhænd·bæɡ/ borsetta hang out /hæŋ aʊt/ passare il tempo, stare in compagnia happy /ˈhæpi/ felice

harp /hɑːp/ arpa hate /heɪt/ odiare have /hæv/ avere head teacher /hɛd ˈtiːtʃə/ preside heading /ˈhed·ɪŋ/ titolo headphones /ˈhedfəʊnz/ cuffie healthy /ˈhelθi/ salutare, sano hear /hɪər/ udire heavy /ˈhev·i/ pesante helmet /ˈhel·mət/ casco help (v) /help/ aiutare here /hɪə(r)/ qui hero /ˈhɪərəʊ/ eroe high /hʌɪ/alto highlighter /ˈhaɪˌlaɪ·tə(r)/ evidenziatore
history /ˈhɪst(ə)ri/ storia hit /hɪt/ colpire hockey /ˈhɒk·i/ hockey holiday /ˈhɒlɪdeɪ/ vacanza home /həʊm/ casa homework /ˈhəʊmwɜːk/ compiti honest /ˈɒnɪ·st/ sincero honey /ˈhʌn·i/ miele hoodie /ˈhʊdi/ felpa con cappuccio hoop /huːp/ cerchio, canestro horse /hɔːs/ cavallo horse riding /hɔːs ˈraɪdɪŋ/ equitazione host /həʊst/ padrone di casa, ospite hot /hɒt/ caldo hour /ˈaʊə(r)/ ora house /haʊs/ casa how /haʊ/ come huge /hjuːdʒ/ immenso, grande hungry /ˈhʌŋɡri/ affamato hunt /hʌnt/ cacciare hurry up /ˈhʌri ʌp/ sbrigarsi hurt /hɜːt/ ferire, fare male husband /ˈhʌz·bənd/ marito
Iice cream /ʌɪs kriːm/ gelato ice skating /ˈaɪs ˌskeɪ·tɪŋ/ pattinaggio su ghiaccio illustrate /ˈɪləstreɪt/ illustrare imagination /ɪˌmadʒɪˈneɪʃ(ə)n/ immaginazione include /ɪnˈkluːd/ includere increase /ɪnˈkriːs/ aumentare incredible /ɪnˈkredəbl/ incredibile India /ˈɪn.di.ə/ India Indian /ˈɪn.di.ən/ indiano/a ingredient /ɪnˈgriːdɪənt/ ingrediente inside /ɪnˈsaɪd/ interno, dentro instead /ɪnˈsted/ invece instruction /ɪnˈstrʌk·ʃən/ istruzione
instrument /ˈɪn·strə·mənt/ strumento interesting /ˈɪn·trə·stɪŋ/ interessante
interview (n) /ˈɪntəvjuː/ intervista
introduce /ˌɪn·trəˈdjuːs/ presentare/rsi
invitation /ˌɪn·vɪˈteɪ·ʃən/ invito
Ireland /ˈaɪə.lənd/ Irlanda
Irish /ˈaɪə.rɪʃ/ irlandese
IT (information technology) /ɪn.fəˌmeɪ.ʃ(ə)n tekˈnɒl.ə.dʒi/ informatica
IT lab /ɪt læb/ laboratorio di informatica
Italian /ɪˈtæl.jən/ italiano/a
Italy /ˈɪt.(ə)l.i/ Italia
IWB (interactive whiteboard) /ɪn.təˌræk.tɪv ˈwaɪt.bɔːd/ lavagna interattiva
Jjacket /ˈdʒækɪt/ giacca
jam /dʒæm/ marmellata
January /ˈdʒæn·ju·(ə)r·i/ gennaio
Japan /dʒəˈpæn/ Giappone
Japanese /ˌdʒæp.(ə)nˈiːz/ giapponese
jar /dʒɑːr/ barattolo di vetro
jeans /dʒiːnz/ jeans
job /dʒɒb/ professione
joke /dʒəʊk/ scherzare
July /dʒuˈlaɪ/ luglio
jumper /ˈdʒʌmpə(r)/ maglione
June /dʒuːn/ giugno
junk food /ˈdʒʌŋk ˌfuːd/ cibo spazzatura
just /dʒʌst/ appena, solo
kebab /kɪˈbæb/ kebab, spiedino keep /kiːp/ tenere, mantenere keys /kiːz/ chiavi kick /kɪk/ calciare kid /kɪd/ ragazzino/a kill /kɪl/ uccidere
kind /kaɪnd/ gentile kiss (n) /kɪs/ bacio kitchen /ˈkɪtʃɪn/ cucina kitten /ˈdʒɜːni/ gattino know /nəʊ/ sapere, conoscere
Llake /leɪk/ lago lamp /læmp/ lampada language /ˈlæŋgwɪdʒ/ lingua, linguaggio language lab /ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ læb/ laboratorio linguistico large /lɑːdʒ/ largo last (adj) /lɑːst/ ultimo late /leɪt/ tardi, in ritardo learn /lɜːn/ imparare leather /ˈleð·ə(r)/ pelle, cuoio leg /leɡ/ gamba lemon /ˈlemən/ limone Lent /lent/ Quaresima less /les/ meno lesson /ˈles(ə)n/ lezione letter /ˈlet·ər/ lettera
level /ˈlevəl/ livello librarian /lʌɪˈbrɛːrɪən/ bibliotecario/a library /ˈlaɪbrəri/ biblioteca life /laɪf/ vita light /laɪt/ luce; leggero light blue /ˈlaɪt ˌbluː/ celeste like (prep) /laɪk/ come like (v) /laɪk/ piacere listen /ˈlɪs(ə)n/ ascoltare live (v) /lɪv/ vivere living room /lɪvɪŋ ruːm/ salotto locker /ˈlɒkə(r)/ armadietto, ripostiglio long (adj) /lɒŋ/ lungo look (v) /lʊk/ sembrare; vedere loud /laʊd/ forte, alto love /lʌv/ amare lovely /ˈlʌvli/ bello, delizioso loyal /ˈlɔɪ·əl/ leale lunch /lʌntʃ/ pranzo
Mmagazine /maɡəˈziːn/ rivista main /meɪn/ principale make /meɪk/ fare male /meɪl/ maschio, uomo many /ˈmeni/ molti map /mæp/ mappa March /mɑːtʃ/ marzo mark (UK) /mɑːk/ voto market /ˈmɑːkɪt/ mercato mashed potatoes /ˌmæʃt pəˈteɪ·təʊz/ purè di patate match (n) /mætʃ/ partita; fiammifero match (v) /mætʃ/ abbinare maths /maθs/ matematica May /meɪ/ maggio maybe /ˈmeɪbiː/ forse, può darsi maze /meiz/ labirinto meaning /ˈmiːnɪŋ/ significato meat /miːt/ carne medium /ˈmiːdɪəm/ medio meet /miːt/ incontrare member /ˈmembə(r)/ componente, membro messy /ˈmes·i/ disordinato metal /ˈmet·(ə)l/ metallo Mexican /ˈmek.sɪ.k(ə)n/ messicano
Mexico /ˈmek.sɪ.kəʊ/ Messico midday /ˌmɪdˈdeɪ/ mezzogiorno midnight /ˈmɪdnʌɪt/ mezzanotte milk /mɪlk/ latte mind /maɪnd/ mente minority /maɪˈnɒrəti/ minoranza mirror /ˈmɪr·ə(r)/ specchio mistake /mɪˈsteɪk/ errore mobile phone /ˈməʊbaɪl fəʊn/ telefono cellulare model /ˈmɒd(ə)l/ modello modern /ˈmɒd·(ə)n/ moderno Monday /ˈmʌndeɪ/ lunedì money /ˈmʌnɪ/ denaro month /mʌnθ/ mese more (adj) /mɔː(r)/ più
more (adv) /mɔː(r)/ di più, altro morning /ˈmɔː·nɪŋ/ mattina Moroccan /məˈrɒk.ən/ marocchino/a Morocco /məˈrɒk.əʊ/ Marocco most /məʊst/ più, il più (di) mother /ˈmʌðə(r)/ madre motor racing /ˈməʊ.tə ˌreɪ.sɪŋ/ corsa automobilistica motorbike /ˈməʊtəbaɪk/ moto mountain /ˈmaʊntɪn/ montagna moustache /məˈstɑːʃ/ baffi mouth /maʊθ/ bocca mushroom /ˈmʌʃruːm/ fungo music /ˈmjuːzɪk/ musica must /mʌst/ dovere
Nname /neɪm/ nome nap /næp/ pisolino nationality /naʃəˈnalɪti/ nazionalità
nearly /ˈnɪə·li/ quasi neck /nɛk/ collo necklace /ˈnek·ləs/ collana need (n) /niːd/ bisogno need (v) /niːd/ necessitare nephew /ˈnɛfjuː/ nipote maschio di zii
nervous /ˈnəːvəs/ nervoso net /net/ rete never /ˈnevə(r)/ mai new /njuː/ nuovo
New Zealand /ˌnjuː ˈziː.lənd/ Nuova Zelanda
New Zealander /ˌnjuː ˈziː.lən.də(r)/ neozelandese
nice /naɪs/ carino, simpatico niece /niːs/ nipote femmina di zii Nigeria /naɪˈdʒɪə.ri.ə/ Nigeria Nigerian /naɪˈdʒɪə.ri.ən/ nigeriano/a
night /nʌɪt/ notte nightly /ˈnaɪtli/ di notte noble /ˈnəʊ·bl/ nobile north /nɔːθ/ nord North America /ˌnɔːθ əˈmer.ɪ.kə/ Nord America nose /nəʊz/ naso notice /ˈnəutis/ annuncio November /nəʊˈvem.bə(r)/ novembre now /naʊ/ ora number /ˈnʌmbə(r)/ numero
OOceania /əʊ.ʃiˈɑː.ni.ə/ Oceania October /ɒkˈtəʊ.bə(r)/ ottobre of course /əv kɔːs/ naturalmente office /ˈɒfɪs/ ufficio often /ˈɒfn/ spesso old /əʊld/ vecchio, antico old-fashioned /ˌəʊldˈfæʃ·ənd/ fuori moda once /wʌns/ una volta only /ˈəʊnlɪ/ solo, solamente



only child /ˌəʊn.li ˈtʃaɪld/ figlio unico
open /ˈəʊpən/ aperto option /ˈɒp·ʃən/ opzione orange /ˈɒrɪndʒ/ arancione; arancia
order (n) /ˈɔːdə(r)/ ordine order (v) /ˈɔːdə(r)/ ordinare
ordinary /ˈɔːd(ə)n(ə)ri/ ordinario organise /ˈɔːgənʌɪz/ organizzare other /ˈʌðə(r)/ altro outside /ˌaʊtˈsaɪd/ fuori, esterno oven /ˈʌv·ən/ forno over (adj) /ˈəʊ·vər/ finito over (adv) /ˈəʊ·və(r)/ sopra over there /ˈəʊvə(r) ðeə(r)/ là
Ppacket /ˈpækɪt/ confezione paint (n) /peɪnt/ vernice paint (v) /peɪnt/ pitturare pair /pɛː/ coppia pairwork /ˈpeəwɜːk/ lavoro di coppia
panick /ˈpanɪk/ lasciarsi prendere dal panico
parent /ˈpeərənt/ genitore park (n) /pɑːk/ parco, giardino parrot /ˈpær.ət/ pappagallo part /pɑːt/ parte party /ˈpɑːti/ festa pay attention /peɪ /əˈtɛnʃ(ə)n/ prestare / fare attenzione
PE (physical education) /ˌfɪz.ɪ.k(ə)l ed.jʊˈkeɪ.ʃ(ə)n/ educazione fisica
pea /piː/ pisello pear /peər/ pera pen /pen/ penna pencil /ˈpen.s(ə)l/ matita pencil case /ˈpen.s(ə)l ˌkeɪs/ astuccio
pencil sharpener /ˈpen.s(ə)l ˌʃɑː.p(ə)n.ə(r)/ temperamatite pepperoni /ˌpepəˈrəʊni/ salame piccante person / people /ˈpɜːsn, ˈpiːpl/ persona/e personality /pɜːsəˈnælətɪ/ personalità Peru /pəˈruː/ Perù Peruvian /pəˈruː.vi.ən/ peruviano/a pet /pet/ animale domestico pick up /pɪk ʌp/ prendere picture /ˈpɪktʃə(r)/ immagine, foto, quadro pie /paɪ/ tortino, pasticcio pillow /ˈpɪl·əʊ/ cuscino, guanciale pink /pɪŋk/ rosa place /pleɪs/ posto plain /pleɪn/ semplice, tinta unita plan (n) /plæn/ piantina plan (v) /plæn/ pianificare plant /plɑːnt/ pianta plastic /ˈplæs·tɪk/ plastica plasticine /ˈplӕstisiːn/ plastilina
play (v) /pleɪ/ giocare; suonare; recitare player /ˈpleɪə(r)/ giocatore/trice
pleased /pliːzd/ contento plump /plʌmp/ paffuto
plural /ˈplʊərəl/ plurale
Poland /ˈpəʊ.lənd/ Polonia
Polish /ˈpɒl.ɪʃ/ polacco/a politics /ˈpɒl·ə·tɪks/ politica pollution /pəˈluː·ʃ(ə)n/ inquinamento
pool /puːl/ piscina
popular /ˈpɒpjələ(r)/ popolare
portion /ˈpɔːʃn/ parte, porzione Portugal /ˈpɔː.tʃə.ɡ(ə)l/ Portogallo Portuguese /ˌpɔː.tʃəˈɡiːz/ portoghese
potato /pəˈteɪtəʊ/ patata practical /ˈpræk·tɪ·kəl/ pratico practice (n) /ˈpræktɪs/ allenamento
practise (v) /ˈpræktɪs/ praticare, esercitare
present (n) /ˈpreznt/ regalo present (v) /prɪˈzent/ presentare pretty (adj) /ˈprɪti/ carino pretty (adv) /ˈprɪti/ abbastanza price /prʌɪs/ prezzo princess /ˌprɪnˈses/ principessa private /ˈpraɪ·vət/ privato probably /ˈprɒbəbli/ probabilmente
problem /ˈprɒbləm/ problema project /ˈprɒdʒekt/ progetto prompt /prɒmpt/ suggerimento pronunciation /prəˌnʌnsiˈeɪʃən/ pronuncia
punch (n) /pʌntʃ/ pugno
punch (v) /pʌntʃ/ dare un pugno pupil /ˈpjuːpl/ allievo/a, scolaro/a purple /ˈpɜː.p(ə)l/ viola put /pʊt/ mettere pyjamas /pɪˈdʒɑː·məz/ pigiama
Qquestion /ˈkwestʃən/ domanda quickly /ˈkwɪkli/ velocemente quite /kwaɪt/ abbastanza
Rrabbit /ˈræb.ɪt/ coniglio racket /ˈræk·ɪt/ racchetta rainbow /ˈreɪnbəʊ/ arcobaleno rarely /ˈreəli/ raramente read /riːd/ leggere ready /ˈredi/ pronto real /riːl/ vero, reale reason /ˈriːzn/ ragione recipe /ˈresɪpi/ ricetta recognise /ˈrɛkəɡnʌɪz/ riconoscere recycle /ˌriːˈsaɪ·kl/ riciclare red /red/ rosso reflect /rɪˈflekt/ riflettere regular /ˈreɡjələr/ regolare, abituale relative /ˈrelətɪv/ parente
relax (v) /rɪˈlæks/ riposarsi remember /rɪˈmembə(r)/ ricordare/rsi renewable energy /rɪˈnjuː.ə.b(ə)l ˈen.ə.dʒi/ energia rinnovabile repeat /rɪˈpiːt/ ripetere reply /rɪˈplaɪ/ rispondere report /rɪˈpɔːt/ riferire research /rɪˈsɜːtʃ/ ricerca restaurant /ˈrestərɒnt/ ristorante result /rɪˈzʌlt/ risultato revenue /ˈrevinjuː/ entrata rewrite /ˌriːˈraɪt/ riscrivere rice /raɪs/ riso ride /raɪd/ cavalcare, andare ring (n) /rɪŋ/ anello ring (v) /rɪŋ/ suonare road /rəʊd/ strada roast /rəʊst/ arrosto roof /ruːf/ tetto room /ruːm/ stanza round /raʊnd/ rotondo route /ruːt/ itinerario row /rəʊ/ fila royal /ˈrɔɪ·əl/ reale RS (religious studies) /rɪˈlɪdʒ.əs ˈstʌd.iz/ religione (materia scolastica)
rubber /ˈrʌb.ə(r)/ gomma rug /rʌɡ/ tappeto
ruler /ˈruː.lə(r)/ righello
run /rʌn/ correre
running /ˈrʌnɪŋ/ corsa
Russia /ˈrʌʃ.ə/Russia
Russian /ˈrʌʃ.ən/ russo/a
safe /seɪf/ sicuro
sailing /ˈseɪ·lɪŋ/ vela
salad /ˈsæləd/ insalata
salty /ˈsɔːl·ti/ salato same /seɪm/ stesso sandal /ˈsæn·d(ə)l/ sandalo sandwich /ˈsænwɪtʃ/ tramezzino
Saturday /ˈsætədeɪ/ sabato sausage /ˈsɒs·ɪdʒ/ salsiccia
say /seɪ/ dire
scarf /skɑːf/ sciarpa
scene /siːn/ scena
school /skuːl/ scuola
school bag /ˈskuːl.bæɡ/ zaino per la scuola
science /ˈsaɪəns/ scienze
scissors /ˈsɪz.əz/ forbici
screen /skriːn/ schermo
scuba diving /ˈskuː·bə ˌdaɪ·vɪŋ/ immersione subacquea
secret /ˈsiːkrət/ segreto
section /ˈsek·ʃən/ sezione
see /siː/ vedere
sell /sel/ vendere
sentence /ˈsentəns/ frase September /sepˈtem.bə(r)/ settembre
shelf /ʃelf/ mensola
shirt /ʃɜːt/ camicia shoe /ʃuː/ scarpa
shoelace /ˈʃuː·leɪs/ laccio (di scarpa)
shop (n) /ʃɒp/ negozio
shop (v) /ʃɒp/ fare acquisti shop assistant /ʃɒp əˈsɪst(ə)nt/ commesso/a
shopping (n) /ˈʃɒp·ɪŋ/ spesa shopping centre /ˈʃɒpɪŋ ˈsentə(r)/ centro commerciale
short /ʃɔːt/ basso, corto shorts /ʃɔːts/ pantaloncini corti show (n) /ʃəʊ/ spettacolo show (v) /ʃəʊ/ mostrare shower /ˈʃaʊə(r)/ doccia shuttlecock /ˈʃʌt·l·kɒk/ volano
shy /ʃaɪ/ timido
similar /ˈsɪm·ɪ·lə(r)/ simile
simple /ˈsɪmpl/ semplice
sing /sɪŋ/ cantare
sink /sɪŋk/ lavandino
sister /ˈsɪstə(r)/ sorella
sit /sɪt/ sedere
size /sʌɪz/ misura, taglia
skate /skeɪt/ pattino
skateboard /ˈskeɪt·bɔːd/ skateboard
ski /skiː/ sciare
skiing /ˈskiː.ɪŋ/ sci (sport)
skill /skɪl/ abilità
skip /skɪp/ saltare
skirt /skɜːt/ gonna
sleep /sliːp/ dormire
slice /slaɪs/ fetta
slippers /ˈslɪp.ə(r)/ pantofola
small /smɔːl/ piccolo
smart /smɑːt/ intelligente, elegante
smile /smʌɪl/ sorridere smoothie /ˈsmuːðɪ/ frullato snack /snæk/ spuntino
snake /sneɪk/ serpente
snow (v) /snəʊ/ nevicare
socks /sɒks/ calzini
sofa /ˈsəʊfə/ divano sometimes /ˈsʌmtaɪmz/ qualche volta
somewhere /ˈsʌm·weə(r)/ (da) qualche parte
son /sʌn/ figlio
song /sɒŋ/ canzone soon /suːn/ presto
south /saʊθ/ sud
South Africa /ˌsaʊθ ˈæf.rɪ.kə/ Sudafrica
South African /ˌsaʊθ ˈæf.rɪ.kən/ sudafricano/a
South America /ˌsaʊθ əˈmer.ɪ.kə/ Sud America
Spain /speɪn/ Spagna
Spanish /ˈspæn.ɪʃ/ spagnolo/a speak /spiːk/ parlare
special /ˈspeʃl/ speciale spend /spɛnd/ spendere; trascorrere
spicy /ˈspaɪ·si/ piccante, speziato sponge /spʌndʒ/ spugna sponsor /ˈspɒn·sə(r)/ sponsorizzare
spooky /ˈspuː.ki/ inquietante spring /sprɪŋ/ primavera square /skweə(r)/ quadrato staff room /stɑːfruːm/ sala professori stall (n) /stɔːl/ bancarella star /stɑː(r)/ stella start (v) /stɑːt/ iniziare starve /stɑːv/ morire di fame stay /steɪ/ restare steak /steɪk/ bistecca stepbrother /ˈstepˌbrʌð·ə(r)/ fratellastro (da matrigna o patrigno)
stepfather /ˈstepˌfɑː·ðə(r)/ patrigno
stepmother /ˈstepˌmʌð·ə(r)/ matrigna
stepsister /ˈstepˌsɪs·tə(r)/ sorellastra (da matrigna o patrigno)
stick /stɪk/ bastoncino sticker /ˈstɪkə(r)/ adesivo stone /stəʊn/ pietra straight (adj) /streɪt/ diritto, liscio strawberry /ˈstrɔːbərɪ/ fragola street /striːt/ strada structure /ˈstrʌktʃər/ struttura student /ˈstjuːdənt/ studente study (n) /ˈstʌdi/ studio study (v) /ˈstʌdi/ studiare
stuff /stʌf/ roba
style /stʌɪl/ stile subject /ˈsʌbdʒekt/ materia succeed /səkˈsiːd/ riuscire sugar /ˈʃʊgə(r)/ zucchero suggestion /səˈdʒestʃən/ suggerimento
suit /suːt/ stare / andare bene summary /ˈsʌməri/ riassunto summer /ˈsʌmə(r)/ estate Sunday /ˈsʌndeɪ/ domenica sunglasses /ˈsʌnˌɡlɑː·sɪz/ occhiali da sole
supermarket /ˈsuːpəmɑːkɪt/ supermercato
surf /sɜːf/ fare surf, navigare surf the Net /sɜːf ðə net/ navigare in internet
surfboard /ˈsɜːf·bɔːd/ tavola da surf
surprise /səˈpraɪz/ sorpresa sweater /ˈswɛtə(r)/ maglione sweet /swiːt/ dolce swim /swɪm/ nuotare swimming /ˈswɪmɪŋ/ nuoto swimming trunks /ˈswɪm·ɪŋ ˌtrʌŋks/ pantaloncini da bagno swimsuit / swimming costume /ˈswɪm·suːt , ˈswɪm·ɪŋ ˌkɒs·tjuːm/ costume da bagno
Swiss /swɪs/ svizzero/a switch off /swɪtʃ ɒf/ spegnere switch on /swɪtʃ ɒn/ accendere Switzerland /ˈswɪt.sə.lənd/ Svizzera system /ˈsɪstəm/ Sistema
Ttable /ˈteɪbl/ tavolo, tabella table tennis /ˈteɪb·l ˌten·ɪs/ ping pong tablet /ˈtæb.lət/ tablet take /teɪk/ prendere, portare talented /ˈtaləntɪd/ di talento talk /tɔːk/ parlare tall /tɔːl/ alto tartan /ˈtɑː·t(ə)n/ tessuto scozzese tasty /ˈteɪsti/ saporito, gustoso tea /tiː/ tè teach /tiːtʃ/ insegnare teacher /ˈtiːtʃə(r)/ insegnante teacher’s desk /ˈtiːʧəz dɛsk/ cattedra team /tiːm/ squadra teenager /ˈtiːˌneɪdʒər/ adolescente teeth /tiːθ/ denti television /ˈtelɪvɪʒn/ televisione tennis ball /ˈten·ɪs bɔːl/ palla da tennis term /tɜːm/ trimestre, quadrimestre
terrace /ˈterəs/ terrazza test /tɛst/ verifica, test text (n) /tekst/ messaggio text (v) /tekst/ mandare un messaggio thank /θaŋk/ ringraziare that /ðæt/ quel / quello/a The Netherlands /ˈneð.ə.ləndz/ Paesi Bassi
the United Kingdom /jʊˌnaɪ.tɪd ˈkɪŋ.dəm/ Regno Unito the United States /jʊˈnɑɪ·t̬ɪd ˈsteɪts/ Stati Uniti theatre /ˈθɪətə(r)/ teatro then /ðɛn/ poi therefore /ˈðeə.fɔː(r)/ perciò thin /θɪn/ magro thing /θɪŋ/ cosa think /θɪŋk/ pensare this /ðɪs/ questo/a throw /θrəʊ/ tirare, gettare Thursday /ˈθɜːzdeɪ/ giovedì tick /tɪk/ spuntare tidy (v) /ˈtaɪdi/ riordinare tie /tʌɪ/ cravatta time /taɪm/ tempo, volta timetable /ˈtaɪmˌteɪbl/ orario tip /tɪp/ consiglio tired /ˈtaɪəd/ stanco/a tiring /ˈtaɪərɪŋ/ stancante title /ˈtaɪtl/ titolo today /təˈdeɪ/ oggi together /təˈgeðə(r)/ insieme toilet /ˈtɔɪlət/ gabinetto tomato /təˈmɑːtəʊ/ pomodoro tomorrow /təˈmɒr·əʊ/ domani tonight /təˈnaɪt/ stasera, stanotte too /tuː/ inoltre, anche top /tɒp/ top (indumento); parte alta / superiore tortoise /ˈtɔː.təs/ testuggine toss /tɒs/ lanciare town /taʊn/ cittadina
toy /tɔɪ/ gioco tracksuit /ˈtræk·suːt/ tuta da ginnastica train (n) /treɪn/ treno trainers /ˈtreɪnəz/ scarpe da ginnastica travel (n) /ˈtrævl/ viaggio travel (v) /ˈtrævl/ viaggiare treasure /ˈtreʒ·ə(r)/ tesoro tree /triː/ albero trendy /ˈtrɛndi/ alla moda trousers /ˈtraʊzəz/ pantaloni true /truː/ vero try /traɪ/ provare , cercare di T-shirt /ˈtiːʃəːt/ maglietta Tube /tjuːb/ motropolitana di Londra
Tuesday /ˈtjuːzdeɪ/ martedì tuna /ˈtjuː·nə/ tonno Tunisia /ˈtʃuː.nɪz.i.ə/ Tunisia Tunisian /ˈtʃuː.nɪz.i.ən/ tunisino/a Turkey /ˈtɜː.ki/ Turchia Turkish /ˈtɜː.kɪʃ/ turco/a turn (n) /tɜːn/ turno turn (v) /tɜːn/ girare twin /twɪn/ gemello type /taɪp/ tipo typical /ˈtɪpɪkl/ tipico
Uuncle /ˈʌŋkl/ zio underground /ˈʌn·də·ɡraʊnd/ sottoterra, metropolitana underline /ʌndəˈlaɪn/ sottolineare understand /ʌndəˈstand/ capire unfashionable /ʌnˈfæʃ·ən·ə·bl/ fuori moda uniform /ˈjuːnɪfɔːm/ uniforme unique /juˈniːk/ unico unusual /ʌnˈjuːʒuəl/ insolito upload /ʌpˈləʊd/ caricare (di file, foto) upstairs /ʌpˈsteəz/ al piano di sopra use /juːs/ usare useful /ˈjuːsfl/ utile usually /ˈjuːʒʊəli/ di solito utility room /juːˈtɪləti ruːm/ lavanderia
Vvegetables /ˈvedʒtəblz/ ortaggi very /ˈveri/ molto video game /ˈvɪd·i·əʊ ˌɡeɪm/ videogioco view /vjuː/ vista visit /ˈvɪz·ɪt/ visitare vocabulary /vəˈkæbjələri/ vocabolario voice message /vɔɪs ˈmɛsɪdʒ/ messaggio vocale volleyball /ˈvɒl·i·bɔːl/ pallavolo volunteer /ˌvɒl·ənˈtɪə(r)/ volontario/a voucher /ˈvaʊ.tʃə(r)/ buono

Wwake up /weɪk ʌp/ svegliarsi walk /wɔːk/ camminare, portare a passeggio
walking cane /ˈwɔː·kɪŋ keɪn/ bastone da passeggio wall /wɔːl/ muro wallet /ˈwɒl.ɪt/ portafoglio want /wɒnt/ volere wardrobe /ˈwɔːdrəʊb/ armadio warm /wɔːm/ caldo wash /wɒʃ/ lavare washing machine /ˈwɒʃɪŋ məˈʃiːn/ lavatrice
watch (n) /wɒtʃ/ orologio watch (v) /wɒtʃ/ guardare water (n) /ˈwɔːtə(r)/ acqua water (v) /ˈwɔːtə(r)/ innaffiare wear /wɛː/ indossare
Wednesday /ˈwenzdeɪ/ mercoledì week /wiːk/ settimana weekday /ˈwiːkdeɪ/ giorno feriale weekend /wiːkˈend/ fine settimana well /wel/ bene west /west/ ovest what /wɒt/ che, cosa where /weə(r)/ dove which /wɪtʃ/ quale, che while /waɪl/ mentre white /waɪt/ bianco who /huː/ chi why /waɪ/ perché wicket /ˈwɪk·ɪt/ porta (nel cricket) wife /waɪf/ moglie window /wɪndəʊ/ finestra windsurfing /ˈwɪndsɜː·fɪŋ/ windsurf winter /ˈwɪntə(r)/ inverno with /wɪð/ con wood /wʊd/ legno work (n) /wɜːk/ lavoro work (v) /wɜːk/lavorare world /wɜːld/ mondo wrap /ræp/ incartare write /raɪt/ scrivere wrong /rɒŋ/ sbagliato
Yyear /jɪə(r)/ anno yellow /ˈjɛləʊ/ giallo yesterday /ˈjestədeɪ/ ieri yogurt /ˈjɒɡ·ət/ yogurt young /jʌŋ/ giovane

BE YOURSELF PREMIUM 1
Student’s Book & Workbook
Responsabile editoriale: Simona Franzoni
Responsabile di progetto: Linda Pergolini
Redazione: Linda Pergolini, Laura Puleio
Direttore artistico: Marco Mercatali
Coordinatore redazionale: Marco Mauri
Progetto grafico e impaginazione: Sergio Elisei
Illustrazioni: Giovanni Giorgi Pierfranceschi, Ivan Zoni
Responsabile di produzione: Francesco Capitano
Copertina: Chiara Zavattaro
© 2026 ELI S.r.l.
P.O. Box 6
62019 Recanati Italy info@gruppoeli.it www. gruppoeli.it
No unauthorised photocopying
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of ELI.
This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out, or otherwise circulated without the publisher’s prior consent in any form of binding or cover than that in which it is published and without a similar condition being imposed on the subsequent purchaser.
While every effort has been made to trace all the copyright holders, if any have been inadvertently overlooked the publisher will be pleased to make the necessary arrangements at the first opportunity.
Segnalazione di errori
Produrre un testo scolastico è molto complesso. L’esperienza ci insegna che è quasi impossibile pubblicare un libro senza un errore o una imprecisione, e ci scusiamo con i nostri lettori. Ogni segnalazione che potete inviarci sarà per noi preziosa.
Vi ringraziamo se vorrete scriverci al seguente indirizzo: redazione@gruppoeli.it
Printed by Tecnostampa – Pigini Group Printing Division –Loreto, Trevi – Italia 26.83.189.0
ISBN 978-88-536-4882-2
The Publisher and Authors would like to extend their special thanks to the following teachers who contributed to the development of this course: Manuela Berardinelli, Francesca Biz, Daniela Carbone, Valentina Chen, Alessia Dicristofaro, Tiziana Di Pierri, Maria Beatrice Giansana, Elisa Giuffrida, Linda Guida Antonietta, Annalisa Lauri, Vanna Manenti, Barbara Milizia, Ambra Modenini, Patrizia Raviola, Fatima Russo, Serena Sacco.
Photo Acknowledgements
Alamy
Eli Archives
Gettyimages
Shutterstock
Video Acknowledgements
Creative Listening, London